[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Date
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: akin
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • chemist can give descriptions of processes taking place in a
    • illusion. The golden rule applying here is that, before even taking
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • are speaking of things which must follow from the very nature of
    • able to keep on making do as they do today with specialist knowledge
    • our souls by making a small and subtle observation.
    • Goethe speaking from the depths of soul, once said, ‘The
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • particularly by taking a stand that can be expressed in the
    • understood me correctly if you realize that I am not speaking for
    • only need allude to this generally familiar fact, that speaking
    • that I am not speaking to mystics nor to anthroposophists who are
    • having to make too much of an effort. Yet, speaking from the
    • I am speaking here of human nature in general,
    • strengthened by coffee. Thus, we can let coffee take over in making
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • — that of sleeping and waking. From the elementary concepts of
    • Anthroposophy we know that in waking life the four members of a man's
    • the one hand during waking life and during sleep on the other?
    • we realise that in the ordinary waking condition of physical life, man
    • the waking life of day, our will is influenced only in an indirect
    • deeds. There is a difference between standing by and taking pleasure
    • Thoughts: Shadow-images of Beings of the Astral Plane (Waking)
    • which dominates the waking life, the life in which man is mentally
    • individuals are always fully awake in waking life. We must always be
    • oneself up to such imaginings is like a dream making its way into
    • waking life. Into the life of sleep you know well that dreams enter;
    • not wish to lead an arid, empty, unhealthy waking life. Dreaming takes
    • us today in his waking state and we observe him with the eye of
    • all the time during his waking life.
    • in colour. At the moment of waking or of going off to sleep a kind of
    • streams downwards from above. At the moment of waking or of going off
    • Christ in the world; more and more they will be influenced in waking
    • deeds of men in waking consciousness too can be directly productive of
    • thirty and thirty-three, and not before. Something akin to a change of
    • Buddha himself, as transformed Bodhisattva, speaking in powerful words
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • nervousness is making itself felt.
    • that his fingers get to shaking and jerking when he tries to write. You
    • face in my own heart the necessity of making a “yes” or
    • judgment. Then you are taking into consideration what there is in the
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • have often taken when speaking of things of the spirit. As a rule, it
    • for a certain way of speaking, because the investigator acquires his
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • speaking being.
    • bodily processes taking place in his organism. He would have found
    • to stand upright in the Lemurian epoch, and to become a speaking being
    • into the power of walking upright, and into speaking and thinking;
    • in addition to the walking and standing upright, the speaking and
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • supramundane acts, one taking place in the old Lemurian period and two
    • themselves, “In taking up all this beauty into ourselves, we must
    • he needed in order to live rightly. Christ intervened three times, making
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • view from which I shall be speaking.
    • his own nature, making use of the only tool that he has at his
    • along comes the chemist and applies his methods to the water, breaking
    • on it. Imagine waking up some morning with no idea of where we've been
    • then that moment finally comes, either during waking life or in a
    • like taking someone out into nature and remarking, “Look, all this
    • succeed in making himself at home in the spiritual world with the help
    • taking Buddhism into account. Spiritual science can't help
    • the contrary it would like to be instrumental in making Christianity
    • Anthroposophy is further reproached for making Christ a cosmic being;
    • made; they are not speaking truly objectively, but out of strong
    • making progress out of this inner freedom. It must be stated that
    • Christianity who could not be won by speaking to them like a prophet
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • for it is precisely this gesture that precipitates the breaking of the
    • breaking the wings of this being. Rather, the interaction of the two
    • Tolstoy or those leading writers who are constantly speaking of
    • the dead have left behind. These are aside from what they are taking
    • If one were to rely only on what is taking place in the physical
    • making several small contributions to Hochland, Lutoslawski also
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • that we are speaking to souls consciously associated with us —
    • This is always a good custom, for thereby those who are waking in
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Generally speaking, we
    • they were speaking of some ancient memory, that their ancestors used to
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • carried out. It would show further the individual awaking to the need of
    • This answer is perfectly correct, generally speaking. Accordingly it
    • Only today are those questions taking on tangible form. Prime evidence of
    • future. Anyone today speaking about these consequences may appear to be
    • In making this statement I am not just voicing my personal opinion, but
    • Let us begin by speaking of an event which establishes a certain connection
    • during the period of going to sleep and waking. (These short explanations
    • organism as a consequence of what was seen taking place during summer prove
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of these matters, we cannot always avoid the appearance of
    • with the mystery of evil. Taking the mystery of death to begin with,
    • After all, in speaking of the railway system it will occur to no-one to
    • How often do we see men arising here or there, making this or that
    • intensity, taking hold only of a portion of his being. If we would
    • upon one to-day, if one is speaking in all earnestness and does not
    • want merely to call forth a kind of torpor, making the lectures a
    • the tendencies making for social separation have to be overcome, and
    • has to enter into the evolution of mankind. An engine making a long
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • hold of the whole human being and making him entirely dependent on
    • call social impulses, fundamentally speaking are only present in
    • work out of sleeping into waking conditions works into ordinary waking
    • making ourselves objective — that we picture this boy or girl as if
    • applies to daily waking life, where the same forces which lead to
    • With this in mind, we must not be blind to the events taking place in
    • then home again, as if taking a world tour.” But the attitude of
    • taking a world journey lives in those who wish to spread socialism over
    • the English-speaking people of today. They are organized for the
    • inherited faculties. Because the English-speaking peoples have been
    • the English-speaking peoples, the people of the east, out of their
    • as a consciousness soul individual is the task of the English-speaking
    • Consciousness Soul give the English-speaking peoples a special genius
    • English-speaking peoples. This is necessary because the culture of the
    • that the English-speaking people have to say about the nature of
    • one-sided. The English-speaking peoples are those who, when not guided
    • Therefore, the ideal which proceeds from Western initiation is making
    • In certain occult circles of the English-speaking people who were
    • exception of those speaking English, had not stopped up their ears and
    • body, what he is experiencing between going to sleep and awaking. But
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • order in civilised humanity. Fundamentally speaking, the tendency
    • of this epoch. In speaking of such matters one must keep bluntly to
    • Taking it all in all, what Hermann Grimm said about Goethe is really
    • pointed gropingly to the spirit. But speaking quite objectively, it
    • life by emancipating it, making it independent of and separate from
    • where it could unfold only in shackles. I am speaking here only of
    • measles’, in a manner of speaking. In the old Imperium Romanum a
    • Fundamentally speaking, this gave a definite stamp to the whole
    • I am speaking here of something profoundly characteristic. In their
    • and the bodies on the earth below. Speaking concretely: souls who were
    • broadly speaking, science is pretty strongly convinced that it is so. In
    • is paradoxical to speak as I am speaking now — he does not know how what
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • usually ask. That is why so little importance is attached to making
    • The important changes taking place in humanity at the present time are
    • must be put into practice to the point of making us conscious that man's
    • making practical use of them for the good of humanity. In this case, if
    • And this is particularly true where it is a matter of people taking an inner
    • people open themselves to the possibility of making the transition to
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • fluid organism in earthly man without speaking of the etheric body
    • This shows us that by taking these different organisms in man into
    • sleep, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking;
    • From the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking, the astral
    • astral body by the air organism during waking life. We can speak in a
    • and the etheric body that remain as they are during the waking state;
    • When we turn to consider waking life, from what has been said we shall
    • a way during sleep as during the waking state, when the Ego and the
    • which in waking life we have driven out through our Ego which is part
    • Waking life and sleeping life may therefore also be studied from this
    • the cosmic spirituality which on waking we drive out through our Ego,
    • for in waking life it is the Ego that brings about in the
    • elaboration of perceptions from the moment of waking to that of
    • shall we seek in dreams for knowledge as we seek it in waking mental
    • on waking, finds that he is feverish or is suffering from some kind of
    • waking life. But this consciousness is inwardly strengthened through
    • the external world if we were always awake, if this waking state were
    • waking consciousness we perceive the external world. Through dreams we
    • dreamless sleep, dream-filled sleep, the waking state.
    • the waking consciousness and as states of consciousness become ever
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • to us in waking life from the moment of waking to the moment of
    • waking consciousness, there is dream-consciousness, and we heard
    • for it again on waking. It is through the deprivation undergone
    • between falling asleep and waking that he is able to feel himself
    • Taking this as an example, we may say: Moral ideals come to expression
    • does by speaking of the law of the conservation of matter and energy.
    • or of the fixed stars, they were speaking of spiritual beings.
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • fundamentally speaking, everything we accomplish between birth and
    • elaborate these thoughts. — Fundamentally speaking, therefore, in
    • Not by taking in as many thoughts as possible from the surrounding
    • speaking, deliberate intent and absence of intent, volition and
    • life; speaking is largely connected with organic life; walking really
    • But what is it that is actually taking place as man unfolds his life
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • luciferic; theology is luciferic. Of course if we are speaking of the inner
    • This is the mystery of modern humanity: Fundamentally speaking, Mary-Isis
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • appearances in the heavens, to be aware of significant events taking
    • and time, taking place in the inner life of man. If we examine the
    • the surrounding universe than does our waking life to-day. And the
    • content of geometry in an age in which, from the moment of awaking
    • standpoint of the Mysteries than from the standpoint of waking
    • falling asleep and awaking, when our souls are outside of our bodies
    • sleep and dream into waking life, were once very active in the
    • falling asleep and awaking. Here, too, we are in the outer world, but
    • between falling asleep and awaking, we look back, we feel our way
    • making the effort to find it, and by discovering how the Christmas
  • Title: Lecture: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge; and it is only with a view to making more comprehensible
    • Plutarch is speaking of Aristarchus of Samos, and he describes the way
    • speaking, sense-perception. Red, blue, G, C sharp — these are for us
    • did, fundamentally speaking, was to reduce to calculation the results
    • boundaries of knowledge, boundaries man cannot pass without taking his
    • between waking and sleeping. These two conditions must, we know,
    • We take it for granted that between waking up and falling asleep we
    • waking dream; the pictures that appear in the dream are here pressed
    • willing; dreaming and sleeping are thus perpetually present in waking
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • this spirituality is active in him only during his waking hours or in
    • to activity from the time of waking until that of falling asleep.
    • for then inner processes are taking place, processes that are also
    • asleep. Strictly speaking, the inner will is not revealed to us;
    • But during waking activity too, that is to say when our will is in
    • flow, life-processes are taking place. The will takes effect in the
    • will: an inner will in the sleeping state, an outer will in the waking
    • itself out in the antipathies — taking the word in the widest sense
    • illumination will be shed upon it. Waking life arouses in us sympathy
    • that it plays into his waking life, his whole being is permeated with
    • waking life, in the outer will — rises up into the conceptual life,
    • the ego and astral body are outside the physical body; but our waking,
    • sleep. When the Persians woke from sleep — I am speaking of course of
    • We no longer feel that at the moment of waking from sleep we summon
    • fundamentally speaking, the sun was no longer regarded as anything but
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • present period of his evolution — taking this period so widely that
    • relates to the cosmos. In short, what would be expressed by speaking
    • poured out over the matter-of-factness of life. In speaking today, Man
    • waking state. It remains unconscious and essentially forms the actual
    • vowel there is the H. You can trace it in speaking — AH, IH, EH. H is
    • speaking, Man felt himself within the cosmos. When the child learned
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • ray out, in a manner of speaking, previously they were more star-like;
    • aforesaid process is taking place in the etheric body, this highly
    • speaking, begins only at the moment when the astral heart takes hold
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • things of which I have been speaking — and which were actual
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • Undertaking to obey the injunction ‘Know Thyself’, however, he found
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • physical organizations. After first taking along the astral and
    • from below upward (speaking schematically), pours itself into the
    • itself with the astral forces, taking hold of oxygen and only then,
    • taking place mainly in the super-sensible so that it cannot be traced
    • is not satisfied by taking up just the etheric; instead the fruit
    • of oxygen directly from the ego or the astral body. Thus by taking in
    • it leads the outer world inward after cooling it (making
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • Fundamentally speaking, we are already confronting today a kind of
    • It is not a matter of speaking in vague generalities: well, yes the healthy
    • organism. Spatially speaking the human being is entirely metabolic-limb
    • are involved making it possible that on the one hand, remedies and
    • This curative eurythmy consists in taking what you have seen here as
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • course fix our attention mainly on the times we spend in waking life.
    • certain differences between his waking and sleeping states, yet
    • ordinary waking life, man's earthly life and action was far more
    • body does in waking life.
    • human Ego dwells in waking life by day. Moreover in the breathing organs
    • astral body, leaving behind the body of our waking life, Angels,
    • as to our ether-body, even in our day-waking life we are not able to
    • and wonderful processes taking place there, we should not merely do it
    • waking life he lives in this bodily nature, so to speak, as a
    • Golgotha was taking place, a Gnostic wisdom was still there, inherited
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Elijah refer to the same person. In non-English speaking
    • countries refer to Elias, and English speaking countries refer to
    • into all our hearts, I did not want to let pass without speaking to you at
    • we have seen taking place — partly on earth, partly in super-sensible
    • worlds, the realm of spiritual evolution, taking with him the power of his
    • the being of whom I have been speaking to you today — all those with whom
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • understand this, we must begin by taking into consideration the frame
    • evolution of the earth, but, in making use of him, they have forced
    • into mankind and if they had not succeeded in taking off the sharp
    • speaking together while they are still battling with their doubts:
    • The gods found a new way of speaking to us. This way went through the
    • earnestness and responsibility. When speaking of such things, one
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • teaching, making a personality whom he calls ‘Faustus’ the
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • Weekly News for English-speaking Members of the Anthroposophical Society
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, without awakening pleasure or pain in our environment. The
    • to remember this, and it must be emphasised when we are speaking of
    • occult fact. We shall find that precisely when we are speaking about
    • body, we ourselves are speaking, When we speak, we know that the words
    • come from him. The whole relationship is reversed when we are speaking
    • with a dead man. The expression ‘when we are speaking’ can
    • waking until the time of falling asleep; but the other part of
    • asleep and awaking is just as important. In the real sense, the human
    • consciousness. But the whole man — in waking and sleeping life
    • describe only what has happened in your waking life. Life is thus
    • broken: waking-sleeping; waking-sleeping. But you are also there while
    • you sleep; and in studying the whole human being, waking life and
    • spiritual world. For besides waking life and sleeping life there is a
    • world than waking and sleeping life as such. I mean the actual act of
    • waking and the actual act of going to sleep, which last only a moment,
    • delicate, sensitive feelings for these moments of waking and going to
    • moment of waking not immediately to come into the bright daylight but
    • sweeps with such power through the human soul at the moment of waking.
    • by the daylight but also even before waking by the noise of the
    • These moments of waking and of falling asleep are of the utmost
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • that it is essentially a process of taking in substances that are
    • as old as I am. The discovery I am speaking of is the following.
    • from speaking.
    • you only need to imagine that we have the habit of making certain
    • gestures while speaking, such as Ah! (corresponding gesture);
    • speaking are experienced by the left side of the brain.
    • getting their entire brain confused through making them write with
    • pedagogically speaking, you would achieve the very opposite of what
    • of making people do the same thing both with the right and the left
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • thinking. What is the use of speaking of freedom where this necessity
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • much more deeply. It can sometimes be heartbreaking how little the
    • the law comes about through an inclination akin to that of the artist,
    • them. That is no way of making progress. Progress can be made when
    • spiritual life. Now we can see a trend towards making these three
    • undertaking concerned with production is unhealthy when managed by the
    • undertakings into the realm which should be responsible only for the
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • relatively speaking, self-dependent. We have within the human being
    • roughly speaking, the breast system — is connected with the
    • the system and organisation of the limbs. Relatively speaking, these
    • them in the following way. In ordinary waking life Man is fully awake
    • waking life with a life of dreams. What goes on in the sphere of
    • periods of about seven years in length. Roughly speaking, the first is
    • of taking note of external nature in a more objective way. Earlier, he
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • above the heart — speaking very roughly, for it would be
    • and with the faculty of speaking.
    • In speaking of the Saturn influences, I said that it is a question of
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • — taking always the moral colouring, the moral quality of it
    • breathe in to fill ourselves with life. Then in a manner of speaking
    • have seen, our bodily faculties: Walking, Speaking, Singing and
    • Walking, Speaking, Singing, Thinking: we have the transformations of
    • that alone as science which speaks only to the head; but speaking only
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • IN a series of lectures I have been speaking about occult
    • result of involution and evolution. Involution is the in-taking, evolution
    • undertakings, and so forth. And by adopting certain measures it will
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • WAKING
    • not unveiled. If this waking consciousness, as it serves us for
    • waking condition of consciousness, something is concealed, and
    • it has lasted until the time of waking.
    • waking life.
    • what is consciously experienced on waking. The pictures in
    • falling asleep and awaking. Between falling asleep and awaking
    • the body with their soul and lose consciousness. On waking they
    • waking life, they can now say: ‘The Earth has
    • existing kinds. When human beings consider their waking
    • and willing. But just as the waking consciousness has these
    • falling asleep and awaking people are not always in the same
    • condition any more than they are during the period of waking
    • two other conditions of the life of sleep, just as in waking
    • from which nothing can be brought into the waking life of the
    • person can bring back something into the waking life through
    • feeling is the second element of waking consciousness. Thus
    • the first hours after awaking. I am sure that many of you are
    • waking consciousness. In a certain sense they still participate
    • taking place in the body. However, if you had placed beside
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • if, through the influence of light during the waking period, the eye
    • one observes the waking human being, one sees the etheric body in
    • have said during the day, from waking to falling asleep — but in
    • inwardly, from evening to morning, in the resounding, speaking,
    • individualised Logos. And this resounding, speaking, individualised
    • streaming, flowing, resounding, speaking activity, and form the human
    • being lives on earth, alternating between waking and sleeping. During
    • waking, although his soul is woven into the activity of Exusiai,
    • And in what is revealed in waking life through human movement of the
    • Archai, Archangels, and Angels, which are reflected in the waking
    • its inner activity, when man in waking life moves, speaks, feels, and
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • before taking on a material existence, where he felt himself among
    • that there are indeed moments when epoch-making events occur —
    • conception), as taking place at the Baptism of Jesus of Nazareth by
    • John in Jordan, we have a picture of the breaking-in of something
    • Science venturing no further than the making of statements in
    • Since we are speaking of such recent occurrences, it is only
    • and you will see that our age, after much painstaking research into
    • is that the biblical documents are speaking of a God — whom,
    • as if outer, abstract ideas were taking root among peoples and
    • events of modern history were taking their course. It was intended to
    • organ akin to its own nature. The eye builds itself up in the light,
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • life. To-day we shall consider how an impulse akin to that of
    • speaking of Richard Wagner, I certainly do not mean to imply
    • definite ideas. Whether or not one is justified in speaking of it, is
    • thought to be akin to mathematics but because it was known that the
    • when the air was becoming pure and clear and waking consciousness
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • thinking are making their appearance. In Plato's time, thoughts
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • are taking place in the evolution of humanity. At present, people do
    • asleep to the moment of waking up!”
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • transformed under the influence of the processes which were taking
    • kind of material as clever thoughts). Coarsely speaking, the Angeloi,
    • different kinds of pincers taking hold of the clock’s parts,
    • taking up spiritual-scientific conceptions not only in such a way as
    • grasp what is taking place, also in the case of men in whom these
    • are now taking place. If someone who knows nothing of microscopy
    • and even in art, and in order to perceive what is taking place, it is
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • of such a Building will not be achieved. In an undertaking like this
    • akin to tum, as in Volkstum).
    • foreshadowed, mysteriously, in the past. And as I am speaking of
    • explanation of Solomon's Temple upon it would be speaking quite
    • composed. I am, of course, speaking here of the art of epic poetry,
    • when it is speaking of the living human being. It begins to be a
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • of Initiation. It was now a matter of making him into the highest
    • hold of, and becomes the principle making all men equal before God.
    • existing forms, taking the form of the law from the theocratic State,
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • that time, who had a certain feeling for what was taking place,
    • expressed in the words I am now speaking — such was the meaning
    • to Life again. We feel the living and healing Spirit speaking to us
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • assumes a materialistic character, or whether in his speaking he
    • that the words that ring in his speaking, coming as they do from the
    • allows idealism to disappear altogether from his speaking, then he
    • days designated the plough. When anyone was listening to or speaking
    • schools. Generally speaking, however, it is possible to trace a
    • And so, if we are speaking of the Hierarchies as described in
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • a veil. And in the case of which we are speaking, a decadent culture
  • Title: Lecture: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • new birth with what is taking place here in the physical world, and,
    • soul in this or that departed one, for whom we are making
    • system. Even astronomically speaking, they were right, for the other
    • to do with you, and now you must begin making great efforts to get
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • overcome atavism, making use of sulphur atavistically. But Zeus and
    • speaking — it is the excrement of that which was understood
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • nonsense.) In the air spiritual events are taking place around
    • but spiritual events are taking place. These spiritual events,
    • taking place continually on a small scale. Think for a moment: words
    • taking place in humanity.
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • peculiar situation of taking words in a false sense, not relating
    • them to their true reality, but taking them in their most superficial
    • speaking as we have spoken here today! There are a fair number of
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • corresponds in man to the thorax. So that, speaking macrocosmically
    • shall be speaking of this immediately.
    • of making himself spiritual. No age has been so favourable to
    • of Brest-Litowsk. You know that various people are taking part in
    • them. The chief people from Russia taking part — to single that
    • if indeed these things men are taking part in are actualities. It is
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • changes taking place in a single individual. The individual as the
    • of course speaking of the science, the political life of his time,
    • am not speaking of such things. But after he had grown so old, in his
    • not come naturally as a rule. And yet, unless a man is always taking
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • understanding of man. One must put oneself in the position of taking
    • has but a slight feeling for what is taking place at the present
    • seen externally. What is now taking place will be transformed into
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • speaking lightly — that everyone has his own head. Man
    • special time at which one observes the stars. So that by taking the
    • connected with a proper mutual action taking place between head and
    • appreciation for our Lenins and Trotskys’. (He is speaking of
    • speaking.
    • existence. Merely by making the statement ‘there is a
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • whole great universe. In reality we participate in the making of the
    • Figuratively speaking, it approaches in the form of a hollow sphere,
    • intellect, our power of forming mental pictures, is deeply akin and
    • development by making breathing a conscious process, and thereby also
    • system taking place which starts off those processes underlying the
    • have been speaking to you here, my dear friends, about the laws
    • has taken place in social life, and especially what is taking place
    • peoples — speaking in terms of outer history. I refer to that
    • indeed, intend to speak disparagingly. For in speaking of repeated
  • Title: Lecture: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking.
    • THE FORMING OF DESTINY IN SLEEPING AND WAKING
    • consciousness: waking life and sleep. The conception of sleep in most
    • waking, both the astral body and the Ego are present outside the
    • activities are, to say the least, as significant as those of waking
    • cannot walk, who has to acquire this faculty. The second is speaking,
    • follows that of speaking; the faculty to grasp also in thought what
    • is expressed in words develops, gradually, out of speaking. It is
    • The second faculty, that of speaking, is also acquired by
    • and feet. It can be said with truth, that speaking is not unconnected
    • differentiation. It is well known that speaking is connected with the
    • the search for equilibrium. Then, out of speaking, thinking
    • human being passes over from the waking to the sleeping state. During
    • interesting to watch the human being falling asleep and waking,
    • what he does between waking and falling asleep as he walks about or
    • in waking consciousness. The Ego is involved in every movement of the
    • and waking with the Beings described in the book
    • is becoming rarer and rarer. Since in their waking life men do not
    • in other words, man is unable in waking life to speak of his ideals
    • the waking state leads us, during sleep, to the bosom of the Archai.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • early life — how as a boy of seven he built an altar by taking
    • speaking, of measure, number and weight. Students of Pythagorean
    • and word. When they were speaking it seemed to them that the idea
    • his thinking, but to him speaking was thinking. Thinking was
    • instead of making calculations based on the results of experiments,
    • they observed the changes and transformations taking place
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • am speaking of pictures of which a complete survey can be maintained.
    • speaking of the colourlessness, the ‘pale cast’ of
    • where, in full waking alertness, we can empty our consciousness
    • carried out in full waking consciousness, under complete control of
    • Many people take offence today when instead of speaking in
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, its contents were obtained through super-sensible vision,
    • Essentially speaking,
    • the same way in which the universities were, generally speaking, the
    • of the senses offered to them. Fundamentally speaking, just about the
    • as yet exist, for Darwin's first epoch-making book only appeared in
    • Generally speaking, the
    • Fundamentally speaking, materialism already existed; it had its
    • Fundamentally speaking,
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • without taking into consideration the special definition which
    • to say, by speaking of Haeckel's neck-ties and the complaints of
    • “Riddles of the World” are, fundamentally speaking,
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep. Even then, he
    • may say: During his waking life, from the moment of waking up to the
    • waking up, it escapes your consciousness, you do not know anything
    • the time of falling asleep to the time of waking up?
    • super-sensible knowledge is, fundamentally speaking, not a relation
    • anthroposophical spiritual science for speaking so little of God. But
    • I have often said: It seems to me that those who are always speaking
    • important than continually speaking of God. Perhaps, at first,
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • physical body, is, comparatively speaking, old, and in the course of
    • its Karma. Trivially speaking, we might say: The child's Higher Self,
    • speaking of normal conditions; when people are asleep during the
    • night and awake during the day, I am not speaking of the conditions
    • events of our time are taking place, will be there — and these
    • we but find the possibility of recognising what is taking place now,
    • the intention of breaking Lucifer's wings and of causing him to fall.
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • in man, he was speaking of something absolutely real and concrete.
    • body, had been taking place since the beginning of the fifteenth
    • perception of the processes taking their course in the etheric body —
    • this airy element and by the breaking up of the etheric thoughts, by
    • taking place in his image being. In outer nature there transpires
    • old Folk-Wisdom living in Jacob Boehm conceived as taking place
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking up. That is
    • Yet we do not judge the waking state in the same way. The time of
    • of waking up, was really quite different in the fourth post-Atlantean
    • earth; i.e. the taking in of food. Through the intimate way in which
    • sleep is, from the moment of falling asleep to the moment of waking
    • which we live from the moment of waking up to the moment of falling
    • kind of sleep during the time from falling asleep to waking up.
    • falling asleep to that of waking up. What does then take place with
    • moment of waking up. In these modern times, the human soul then
    • to the moment of waking up, in the world in which the little girl
    • waking up to the moment of falling asleep, we live, on the other
    • hand, in a world that we sleep away during our waking life; we live
    • through ancient epochs of the earth, from the moment of waking up to
    • waking up, we pass through events that are connected with the descent
    • falling asleep to the moment of waking up we experience the forces
    • Anthroposophy therefore had the task of taking into account the
    • science, a result of what I have told you to-day concerning waking
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • speaking the truth at all about certain things, because of national
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • taking of these steps which must bring blessing to the
    • only find where anthroposophical Spiritual Science is making its way
    • Taking for granted therefore that the Anthroposophical Movement will
    • Movement, and so on. Taking into account the fact that the opponents
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • great events of the present are taking place, to those who must stand
    • gradually be acquired by speaking of things repeatedly and throwing
    • our body. Spatially speaking, they are outside. Nevertheless,
    • formed our stomach, or everything that exists, spatially speaking,
    • world. Trivially speaking, I might say that this world is merely
    • together with another human being, we spoke with him and in speaking
  • Title: Lecture: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • called its better days, something was taking place that almost
    • can only be developed by rising above suffering and making it a
    • escape from the direction the will is taking that it enters the
    • sectarian group thought it a most praiseworthy undertaking to meet
    • breaking his legs. It is much harder to pour good thoughts so
    • thus exerted one's humanness. Many an undertaking has suffered
    • making one dissatisfied. But that attitude doesn't last. In the long
    • practice. That means making one single whole again of the person
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • that during the waking state we are both with our ego and astral body within
    • taking place in the inner light-body. But we do not see them as light
    • distant way what, for instance, is taking place amongst us here. Because
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • right way on the free part of the etheric body we have been speaking
    • enjoyed and desired in life. And the breaking of habit is really
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • into things in all manner of ways, like the way it is now speaking
    • scientific basis and is useful in many respects, we shall be making
    • way that he is taking in something that is not right for him. So we
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • in the human kingdom. I want to emphasise that we are not speaking of
    • you are sitting facing someone and speaking to him. We are referring
    • astral and the etheric body disappears, making the physical body a
    • unreceptive to psychological influences. For by making his physical
    • has made his astral or etheric body powerless by making his physical
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • observe man both in a waking and sleeping state.
    • this is only roughly speaking. A rough idea is sufficient for a
    • imagine the ego as it is nowadays, in the waking state, we have to
    • between waking and sleeping, and the astral body in seven times
    • etheric body, symbolically speaking, revolves on its own axis, and
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • night, sleeping and waking, will be seen as a kind of unity. So when
    • of waking up in the morning; that is, you rise up out of the darkness
    • course speaking figuratively, for they are not really rotations but
    • year because nature herself indicates this by making foods grow only
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • the period of breaking himself of his habits, or Kamaloca.
    • beautiful words of Christ, when He was speaking of man's entry into
    • another. Strictly speaking all our strength was acquired by the
    • capable of making use of the mid-brain. How can it acquire the
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • the ego is expanding and making a bulge in the astral body. Only
    • were just making comparisons. Speaking of them in general it could
    • taking an individual ego into himself and working from out of it on
    • speaking this is what is really at the root of laughter. And this is
    • can only acquire by taking from the environment everything we
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • phenomena taking place in the region of the air became dependent on
    • the mystery of the ego. Strictly speaking all evolution since
    • those who, without taking the trouble to go into all the details of
    • were always taking in new things, and by so doing they really became
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • twenty-second year, which is the time when strictly speaking the
    • distinct and vanish after a while. What is really taking place there?
    • the same thing that is making the sound’. Connecting-cords like
    • taking a fully developed plant, for instance a lily of the valley.
    • comprehensible by taking a simple example.
    • make the person a thief, it is a process taking place entirely within
    • speaking, any kind of logic is something added to things from
    • experiences that are free experiences are only slowly making their
    • bequeathed to you. You are taking a ride in this carriage when a
    • about in it, but strictly speaking it will be an entirely new
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • seriousness when speaking of the spiritual worlds. This, after all,
    • exactly the opposite holds good. I am speaking always of the present
    • from our Earth, something taking place on our Earth. It was necessary
    • activity when the spirit is not speaking. And quite certainly no
    • until evening during the waking life of day; from minute to minute
    • the same way we are surrounded after death, figuratively speaking, by
    • Homer, thus indicating his spiritual seership. In speaking of the
    • particular aspect of it had not struck me before. I am speaking now
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • the body when waking from sleep. Between birth and death a human
    • during Initiation closely akin to those undergone during the life
    • observation, for instance, of the moment of waking will, however,
    • Taking the life between death and the new birth as a
    • closely akin to experiences undergone in the life between death and
    • Earth, also understanding of what is taking place in every individual
    • I said, I have to use trivial words in speaking of these two thrones;
    • the forces needed for the Sun sphere. I am making no intolerant
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • strange moments of transition from waking life to sleep or from sleep
    • to waking life, if you were to observe with greater exactitude
    • waking life during which he will feel that he is living in a world of
    • therefore, Anthroposophy succeeds in making a real effect upon
    • is not, properly speaking, criticism at all.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • during waking life. Processes of cognition lie within the field of
    • is making use of his senses, as long as he lets himself be guided and
    • during waking life are restored and man is not meant to witness this
    • waking life and is concealed from human consciousness. The Bible uses
    • destruction, of wear and tear. During waking life nothing in man's
    • or less normal time. Objectively speaking, an afternoon nap is a
    • During the waking life of day there is a certain
    • twofold. During the waking state the Ego-aura holds together in the
    • human being; with the Ego-forces that permeate him in the waking
    • Figure A. Waking state. The physical body is indicated
    • the waking state, and below they are denser, more compact.
    • restoration of what has been used up during the waking hours, are
    • Speaking generally it can be said that the number of individuals who
    • waking life were instinctive. They had acquired their knowledge —
    • waking consciousness the concepts lying in the depths of the soul.
    • waking state has no consciousness of what is spiritually life-giving
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • shall not be speaking today about the Christmas Festival as in
    • such a separation taking place in the further evolution of mankind on
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • Ego which, basically speaking, passes through all the periods of
    • ‘I’ or Ego which, basically speaking, passes through all
    • soul during that period would be meaningless. Fundamentally speaking,
    • faculties of speaking and thinking are still undeveloped. When the
    • walking upright, speaking and thinking. It is impossible to conceive
    • in his earliest years of speaking and thinking in the real sense, are
    • pictured during the waking state, in the period between death and the
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • inward, taking hold of the sentient soul and so on, in the
    • solely for the purpose of hindering men from making progress towards
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • we behold what is hidden from waking life. Results of destructive
    • processes during waking life are repaired during sleep. Processes of
    • from then until the moment of waking he really sees nothing at all.
    • fundamentally speaking, entities attributable to the fact that
    • nothing except Man. What would never be seen by day, in the waking
    • see everything that is hidden from the ordinary perception of waking
    • never the equal of those that have been used up during the waking
    • but without sadness. For the feelings we might have in our waking
    • speaking, that is absolutely correct in the sense I have often
    • by speaking of the states of bliss or blessedness which can be
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • enlightened, one could often hear a way of speaking that is
    • As I said, this way of speaking could be heard time and
    • speaking, their hands are offering gifts which we do not receive
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • Darwinism in terms of that mentality. Or, strictly speaking, at the
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • Now, fundamentally speaking, it is certainly not easy to
    • unravel the riddle I have been speaking of, and I avow that in the
    • similar, quietly taking into well-ordered minds whatever it is they
    • and fundamentally speaking upon the whole Indian culture of the first
    • akin to the prophecies of the Sibyls, but with him proceeding from a
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • was still making itself felt at that later time.
    • Nazareth, but we are speaking now of an event that took place in
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • But while all this was breaking in over the Western
    • is active in it. The column of fire in which Moses stands is akin to
    • to prevent it from ever breaking out.
    • sinking himself into it and speaking through her. The Prophets wanted
    • commandments, making a covenant with his people, speaking directly to
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • dreams, the activity which the Christ was undertaking in the depths
    • the son of Constantine Chlorus, was making war against Maxentius on
    • Troyes. There we are shown how, after often mistaking the way,
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • Earth-evolution and its connection with the Cosmos, we are speaking
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • this amounts to no more than making an image of — let us say —
    • speaking not in a very remote past — when the Moon was still
    • slowly, very slowly, round his orbit, taking some 30 years. Jupiter
    • moves faster, taking about 12 years. Because of this quicker movement
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • life lives in their memory. This is strictly and radically speaking
  • Title: Lecture: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • moment of our sleeping or waking life we are not in relation to the
    • etheric organism they are constantly taking place — we may
    • While we are always, in a manner of speaking, akin to a large number
    • are. In a manner of speaking, we ourselves become an elemental being.
    • to his etheric body — as it were, making inscriptions in his
    • one has acquired a certain practice in making contact with an
    • into the feelings of the physical survivors, partaking in their grief
    • elemental world we are always connected in our waking life, and in
    • waking life — albeit then the connection, mediated as it is by
    • truly say to himself, ‘I am taking on his habits to such an
    • from taking conscious notice of our sympathies and antipathies, for
    • when, generally speaking, they divined far more of the reality of
    • The son's activity and life-work being akin to his father's, the
    • age’ (I mean now, spiritually speaking, not in the legal sense)
    • observe that I am not speaking of externals, but of inner, spiritual
    • taking his light from spiritual knowledge of this kind. To use a
    • to avoid making personal proselytes — setting out to gain
    • world-conception, thus taking my start not from any living person.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • If one has in mind their physical aspect only, when speaking about
    • eight, making out that two times two makes eight, or something like
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of things repeatedly and throwing light upon them from many
    • them on the surface of our body. Spatially speaking, they are
    • exists, spatially speaking, inside our body. What is inside our body
    • speaking, I might say that this world is merely rolled together and
    • we spoke with him and, in speaking with him, his thoughts
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • in which we should imagine the dead, only by taking all that
    • everybody knows, roughly speaking, that when he looks upon a blue
    • speaking about colours, in order to have an example.
    • speaking: — “Oh, of course, in the past, men thought all
    • an insight into the significance of what is taking place only when we
    • and sorrowful events taking place on the physical plane, here in
    • also in connection with these events now taking place. And human
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • as we are not now speaking about the path of knowledge — what
    • to-day — not taking into consideration the insignificant
    • There is still something else to note, in speaking of
    • Egyptian-Chaldæan epoch, which is taking place in our own time. After
    • speaking the same language, out of this or that language of form, in
    • speaking the language of that people? That is not an individual
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • materialist we are only speaking of an abstraction. To clairvoyant
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • from the collective German people taking place externally; but the
    • orders to the Archangel, taking a direct part in the history of the
    • are certainly right in speaking of a German, a Dutch, a Norwegian
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • become capable of taking into himself an ‘ I ’.
    • be no sense according to the real meaning of the word in speaking of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • These have their centre in the other five planets, speaking of the
    • one such Mystery-Oracle the truths of which we are now speaking were
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • best understand this mission of the Semitic people by taking it in
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • world, and could read in the Akashic Record what was taking place in
    • making a superficial study of comparative religion, we are merely
    • same time they saw the ‘ I ’ gradually awaking
    • had assumed the office of an Archangel when undertaking the important
    • etheric body, whilst making itself at home in the physical body —
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • of Lucifer, we are speaking of that which has caused man to sink
    • physical plane, just as one now alternates between waking and
    • the condition of waking day consciousness was there, one was blind to
    • not see into it, something was taking place through which it would
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • between day-waking and night-sleeping. Just as the human soul during
    • sleep and until the moment of waking is spread out in the macrocosm,
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • But, speaking generally, what is the
    • are speaking of concrete fact when we say: Spiritual Beings are seeking to come
    • I have been speaking today of a matter upon which we cannot form a
    • with the brood of spidery creatures of which I have been speaking.
    • events of fundamental and incisive importance are taking place? I have already
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • And now, before speaking
    • investigator in natural science is correct in making such a statement,
    • with a certain manner of making life easier — I would even say,
    • states, waking life and sleep. In waking life man lives, consciously;
    • conscious between the time of falling asleep and awaking. But they are
    • inward processes. The spiritual investigator is not speaking in a
    • matter-of-fact investigators is just now making important experiments,
    • and if he were to wish to penetrate into the spiritual world, taking
    • it happens that spiritual science is accused of not speaking of a
    • say, speaking from the convictions of spiritual science, that the
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness between those of full sleep and waking, in states where
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • view still closely akin to what had gone before but at the same time
    • can be seen waking out of a sort of world existence into that of man.
    • figures turning her curious glance to the just-waking Adam. According
    • we feel him to be so closely akin to us - most closely perhaps if we
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • creakings and rumblings of the wheels and machinery of the train. It
    • towards initiation, one can notice on waking from sleep how the Ego
    • passed just before waking.
    • waking consciousness — is fully aware how little it conforms
    • Naturally I say this without making the slightest
    • implication, either general or specific, for in speaking of such a
    • During waking life, therefore, we are also entangled in
    • in such terms are speaking the language of Ahriman. We will try to
    • initiation brings back with him on waking the effects of what he has
    • To face the waking life of day with dullness and
    • other sciences do. Speaking in the style of the other sciences, one
    • passions and emotions when speaking.
    • or heard others speaking, something as yet undifferentiated in one
    • the Middle Ages or in antiquity without taking account of the fact
    • aim at, but of doing, of making an actual beginning with, the
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • upon the thinking of the masses of the people. In speaking thus of
    • friends, that I have no hesitation in speaking about certain results
    • It is, of course, quite true that most people fight shy of taking the
    • Being and their religion was thoroughly monotheistic. I am speaking
    • Broadly speaking, the souls once living in those exterminated Indian
    • realize that, broadly speaking, it was not a Christian impulse at all
    • and received Christianity in this form, are, speaking broadly,
    • by the souls of whom I am now speaking, but for all that they had a
    • order and had the effect of making them think that the spiritual
    • into very hard and dense material bodies. Fundamentally speaking what
    • been speaking of today, but even in public lectures one has to go
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • Without taking into consideration the theosophical aspect it may be
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • advertisements in all the local newspapers making propaganda for the
    • On taking leave from you again for a couple of weeks, my dear
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • The moment of waking up in the morning has often been compared
    • processes of sleeping and waking. The course of human life during
    • processes of waking up and falling asleep which take place within
    • waking life from the moment of waking up to the moment of falling
    • asleep with the summer season, for man's waking condition
    • whereas his waking condition would more or less correspond to
    • waking condition. This is daytime for the Spirit of the Earth, in
    • described to you when speaking of the Impulse of Golgotha. We
    • cannot help taking on the character of religious immersion in the
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • blood relationship; consequently all that has happened is the making
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • impulse, it drives him — spiritually speaking — to feed
    • at all without our personality taking part in it. And as we grow into
    • understand it here, is, comparatively speaking, a new thing in our
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • undertakings depended to the greatest possible extent upon personal
    • terms of intercourse are such that, fundamentally speaking,
    • group-soul element. We find its peoples making part of a social
    • start from this age must consist in making it clear that in the first
    • mankind; He forsook their world. Speaking for themselves they could
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm. We never think without this whole process taking place, of which
    • thinking followed the breath. When he inhaled he felt he was taking
    • differences within the directions of space by undertaking such exercises
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • knew that he must be giving himself up to delusions, he must be mistaking
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • us. He was speaking especially of the eurhythmists; though it may be
    • intentions, in the economic undertakings which grew out of the
    • These undertakings were created by industrialists, business men, but
    • explain it in the case of Agriculture, so that we may not be speaking
    • We, however, speaking
    • happens on the Earth is but a reflection of what is taking place in
    • all that is akin to these — limestone, potash, sodium
    • colossal is taking place on Earth. These forces spring up and shoot
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • Properly speaking, any manures or the like which you bring into the
    • this inner life of the earthly soil (I am speaking of fine and
    • Taking our start from
    • the Earth is essentially a kind of digestion. All that is thus taking
    • farm, properly speaking we should only use it as a remedy — as
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • speaking.
    • name, “sulphur,” which is closely akin to the name
    • our time when speaking about carbon. It is quite true, carbon occurs
    • finds there its physical expression. More accurately speaking,
    • carbon, so in a manner of speaking the Ego of the Universe lives as
    • speaking we have the astral placed between the oxygen and the carbon,
    • and this astral impresses itself upon the physical by making use of
    • nitrogen from the air that fills the space, thus making the air
    • works out of the Spirit in the carbon-principle, taking an
    • permeating the framework with inner life, making it sentient. And in
    • substance which is as nearly as possible akin to the physical and yet
    • again as nearly akin to the spiritualand that is hydrogen.
    • the normal process of waking consciousness. A little more carbon
    • Broadly speaking, the
    • akin, not to the inbreathing, but to the outbreathing process.
    • Observe too how the fruit, properly speaking, tends to be stunted.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of the experiments. What science says of the experiments is
    • to become inwardly alive — akin to the plant-nature. Now the same
    • Taking
    • thirty-four years, the methods of making and applying the Preparations
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • our farms, we are taking forces away from the earth — nay, even
    • (or potash, generally speaking) carry the growth rather into those regions
    • tubes as they are commonly used for making sausages, make them into
    • as in all things, it is simply a question of breaking down prejudice.
    • diseases. I am speaking in general terms at the moment. Nowadays
    • a short time ago. Are not they themselves already speaking frankly of
    • however, that are taking place around us all the time are as yet utterly
    • of the manure.” On the contrary, I have been speaking of it all
    • the time, namely, in speaking of yarrow, camomile and stinging nettle.
    • been speaking are involved. Hydrogen also is there, in addition to sulphur.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • only answer this question by taking into account what we have dealt
    • Moreover, speaking in a
    • in a particular way. It is only by taking these varied forces into account
    • this way. Quite generally speaking, you have far-reaching possibilities
    • speaking, we may say (Diagram 12), if this be
    • speaking, we cannot really say “plant diseases.” The rather
    • speaking, disease is not possible without the presence of an astral
    • it by making little red dots (Diagram 13) where
    • will find it an excellent remedy. Strictly speaking, it is not a medicament,
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • to these coarse interactions, finer ones, too, are constantly taking
    • in Nature's household (I am speaking now of such fruit as grows on trees).
    • speaking, it is even separated from its root — only it is united
    • yesterday when speaking of human Karma). That which is poorer in ether,
    • — the mushrooms, being akin to the bacteria and other parasitic
    • will reveal, quite generally speaking, the relation of plant to animal-nature,
    • and through something remotely akin to the sense system — absorbs
    • speaking, the plant is in all respects an inverse of the animal —
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • process, and yet, fundamentally speaking, that is how they think. In
    • combustion-process in the Body. (The materialists are fond of making
    • the body” is only speaking loosely — in a slipshod way,
    • if you will. If he has the true facts in mind, his speaking loosely
    • what is actually taking place in Nature. In this domain especially,
    • activity in this finding and taking of the food.
    • akin to the brain-content. To speak grotesquely, I would say: That which
    • as it may be, objectively speaking this is the truth. It is none other
    • If this co-operation is taking place, so that the streaming from behind
    • the sexual System, has become as nearly as possible akin — in
    • akin to the sexual force, we must not have too much of the astral in
    • only proceed rationally by taking your start from a way of thought such
    • no special function. Generally speaking, we can say, the root-nature
    • (relatively speaking, it is only a short time since) the tomato
    • in the human body. Therefore, quite generally speaking, liver diseases
    • extent, in this respect, the potato is akin to the tomato.
    • all those partaking in the Course shall remain for the present within
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • human being are: Atma, Buddhi, Manas. Formerly in speaking
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • are taking hold of something which is your own self. You
    • a tiny bit poisonous. For life consists in taking in
    • taking his place culturally in the external life on earth.
    • contained in man, best be symbolized? Perhaps by taking the
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • Fundamentally speaking, seen from a deeper aspect, we all
    • has actually been taking place in modern times.
    • then is one speaking in a sense and meaning that is in accord with the inner
    • the influence of the inspirations of which I have been speaking to you today,
    • recognize this principle of which I am here speaking.
    • speaking. “Person,” did I say? Here we must remind ourselves that
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • who have a continuous memory in their waking-life condition, a memory
    • in mind that this is not only a spatial metamorphosis taking place
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • this starting point, by taking into the soul those mental processes
    • By taking such elements along into the spiritual world, the
    • soul-shaking event called the Meeting with the Guardian of the Threshold.
    • person to another, taking place within consciousness, actually can be
    • ease of thinking, the love of ease of feeling. Fear is closely akin
    • error consists of mistaking the dying and withering in the spiritual
    • corresponds to ecstasy leads to something else. By taking into us
    • realities, and not something unreal — but taking in only
    • he feels little obligation to test what he says, speaking rather of
    • conviction, which would be akin to a certain primitive belief of
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • certain that speaking about it in that way would not satisfy
    • speaking out of subjective feelings but out of the very kind of
    • is taking place unconsciously in the depths of their being. On the
    • this development of thinking? It consists of making human thinking or
    • acquisition of super-sensible knowledge is that we are not taking
    • in the physical body, the taking in of it, that normally takes place
    • a breaking down of life, a partial dying. This is a significant and
    • of partial dying, a breaking down of the head organisation's life
    • have, but the kind of thing that is perpetually making
    • self-discipline of the will I was speaking about: become actively
    • taking place in human development. We know of course that leaps
    • human evolution. Relatively speaking, we human beings are still
    • plunge into this spiritual perception, making him believe that
    • what I have been speaking about today and the day before yesterday.
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • entirely different from the laws of human consciousness. In speaking
    • plant world, for we are apt to look on our waking consciousness as
    • our complete consciousness, without taking our sleeping consciousness
    • When speaking of this consciousness which as a second
    • our ordinary waking consciousness, we think of the things round about
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • only exist in the domain of which I am speaking, where it comes very
    • they are not making the same mistake that the whole world makes
    • are capable at the present day of making such carelessness valid; for
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • being wants to communicate. Is it then possible for something akin to
    • external life, which justifies us in speaking of a nation or a people
    • the Earth herself were speaking. The mysteries of the Earth's growth
    • concerned with what is taking place on the surface of the Earth. They
    • Speaking in the sense of spiritual reality, one feels that the
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • institution that is akin to our Christmas Festival; we shall
    • around man something that will be akin to the blossom of a
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • the hearts and souls of those taking part. Though this or that event
    • their physical bodies and taking their souls into the spiritual
    • perception. But other events of to-day are speaking to us loudly and
    • admitted at his trial. Speaking of the three or four hours in which
    • unconquerable fear of taking these things seriously.
    • however, is really formless. When we speak of it, we are speaking of
    • “astral bodies” that were, comparatively speaking,
    • most unfavourable time for making decisions. For we have come to a
    • than in the case of our ancestors). The moment of waking should be
    • asleep and waking up, through intercourse with the spiritual world,
    • the fundamental mood of sacred regard for the moment of waking; this
    • appealing to the moment of waking, to what remains of the previous
    • speaking in a Christian sense, even if what one is saying may be very
    • unchristian. But if we hold we are making known what the Christ is
    • taking part. The will not to see events as they are is still a
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • pure thinking involves a breaking down of matter, and is connected
    • pushed into the place where the breaking down process takes place.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • between taking pleasure in a moral action and the doing of it.
    • individual. In the case of most Europeans or, speaking
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • unpleasantly the prevailing nervousness is making itself felt.
    • things where he put them. It may seem strange for us to be speaking
    • adding: ‘Without making too much effort, try every day —
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • characterise it by speaking, first, of that branch of mathematics
    • of space; simply by making from it a kind of abstraction, now becomes
    • itself. By taking the third dimension negatively, we really
    • annihilates the third, making space two-dimensional. And in like
    • continuous feeling in the waking state. When he looked with his eyes,
    • making Yoga unnecessary.
    • acquired by taking — inwardly, not outwardly — the spirit
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • reacts to the cosmos, not only by taking in oxygen and remaining
    • our forces act in speaking or singing. When one has grasped these
    • hours of the night, turn their sleepy, but waking, eyes to the starry
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of Central Europe) learn to know in secret societies what
    • was something quite outlandish when Bulwer travelled about, speaking of
    • consciousness as we are to look behind a mirror without breaking it.
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • to something like a breaking of the inner mirror. The memories can as
    • so speaking because for him both the Father and the Christ are
    • destruction of which I have been speaking the laws of nature are
    • taking place within us in a natural way. We become aware of the
    • speak or hear in intercourse with other people, hearing and speaking
    • being where speaking and hearing go on at the same time.
    • Hearing and speaking are once more united. The “inner
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • Speaking
    • properly speaking, upon human consciousness.
    • speaking of such matters one is always aware of the difficulty of
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • in which so many things are taking place which widen the
    • the breaking up of European culture. To-day we can only have a pale
    • true light will it be possible to understand what is really taking
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • Metaphorically speaking, (yet it is not entirely metaphorical, but
    • world, and they avoid speaking about it concretely. They chiefly
    • undoubtedly succeed in making the third generation entirely
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • himself, in his own deepest nature, akin to the sun and moon
    • it has in it the makings of a cosmogony. Although this
    • is, strictly speaking, peculiar to Asiatic culture. America,
    • what is taking place under our eyes ; we are always more or
    • — of which the American is making towards Cosmogony,
    • very way of speaking, that the altruistic spirit is anything
    • making of a civilisation.
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • occurs. Fundamentally speaking, every one who sets his foot
    • — enhancing our being, or making it smaller; making us
    • within, he then breaks through the eye, and breaking through
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • further by taking on, in soul-spiritual terms, the form of
    • if you follow up everything, taking note of what has been
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • speaking to the heart by means of symbols: ‘Where you
    • Pressburg. And he — I am speaking of my old friend Karl
    • experiences were akin to the manifestations of Nature
    • outside, akin to the snow and the snowflakes and the
    • place, the boys taking part in the Plays must be God-fearing,
    • when the Art of speaking in the ancient sense has been lost,
    • Christmas days were over, the actors taking. the parts of the
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • condition midway between waking and sleeping, man gazed into all that
    • alternates between the waking and sleeping states and we think of
    • “intelligence” in connection with waking life only, but
    • he said: “The beams are breaking, the posts are giving way; the
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • of taking any particular side. I have no desire to uphold ancient
    • chemical process taking place in matter. But the fact that a few
    • No purpose is served by making statements in a religious or
    • rational way with what is actually taking place in the human
    • making men and women out of the children who are being educated
    • voices speaking to him. No matter what intellectual reasoning you use
    • in waking and sleeping life is one of the subjects to which Spiritual
    • waking life, how and when they permeate each other in the body, soul
    • which the abnormal attitude of human beings to waking and sleeping
    • waking life must not be broken up by such lengthy periods of sleep
    • waking life. These things cannot be dictated. You can of course tell
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • Walking, Speaking and
    • or song is but the final culmination of something that is taking
    • structure of the human body. We may say therefore, without speaking
    • — we are now taking, the human body is nothing else than a
    • thing as this, we seem to be speaking in images, but our images none
    • totality. (It really looks as though we were speaking figuratively,
    • bodies it is singing, speaking as it sings to you, singing as it
    • speaks; and all your perception is a listening to the speaking song,
    • as human beings speaking upon earth.
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • lowlands breaking the heights of the ascending development of man
    • existence than the souls of modern men, who in their waking life are
    • experienced his own being in a kind of waking dream. He knew himself
    • existence. Even in his waking hours man lived in this consciousness
    • his earthly existence hallowed, although in his waking life he still
    • of full wakefulness in the cosmos. Gradually this waking life in the
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • of my age were young fellows, not one of them dreamt of speaking of
    • speak today, as I am speaking now, then the people whose heads are
    • entity. …But I am not speaking correctly ... for, in reality,
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • a spatial, a physical-bodily process. Simultaneously, while this is taking
    • of approach, which is only made possible once more by taking our
    • if we are speaking of the will as of an element of soul-and-spirit, there
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • in stone quarries or mining-operations, any breaking-up of the ground
    • He held that, generally speaking, nothing that we are able to observe
    • process of the organism. Therefore we can say: As we live our waking
    • yes, by spiritual and soul-processes. But what is taking place on the
    • speaking, the distribution of water and land, the formation of
    • to processes due to a shaking up of earth-masses through mechanical
    • taking place on the earth's surface is one of destruction, and that
    • destruction taking place on the earth's surface, and which
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • during the waking state is never entirely one-sided; thinking is not
    • before birth, before conception. Fundamentally speaking, the faculty
    • first won for himself the power of making these sprawling,
    • that, speaking from a more or less schematic point of view, we might
    • At the moment however we are speaking of normal human beings. Such people,
    • thoughts have previously been embedded. This taking in of thoughts
    • everything to which we are subjected from waking until sleeping. All
    • before one's eyes, — I am speaking now of spiritual eyes,
    • thought, you are, broadly speaking, reflecting upon that which is
    • cherries had the propensity of making a sign or mark somewhere or
    • case. We will imagine a conversation taking place between reasonable
    • Nothing now remains but for us to acquire the faculty of making
    • waking state he develops logical thinking — up to a certain
    • into waking life his Ego and astral body enter into the physical and
    • In the sleeping state man is a being of Intuition: waking he is a
    • logical thinker; in the moment of waking he is endowed with
    • Moment of WakingInspiration
    • Waking
    • Ahriman. In our manner of speaking to-day we should say Lucifer and
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • artistic undertakings as well as for the theosophical lectures. In
    • may be. Anyone speaking after the manner of the modern theologian
    • meditating about the Being of the Christ, or in making occult
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • expression. This teaching insisted, without taking an independent
    • clear concepts — they avoid speaking of the mighty,
    • is true of the old Saturn existence, speaking very comparatively,
    • picture, — but the recapitulation of the Saturn picture taking
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • air, but of ‘heat.’ So, too, in first speaking of
    • even exist. When we speak of ‘space’ we are speaking
    • of heat are the external expression — speaking in a general
    • described in no other way than by saying that the one making the
    • comparatively speaking at a later time than the gifts of the Spirits
    • taking place on the Earth may perhaps be only of importance to one
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • taking place. We have said that the Thrones, the Spirits of Will,
    • the last two lectures when speaking of Saturn and Sun. Time would
    • resignation — so we see, speaking now of the ancient Sun alone,
    • accepted the proffered sacrifice, they would — speaking
    • possibility of taking their place as independent beings side by side
    • generally speaking from the immortal beings. So now, when we learn
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • now under consideration, we must clearly realise that in speaking of
    • which we are now speaking. Just as we have inherited other things
    • when in that person's presence. And as we are now speaking of the
    • the unconscious Soul-forces akin to longings, burn up ardently as
    • In speaking of the
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • feature of the ancient Moon evolution taking place in the soul of
    • have within them something, which, speaking symbolically, could only
    • no sense in speaking of individual plant-organisms, only of the
    • higher than man, is there any meaning in speaking of actual death.
    • portal of death, from taking part in this event when it actually
    • re-birth--know nothing of what is taking place with respect to the
    • say — speaking of external history — that it cannot
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • events now taking place are the opposite of our own intentions,
    • speaking, no one in the world knows what they want, and no
    • actually taking shape. Later generations will be able to use
    • the events which will be taking shape in Eastern Europe over
    • and reality. For you see, the generations of today are taking
    • fact still waiting in the wings, and they are wrong in taking
    • that we'll be making peace just as peace has been made before
    • taking root deeply in a certain soil. People are taking it as
    • are speaking of states as something which have existed for I
    • chaos will certainly not be reduced if — speaking
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • humanity. I think it is fair to say that, generally speaking,
    • and fail to notice many of the tremendous changes now taking
    • Taking note of
    • riddle I am speaking of is the discrepancy between
    • ‘physical body’ we are speaking of something that
    • waking, the ego and astral body, having been outside in the
    • which we are between going to sleep and waking up again does,
    • to sleep and waking up again you are in a world devoid of
    • world in which we are between going to sleep and waking up
    • undertaking should go awry, we should not draw the wrong
    • evolution is taking. Individuals will gain in years, being 1,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • not be absolutely the case, but, relatively speaking, it is
    • agitators making great words about it, or in specific
    • had just made an important, epoch-making invention. Oh, I
    • had to start it up. This was certainly epoch-making! You will
    • having been thought up without taking account of reality.
    • making everyone happy, it will not be immediately obvious.
    • effort than to take up the points the opposition is making.
    • saying in all the other places where I have been speaking
    • find other ways of making sure they are able to progress; it
    • speaking, all private interviews must now stop. This, then,
    • have been until now, the problems I am speaking of will not
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • live, one would be speaking of something that would seem like
    • actual form it is taking now and in the immediate future to
    • involved and helping us in this. People are not taking the
    • them — keeping them dwarf-sized in growth or making
    • an unpalatable truth for people who never tire of making
    • up an ideal, but in making it part of the process of
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • today. You find an excellent description of the breaking up,
    • Our souls are even now making preparations for the
    • when it comes to taking an inward look at the human being.
    • order was created by establishing classes and taking these
    • only the body speaking. The spirit has withdrawn and already
    • of a drug. Taking a ‘sound point of view’, people
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • thought is with us wherever we are in waking consciousness.
    • with the senses when in waking consciousness. Our own
    • the senses and drag around with us when in waking
    • are not in the habit of making the distinction, and anyway
    • people still had the ability to live in waking dreams, and
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • real weight — comparatively speaking — as if they
    • post-Atlantean age, taking this with him into the godless
    • quite certain, that, generally speaking, people were afraid
    • speaking figuratively when they say they are afraid of
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • compared this with the idea that the best way of making sure
    • Fundamentally speaking, such ideas are part of the
    • speaking, the people who are considered to be most
    • work I am speaking.
    • are dealing with reality in making them. It is especially
    • in taking the thought to its conclusion. If you do so with
    • negatively speaking, that so many people are still asleep to
    • speaking, it can be said, however, that with the exception of
    • scientific way, combining, abstracting and making all kinds
    • first railways were being built in Central Europe. Speaking
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • taking note of how its organs gradually change, or partly
    • war and the events taking place in Russia — what would
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • was speaking of something quite concrete, namely the battle
    • epochmaking literary works would remain unknown? Surely we
    • appeared at that time which was more epoch-making and of more
    • certain views and ideas which were taking root in people's
    • Speaking of Laplace's theory and of Dewar they will say:
    • childish then, with people taking dreams seriously! Just
    • see the need for roses to grow on bushes, making it necessary
    • it is, of course, possible to find ways and means of speaking
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • different spheres of life. Speaking of processes deep down in
    • Sun, which relates to sleeping and waking and takes 24 hours,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • spirits’, the spirits of light. Fundamentally speaking,
    • was done by taking human beings from the heights of the
    • of the ideals of race and nation would have been speaking in
    • tribal membership today is speaking of impulses which are
    • souls are taking in impulses which they will take with them
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • become poets. Speaking of the time when they first began to
    • yet before people will feel embarrassed at taking seriously
    • waking will only come when people begin to feel embarrassed
    • evidence of their being used up without anything new taking
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • which I have been speaking.
    • A significant battle is taking place among us, you will find.
    • organic evolution taking its course without involving
    • live on into the decades of which I am now speaking. Their
    • social democracy does not compare, historically speaking,
    • position of the sun. Generally speaking, however, the course
    • whole civilized world. Salvation lies in making the whole of
    • scale capitalism had succeeded in making democracy into the
    • You need not be afraid that someone speaking out of
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • decision-making ability that is independent of the divine spiritual
    • just this kind of human decision making. As I said, we do not want to
    • speaking in Old Testament terms. If we look at this interpretation,
    • energy and power, the goal, the ideal, of again taking the fall of
    • natural scientists, these dreams were delivered in croaking tirades
    • in turn is connected with the fact that along with a possible waking
    • this of course without making any insinuations) it has sometimes been
    • himself to truthfulness when speaking about the spirit. For in the
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • Speaking in mediaeval terms, we should say that the natural sciences
    • the need of taking a true Christology seriously. This means that
    • progress would best be achieved by taking up such ideas and by avoiding
    • events taking place in the course of time are investigated merely in
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • The process of which He is speaking belongs to the kingdoms of outer
    • But when Christ Jesus is making clear to His disciples that He is one with
    • given to all men through all time to come — then He is speaking
    • of reality, He is speaking of the Spirit.
    • consider a particular example. — Going to sleep and waking is an
    • alternation of sleeping and waking in man, many will think of the
    • the processes of his own waking and going to sleep with the budding
    • within us, and as the moment of waking approaches it is autumn;
    • to sleep must be compared with the season of spring and waking with that
    • Earth that it is not possible to speak of sleeping and waking,
    • amounts to taking away from the Easter festival the very feature that
    • that the divine forces allied with the Earth are waking. And with
    • connected with the waking and sleeping of particular spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • think of taking into his own spirit — as spiritual content —
    • spirit in objects, however, usually remain with speaking about the
    • epoch-making discovery for botany but who did away, in a
    • revealed. The human and animal organ isms reveal a waking and a
    • that winter and summer in the earth organism correspond to waking
    • its being. Waking and sleeping move around spatially: the earth
    • fronts us spiritually with conditions like waking and sleeping in
    • who made so fitting a remark about the alternation of waking and
    • body — the human being is neutralized. Waking is a divided, a
    • polar condition; in waking the soul is pointed, localized. Sleep is
    • stimulus). Waking is the condition of the soul stimulus influence:
    • loosened; in waking they are tightened.
    • inclined to consider a waking condition) is something that can only
    • condition as corresponding to the waking condition of the human
    • whatever arises and disappears in us during our waking state, what
    • speaking of the soul of an eye. Although a remark able linking of
    • taking up the substances prepared by the sun via the plants.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • that the Earth has its true waking season; then it is that
    • one on the first page of which [in German- speaking
    • Christmas Festival, properly speaking, belongs to the Easter
    • no matter how profane the impulse of your speaking is —
    • taking seriously things which if seen in their true light can
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • were speaking through their constellations, — they did
    • that is to say, if, taking our start from birth, we find our
    • broadly speaking, they only want to “guard their pounds
    • say, I have been speaking of all this only in the briefest
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • when speaking of these. The way in which I characterized the exit
    • this way we were able to grasp that during our waking state of
    • during our ordinary waking consciousness the world of thought
    • produces this waking state of consciousness).
    • our physical and etheric bodies at the moment of waking up. By
    • organs. By making the thought and will exercises of which I have
    • to the moment of waking up, must, as it were, connect itself
    • during the waking daytime condition with our thoughts and with
    • When speaking from
    • builds itself up from mineral substances. By taking in vegetable
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • that world conception of which I am now speaking, is frequently
    • science, of which I am speaking, consequently seeks to penetrate
    • my will, for instance, by taking in hand my self-education, by
    • the aim of that Anthroposophy concerning which I am speaking to
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • into the room where Sir Oliver Lodge was making his experiments.
    • alternating conditions of waking and sleeping, these above all
    • we constantly change over from the condition of waking to that of
    • life, swaying between the conditions of waking and sleeping. The
    • relating to the alternating conditions of waking and sleeping.
    • alternating conditions of waking and sleeping can be studied with
    • by taking in hand systematically that which otherwise takes place
    • conditions of waking and sleeping. Only by rendering thought
    • between falling asleep and waking up.
    • moment of waking up. We now learn to judge that the moment of
    • waking up really consists of two parts: Our attitude on waking up
    • the moment of waking up is a perception through feeling; we take
    • move an arm or a leg. Waking up really consists of these two
    • falling asleep and waking up, we now learned to know the
    • conditions in which the soul lives from the moment of waking up
    • the alternating conditions of sleeping and waking, and we are
    • have we gained? Through the processes of waking up and of falling
    • waking, or birth and death, now enables us to attain a vision of
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • taking place particularly in the present day both in the visible
    • and in the invisible world. We see people making presents to each
    • everlasting Cosmic Word speaking out of the stars. The Mystery of
    • Jupiter days are like a sentence speaking out of the cosmic
    • taking place in connection with the Mystery of Golgotha,
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • man's inner life. But essentially speaking, also the senses which
    • waking consciousness and may then look upon the process of
    • waking life on earth, we perceive the objects around us. Our
    • faintly, during his waking condition. When he is really asleep,
    • that a very faint sleeping state exists even during the waking
    • service of technical-earthly interests, it is, cruelly speaking,
    • speaking, at his side, but by eliminating his physical body he
    • speaking in an anthroposophical way. For it leads to no progress
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • which fills his waking consciousness. But when he considers his
    • waking concepts, then all this is not only a semblance or
    • semblance, which constitutes our waking perceptive life, did not
    • in short, into everything which, symbolically speaking, lies
    • danger of passing through the portal of death without taking with
    • When speaking of Christ, it pointed to the Sun.
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, in a world of light. But this light continues to shine
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • forsaking his original state, when he submitted to the Luciferic
    • events now taking place show us, for the very reason that, if we look
    • men, that they can in a sense remain children — speaking
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • things had to be made more comprehensible to the people. By making
    • have just been speaking. The situation itself poured its holiness
    • This book by Ernst Haeckel points to what is now taking place on the
    • events that are taking place so painfully today that earthly life
    • our life (I am now speaking directly, not in a pictorial way) in
    • taking place. But this spiritual aspect takes place in the right
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • difference between a dream and ordinary waking consciousness. Such as
    • between waking and sleep and in these states man was face to face
    • states between waking and sleep when the spiritual world appeared
    • Zervane Akarene — Zaruana Akarana. Taking the concept of
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • his knowledge by speaking of it as a renewal of the wisdom given to
    • possessed a clairvoyant consciousness unlike our waking
    • general was concerned, the old clairvoyance died out entirely. Waking
    • which enable the soul-powers to have real experiences without making
    • shown in picture form the processes taking place in his inner being.
    • to prevent the blood stream from taking a wrong path. These
    • writing were derived from processes taking place in the Heavens.
    • each, with five additional days — making three hundred and
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • the scientist do? Generally speaking he takes scant notice of Nature
    • so, but anyone speaking the truth is deemed mad. People really view this
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • with in-breathing and out-breathing, and also with sleeping and waking.
    • understand that I am speaking figuratively, but the picture is in
    • between going to sleep and waking, and now he is telling us something
    • between going to sleep and waking this is not the whole story, just as
    • between going to sleep and waking, actually experiences a kind of
    • is not simply that between going to sleep and waking — the sleep
    • is not simply that between going to sleep and waking man has a
    • waking, it is seen that man really experiences the going backward of
    • till waking, man lives without his body through what he has done with
    • going to sleep and waking, we have something that goes through the gate
    • body. Between going to sleep and waking his essential being widens if he
    • speaking and singing — the physiological working together of
    • breathing process that gives rise to speaking and singing — for
    • meeting one another in tone. One can say that speaking and singing in
    • speaking is at the same time a singing. In the alternation between going
    • spiritual speaking — with the beings of the higher Hierarchies.
    • speech, in singing and speaking, an echo of beings of the higher
    • listen to speech without taking the meaning into consideration, whoever
    • more is revealed in speaking and singing than what the ordinary
    • it into song by divesting it of its utilitarian function and making it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of the life of the soul, a certain expression in common use
    • of the soul any further than that during waking life, ideas, feelings,
    • admit that, taking what can be learned about the experiences of the soul
    • to be simply remembered in the waking life. From the way the dream plays
    • between going to sleep and waking. I have already described this region
    • consciousness all that we can say is that whereas from waking to going
    • during the time between going to sleep and waking. If the soul has any
    • being able thus consciously during waking life to experience in a
    • of the soul from going to sleep to waking as if they were experienced in
    • limited to the time between going to sleep and waking. For it works into
    • during waking life. We carry within us during the day, from waking until
    • unconsciously between going to sleep and waking.
    • the world of our waking hours. Hence one feels — one would
    • that when you experience something consciously in waking life, a great
    • ordinary waking consciousness can lift into consciousness the pulsation
    • time between going to sleep and waking is of great significance in its
    • after-effects during waking life on the following day. We should not be
    • during waking life something like a need and longing to relate all the
    • described; nor would he ever in the waking state come to a feeling of
    • constituted that even during waking life the spiritual world still shone
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • making these objections is correct; but one finds oneself in the
    • psychologist, when speaking of soul-forms. The shape of the
    • they must be looked upon as causes and effects taking place in
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • taking place within him, and if life could be maintained
    • embarrassed in speaking of life at all, and when all life was
    • course, I am speaking here with the limitation which this
    • at a certain maturity and has the opportunity of taking up
    • up our life by making use of what we have acquired in our
    • know, indeed, that I am speaking figuratively; but all the
    • of consciousness in waking-up and in going to sleep. So long
    • in progress consists in feeling on awaking, enriched through
    • waking-day life, fill himself with a content not permeated by
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • just as, imaginatively speaking your fingernails do not each
    • senses; you grasp the mineral laws, and during your waking
    • should be thought of as applying to the waking state and to
    • do this only during the waking state — for, the mineral
    • remained upon the astral plane, and now intervenes by taking
    • making it grow and blossom. The whole plant is permeated by
    • Essentially speaking, they are wedding-flights — for
    • simplest. It is an utterly senseless way of speaking to
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • pleasure of speaking to you in earlier lectures.
    • and fool speaking from some fantastic imagination. He is made
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • which we stand, least of all excluded from taking part in the
    • whom every man, even the simplest, can feel akin? Through that
    • flowing mood, making the Jesus-Being intimate to the human
    • merrymaking form of the Saturnalia, and this also testifies to
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • to-day. For we are now speaking of the days before the
    • quotation, for one could quite well go on making
    • had no idea that Aristotle was speaking of the Etheric
    • akin to terrified wonder at the effect of the marvelous
    • is the fact that, if we would be consistent in speaking of
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • Taking, for example, chemistry and physics, we see how
    • everywhere, even theoretically speaking, that the mass of
    • during the last few decades, spiritual life has been breaking
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • averse to such mediumistic personalities taking into their
    • in reasonable fashion without making himself a partisan of
    • strong, making it possible to experience with strong content
    • longer making use of it — as if one stood at an abyss,
    • and ideas of the healthy human understanding, thereby making
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • News for English-speaking Members of
    • and women (for ladies, too, are taking part in these things)
    • waking life largely belongs to the present incarnation,
    • I quote it here because I am now speaking in a wider sense of the
    • say, primitively speaking, 1 and 4, and 2 and 3, work upon one
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • News for English-speaking Members of
    • was making the report, the Government policy had changed and
    • there; nay, more, he was making good, for he proved just as
    • societies knew how to reckon with human characters, taking the
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • News for English-speaking Members of
    • speaking of this question, no calling need be thought
    • seven-year periods. Broadly speaking, as you know, the physical
    • transmitted to the descendants; but speaking in the sense of
    • goes into our bodily organisation, making it the image of our
    • stronger individuality was speaking; one felt the active rising
    • Stuart Mill and Herzen! Mill, speaking in the first place
    • followers and make it appear that one is speaking out of very
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • News for English-speaking Members of
    • fancy, every one of them is speaking of his own God,
    • Angel. With measureless conceit they say that they are speaking
    • of God while all the time they are only speaking of an Angel,
    • own Angel. But it is impossible if one is really speaking
    • as though the Angel from the Hierarchies was also speaking in
    • these secrets, we have no possibility of speaking in words as
    • spiritually speaking, but this spirituality was absolutely
    • Golgotha. And now that we are speaking about karma we shall
    • all, in the letter i, materially speaking the line is
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • evolution. And in our own present time, when all that is taking
    • must enter into the waking consciousness of humanity what
    • himself in full clear waking consciousness such cosmic thoughts
    • especially into the soul, overcoming sickness, making the
    • life, if we only will come to Him, taking His words to heart
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of Old Saturn, Old Sun and Old Moon conditions another
    • consciousness a condition akin to the unconscious or subconscious
    • his spiritual body as in his waking life. How remarkable would be
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • stocktaking place externally. But the inner reality is that the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • age. Western man will still be able to benefit mankind by making
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 6. The Five Root Races of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • Jupiter, Mars, Venus and Mercury, speaking in terms of the seven
    • such Mystery Oracle the truths of which we are now speaking were
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 7. Advance of Folk Spirits to the Rank of Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • native powers of the Archangel, is in its pictures closely akin to
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmos, and could read in the Akashic Record what was taking place in
    • on, then we are making a superficial study of comparative religion;
    • but rather as the kind of Archangel whose renunciation is akin to
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • speak of Lucifer, we are speaking of that which has thrust man down
    • normally alternate between waking and sleeping. When he gazed into
    • waking consciousness, he was blind to it. Thus he alternated between
    • Initiates had taught Nordic man that a change was taking place in the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • until the moment of waking spreads out over the Macrocosm, so too the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • taking my start from these words of Hermes, I may perhaps be allowed
    • necessities of European civilisation, making themselves felt ever
    • rape of ancient clairvoyance by modern knowledge was already taking
    • for making armaments. But men no longer feel that this kind of mental
    • I am speaking of the three figures Luna, Astrid, Philia, the true
    • succeed to the full extent of our capacities. This undertaking proves
    • making our puny sacrifice — the sacrifice of modern
    • wonderful to see how each individual in undertaking his or her by no
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • development and formation of the ego principle, making it firmer and
    • task of making man clairvoyant, today they devote themselves to the
    • is taking in forces which are active in the inner earth, whereas
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • When we are speaking microcosmically they are the forces in us which
    • our lasting emotions. Macrocosmically speaking they are forces more
    • Microcosmically speaking we have to look upon the physical body as
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of the ones who only inspired men, but of those who really
    • the death of the Earth? Not at all. I have just been speaking, for
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • about, making use of hands and feet’ ... a modern man would
    • for making the elder Dionysos, Dionysos Zagreus, a son of Persephone
    • you see that the myth is aware that he is actually more closely akin
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • plane, he would be making a mistake. In the higher worlds things look
    • he had brought over from the Moon without taking in the Earth
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • in his mind he did not carry on something akin to work in ideation or
    • if we are speaking in the true sense of the higher worlds. Hence you
    • of man — this Silenus was still closely akin to the life of
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • occult experiences of the kind we have been speaking of has to
    • must accept the impossibility of making everything good in this life.
    • his environment without taking into consideration the Saturn, Sun and
    • making ancient Saturn or Cronos, as the Greeks called him, the
    • whose range is properly speaking more comprehensive, I mean those who
    • spoke of Jehovah or Jahve, they were speaking of Him, and that all
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • densification of the body is taking place in the human organisation.
    • element akin to the Earth — the element which had already on
    • existed solely in the sun, and yet was akin to the nature of the
    • taking place in us and the normal consciousness of present-day man
    • used the word ‘Phantom’ when speaking of this
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • comes from speaking, not speaking from the speech-organ. That is what
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • figures stand there, making us feel that they emerge suddenly out of the
    • then to Florence, then to Rome. Fundamentally speaking, his life ran its
    • whence the being of man proceeds. Speaking figuratively we cannot but
    • again in waking or dream life, whose gaze, once experienced, is with
    • or was speaking those uplifting, godly words to Christian devotees,
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • extraordinary was taking place. The owner of the horse called in strangers,
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • of making it possible within that time of adding the two announced public
    • out with Agamemnon. And we continually see superhuman powers taking
    • by taking the forms of mortal men, inspiring them as it were, leading
    • the field of action on which the facts take place of which we are speaking,
    • that I am speaking as a stranger, and as such can only speak of the
    • we are speaking of a soul-power whose expressions we cannot really make
    • were not speaking of himself when he says “Sing to me oh Muse,
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • his way to something new. In speaking of the course that the external
    • activity of the forces and substances within our skin, so, by taking
    • blossoming of every flower, in the breaking open of the buds, in that
    • our overcoat in winter and lighter clothes in summer and taking an
    • waking-sleep, one might say — to enter into the doings of the
    • generally speaking, people feel they
    • cosmic waking-sleep, with the elemental beings to the region where
    • will come to realise how he has been living through a waking-sleep of
    • taking form: my life is full of shooting-stars, miniature
    • blood. He must learn to keep the Michael Festival by making it a
    • turns from the iron which is used for making engines and looks up
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • taking this in the widest sense to connote a physical deposit,
    • garment has to be inwardly rounded, taking on the quicksilver
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • were speaking of autumn, I had to name Michael as the most
    • instantly, perhaps by making artistic use of vaporous substances or
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • these people talk in speaking of the combustion of oxygen and carbon
    • nature, have the effect of making us citizens of the cosmos. For they
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • schooled theologians? No indeed! Comparatively speaking, they
    • impulses, taking form in the souls of thousands and tens of
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • awakened, feeling at the moment of waking that they had been
    • am speaking of how it was experienced by the Apostles
    • observe them and hear how they were speaking now, they seemed
    • you were with Him in very truth ... Just as on waking in the
    • reluctance in speaking as I have done, this was outweighed by
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • forsaking of the sphere of Spirit in order that living
    • effective means of making a stir among the people! He goes so
    • lectures we shall be speaking of the Being who came down to the
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • I set myself to the task of speaking to you to-day on the
    • speaking, as I wish to speak in these particular lectures,
    • were saying without himself speaking a word. But while this was
    • had in many respects actually come to the point of taking the
    • which I have been speaking. Jesus of Nazareth heard the
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • so she tried to comfort him by speaking of all the noble and
    • grew heavy while his mother was speaking in this way, prizing
    • was no possibility of making it comprehensible to men. And then
    • from breaking through the law of gravity. If thou wilt
    • to the needs of men living in the new era and making it bear
    • scribes speaking together to this effect: It would be possible,
    • conception of the world is making its appearance in Europe too,
    • Soul. Here the man is speaking seriously of daemons, after
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • physical world, taking its source from what they have experienced in
    • the physical world everything which man is to experience in waking
    • astral body, during our periods of sleep. In our conscious, waking
    • accompanies the physical. While during waking life in relation to the
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, what is interesting about science is something
    • What it comes to is this: taking our stand on the ground of
    • physiological terms to realize what the yogi achieved by making
    • ways of knowledge must be different. We shall be speaking of
    • process, but also in making it quite free of corporeality. Only
    • tomorrow's lecture, where I shall be speaking about the special
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • the soul, making us courageous and vigorous in life or making
    • unconsciously, when on waking, perhaps after passing through a
    • to life and methods of research. And anyone taking the
    • functions is, strictly speaking, only indirect knowledge,
    • perceive ourselves in this semblance-making and know
    • Taking the mediumistic, visionary and hallucinatory as morbid,
    • within us we see, too, but only by making it into something
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • philosophy of life of which I have been speaking seeks to
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • speaking in the last few days. Yet there is a dream-like
    • abstract concepts. And in making its appearance in pure
    • confluence correctly, by taking a first step that will
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • anthropomorphism, that is of taking features of human mental
    • With the kinds of knowledge I have been speaking of in the last
    • against the curious fact that, by making ourselves increasingly
    • — is commonly illustrated by taking a drop of oil, making
    • providing a basis of reality for the spiritual and taking from
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • comprehension is not intellectualized. He is taking
    • the platform, her way of speaking was ... well, I will quote an
    • short while before, were speaking with incredible confidence of
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • transformation now taking place in the social structure of the
    • date it has only been possible, generally speaking, to extend
    • very diluted form, metaphorically speaking; so that,
    • today, any undertaking is viewed, in point of fact, in the
    • industrialist himself sees his own undertaking within a
    • a duality developed, taking over from earlier times the
    • else too: what strikes him is that, within the German-speaking
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • thus making its appearance in human development, the sense of
    • organism, taking account of the fact that everything men do,
    • making of every key and every lock gave pleasure, because the
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • higher level of education, something akin to this instinctive
    • things that people are always speaking of nowadays, is to
    • outlook. In speaking of our human make-up as it really is, we
    • are speaking a language that is not for the people. You already
    • knew this. That was why, when speaking to people who expect a
    • speaking of man, can there arise any hope of attaining a social
    • intellectual topics that would be capable of taking hold
    • find once more a way of speaking philosophically out of a
    • following. They need to be rediscovered by making thought
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, have other limitations — limitations that
    • man's innermost essence, socially speaking? They believed that,
    • speaking in Germany to a fairly small group of working-men
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • waking-consciousness, man lives with his ego and astral body in his
    • few days that this waking state of man, from waking until falling asleep,
    • thoughts are awake, from waking until falling asleep, but the Will is
    • because people have not noticed that what they know of the Will in waking
    • only dreams in daily waking life.
    • ordinary waking life; and most things, we do not even dream, but sleep.
    • asleep till waking in a state of longing for his physical body. Sleeping
    • during waking conditions, nor by diving down into this body from outside
    • not taking up.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • we all know, from the fact that, during daytime waking
    • emphasized that this waking state of man, from waking until falling
    • really only partially awake. Our thoughts are awake from waking
    • waking daily life is really only a dream or a tale of will
    • waking life.
    • willing during ordinary waking life, and in most things we do not
    • asleep till waking in a state of longing for his physical body.
    • our body from within during waking conditions, nor by diving down
    • being taken up, not taking up.
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • him. Every tine you go to sleep until the moment of waking, the
    • Atlantean epoch knew that, from sleeping until waking up, there
    • from waking to sleeping, still continued to work, but in other
    • forms. Their waking life of truth dived down, as it were, into
    • going to sleep and waking, there arises an experience which is
    • playing into it. (WE know that even waking-man is
    • “Try to recognise that in your waking-life consciousness
    • shines; for the Sun-Forces pour into your waking-life, just as
    • which St. Augustine was speaking, and for which there is no
    • speaking of religion but of Theology) is
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • the thinking which will lead to making the single branches of
    • now making no distinction between workers and non-workers,
    • will be making every offering out of our soul if we completely
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • prove how far the culture of the present day is taking up the
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • on what they are meant to illumine. He used the phrase, speaking of
    • taking them over. The Ferryman is not enthusiastic about the golden
    • trouble of taking down the river the golden pieces you've thrown
    • therefore devours them and becomes, by thus taking the golden
    • latter still shaking themselves and throwing away what they
    • shake out, the Snake, having acquired a taste for gold, taking up
    • Will. We now see a symbolic act taking place. The Youth is
    • presentation of the Will-o'-the-Wisps how the soul is always taking
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • lead deeper into the nature of a thing, speaking however to other
    • making use of each separately. He can grasp according to necessity
    • Green Snake? The Snake, after taking it, becomes internally luminous!
    • sees how this is made in one or another shape, taking on quite
    • active during clear consciousness taking part. Schiller, who was
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • superficial. We see many people taking it up in a hurry, but
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • making a particular triangle round itself. The soul goes through
    • finally by father and mother. On the whole — taking the
    • re-incarnated?’ We must keep in mind that a poet is speaking
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • time however there was no such thing as making notes even in
    • olden times, has arisen the whole custom of making monuments
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • evolution (we are now speaking of what may rightly be called
    • waking dream; it was a dream condition that with us only occurs
    • Hierarchy. Asia he perceived in his ordinary waking-dream
    • utterly strange region is approaching me. It is taking me to
    • consciousness — the waking-sleeping,
    • sleeping-waking and the sleep, in which the Third Hierarchy
    • waking-dreaming, dreaming-waking. As long as he went about with
    • this waking-dreaming, dreaming-waking, he saw everywhere
    • This is, however, broadly speaking, the substance of oriental
    • For in this waking-dreaming, dreaming-waking, the will does not
    • And in this contrast is expressed what is taking place on the
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • waking condition, bears the Ego and astral body within him
    • are speaking he had already experienced many Earth
    • seeing that the two personalities of whom we are speaking were
    • speaking, it was a matter of clear and exact knowledge to man
    • knowledge in this way by making a journey over the human being,
    • spoke in Stuttgart and of whom I am speaking to you again here,
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • the times when all these things were taking place, we must look
    • speaking goes a wave-like surging and seething of the whole
    • whom we have been speaking. Verily it was as though a torrent
    • still akin to the old understanding of all that had come to
    • manner of speaking that was as closely bound up with the
    • and mighty change that was taking place in the world's
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • growing up, being changed, taking on different shapes and forms
    • Some experience or other could perhaps only be found by making
    • went through, making himself ripe, by sacrifice and devotion,
    • of the astral light is, comparatively speaking, easy for one
    • civilisation and taking on more and more the character of a
    • can see this taking place. In the dramas of Æschylus we
    • his idea of making an expedition into Asia, going as far as it
    • by the tremendous events that we see taking place, we are able
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • stupendous change is again taking place.
    • suggestively on men, making it possible for them to behold the
    • that speaking lives as intensely in the whole human being as do
    • the art of speaking; thinking was all that mattered. The
    • fruitless undertakings are fraught with deep significance for
    • asleep to important events that are taking place in the
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual Soul is taking place, and it is an age that is
    • distance — comparatively speaking — away from the
    • disorganisation, the breaking down of the albumen cannot go far
    • the oak in order to get help in the breaking down of its
    • possibility of speaking about the healthy and the diseased
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • ritual at the very time when it was taking place physically
    • so. I am not speaking in mere pictures. I am relating a
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • men. A kind of revolution is taking place in the Cosmos, the
    • Fundamentally speaking, it was this that was demanded by the
    • waking consciousness were to be seen. In our present time, when
    • souls who in waking consciousness lack the strength to approach
    • consciousness then prevailing — in the waking state
    • a time. During waking life souls would have no inkling of the
    • speaking as he did, Dr. Zeylmans also indicated what attitude
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • observe dreams from the waking state, you will find that these
    • when we wake up can we truly form a judgment, from the waking
    • the waking life to judge to what extent the dream is related to
    • particularly the will that, upon waking, is projected
    • standpoint of waking life, then he must strive to gain a
    • everyday waking consciousness? and does' there result from such
    • second waking a knowledge about the sense-world, just as from
    • vague powers. At the moment of waking, we feel that we now have
    • extravagant is that, when waking up or going to sleep,
    • developed out of these soul-forces, just as the waking
    • that even this waking soul-life of the adult person has been
    • knowledge by the soul itself, making them into something
    • make use of sense-qualities and sense-impressions in speaking
    • finds in the world and experiences as akin to himself.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • and waking up; that is, the sleeping condition. Of course,
    • world, I told you in yesterday's lecture that in his waking
    • man by day; in his waking condition there only comes to his
    • to sleep until waking up, or, let us say, if he became conscious
    • this consciously during the waking condition; and that constitutes
    • the deception in man's waking condition. He remains aware only of
    • is the essential — that throughout the waking condition man
    • because, from the moment of sleeping until waking he is permeated
    • member of all humanity, we are generally speaking, already far more
    • going to sleep until waking up, the reality of man's ego and astral
    • waking condition, the state of affairs at the present cycle of tine
    • If man in the waking condition could perceive
    • Mystery of Golgotha, man in his waking condition stood in a more
    • social order was kept by writing documents, by making compacts.
    • be done simply by speaking of these things, but by grasping the
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • what we have destroyed during our waking life of thought may
    • to believe that man's waking life is to be compared with life
    • waking life — with the Christ Impulse — that this
    • signifies a conscious union with the waking Earth-spirit. It
    • mighty Earth-being sleeps and wakes, taking the whole year
    • outside this figure; in waking life, however, we must picture
    • strictly speaking, lies at the root of all works of human
    • speaking, we do this in all works of art. We do just the same
    • have a true idea of what the waking consciousness brings
    • consciousness of the earth, the waking earth-life, in the
    • since the Mystery of Golgotha, we do this by taking the
    • perception of the waking Earth-spirit. But we must think of
    • whereas for the waking life during winter we need the forces
    • lying more in the direction of the waking life of the
    • sleeping and waking of the earth This gives us a living
    • is based on a breaking-up, destruction, and that there has to
    • whole life through, a gradual death is taking place for
    • awaking to the extent to which we can embed the processes of
    • happen that if you are speaking today to a gathering of
    • the other as art. In art today we are fond of speaking of
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • our physical body in the waking state whenever we wish to
    • belongs to the head, we must, even if we are merely speaking
    • significance, for fundamentally speaking, in our present
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • statement, when speaking of virtue, which we cannot
    • individual; you are making yourself into a part of this
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • without taking the time to announce him in the proper manner.
    • taking up history and becoming acquainted with it. The way in
    • speaking about him, for many this Goethe period belongs to the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • am taking, although I really wish to discuss something that is
    • he was five, making him an imbecile. Anyone who traces the
    • things, as I might call it, without taking hold of them
    • fact is not that we sleep because we are tired, but waking and
    • of sleeping and waking stands. It is a reproduction within the
    • rhythm of sleeping and waking must be drawn from the cosmos,
    • the same upon waking as we were when we fell asleep but, as a
    • inner impulse just as the rhythm of waking and sleeping reveals
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • ego. In explaining the alternation between waking and sleeping,
    • we say that in the waking state the ego and astral body are
    • speaking generally, sleeping and waking are really a sort of
    • cyclic movement. Strictly speaking, the ego and astral body are
    • the head in the waking state is exerted upon the rest of the
    • relationships are lessened during the waking life of day. They
    • Taking
    • sleeping and waking. Thus, you will not be surprised when the
    • about that so little is known of that vivid state of waking
    • system and that in the waking state the possibility is given to
    • waking life between his soul-spiritual and his organic-physical
    • loosening of the etheric body influences the entire waking life
    • relationships during the waking state with his spinal cord
    • was taking his direction from his trainer and followed nothing
    • system, are greatly impaired during the waking life of day. But
    • waking life together with our ego, we are bound up with the
    • of his ego and astral body in his head during the waking life
    • during the waking life. The forces that remain unconscious in
    • just look at the many ruinous effects that are taking place
    • waking consciousness. Of course, some of the effects a person's
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • waking state. At that time the aura of the earth is permeated,
    • ponders the outer universe, just as we men, while in the waking
    • that is, the fine manner of speaking so much admired today,
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • place in a person's conscious life from waking until sleeping
    • consciously during our waking life belongs largely to the
    • falling asleep to that of waking, and this often influences our
    • I will introduce here because I am speaking of vocational life in
    • these four strings of life may interplay in many ways, making
    • of his life. I refer to what is there taking solid form; not
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • without taking into consideration that what appears in the form
    • am speaking is no longer alive — he produced a very
    • societies had a way of dealing with human characters by taking
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • thereby making us a copy of our preceding vocation. In the
    • rather than taking fantastic ideas as truths — fantastic
    • himself or herself in a connection with what is taking place
    • taking on the nature of China. As you can deduce from the
    • significant fact that the age is taking on a certain character
    • also give the impression that he is speaking from profound
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • refrain from speaking my mind. For twenty years now, and indeed
    • and also of everyone who might support me in such undertakings,
    • certainly impossible to think correctly of it without taking
    • may also be seen on certain occasions making use of whatever
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • boundless pride that they are speaking of God, whereas they are
    • speaking only of an angel, and incompletely at that. In the
    • impossible when a person is really speaking of Christ. So the
    • making speeches here and there about these things and that what
    • ancient times because in speaking with words we must speak with
    • He is a real power. Now, while we are speaking about karma, we
    • by little of it. The entire possibility of making steam engines
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • Taking
    • between waking and sleeping such as was universal in the
    • angel more, even making him often somewhat more egoistic than
    • neutral person not taking sides with any of these opposite
    • book. As I said, I am speaking in this supplement to our
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, simply as a kind of glowing ball in universal
    • Mystery of the Sun, making mankind forget this mystery, not
    • to follow the same theme that he used in speaking to his
    • saying: Just listen: So and so has been speaking quite
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • waking conditions. One definitely cannot say that the
    • other diagram of waking man saying: when physical man is
    • waking and sleeping man.
    • becomes conscious during sleep. What today man has as waking
    • suppose we have to note down as senses: hearing, speaking,
    • the interchange of day and night in his waking and sleeping,
    • In recent years people have been breaking each others heads
    • this head-breaking but have left those alone who have looked
    • abstract way to avoid the breaking of heads. Thus in a
    • speaking as having had so great an influence on politics from
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • sense in speaking of Helios, the soul-Sun, or for that matter
    • anyone accepts when taking as his authority modern physics,
    • there is nothing there I am not speaking quite
    • all this ultimately of which we have been speaking but an
    • without reference to this world, means that we are speaking
    • a week, perhaps, we shall be speaking of them) shall we
    • sense in speaking of this figure only if we have first spoken
    • There is no sense in speaking of this figure if our gaze is
    • possibility of thus speaking was lost. And gradually the
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • undertaking, must each time pay good heed to the
    • induced a number of European banks, and European undertakings
    • business undertaking concluded a purchase ‘for future
    • undertakings, these banks in America concluded purchases
    • then, a European undertaking had bought these stocks, on the
    • from over there. The business undertakings in Europe were to
    • thinking should lead on in the end to practical undertakings;
    • undertaking like the "Kommender Tag". It is obviously not
    • possible to put such an undertaking straight away upon a
    • nevertheless, where an isolated undertaking of this kind is
    • point is, not to look at what is taking place at one
    • strictly speaking, something that must not rise
    • shell-making. Through such work the workers become
    • readers were there. The work began by first making people
    • It is not a case of making ‘regulations’ about
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • concentrated in our business-undertaking, the Kommender
    • the Threefold idea does not succeed in making its way through
    • as a whole, this single undertaking can at best be but a very
    • direct our efforts to making people see, that it is really
    • practically speaking, the whole of the Threefold propaganda
    • the business-houses; that they have difficulty in making
    • continual crescendo in the way of speaking; why the words
    • is a question of taking hold of things by the right end. And
    • to men in such a way, that the speaking has power to call
    • business undertakings in the Kommender Tag; but
    • intend to carry on a particular kind of undertaking, then, in
    • set of undertakings. For a particular set of industrial
    • undertakings, for instance, I must have a particular set of
    • agricultural undertakings. Well, but can you do it? It is all
    • leans towards the making of compromises to-day. I shall never
    • paper, — that the old parties, practically speaking, no
    • take our stand on the truths we possess, with no making of
    • making things different; and, first and foremost, that we
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • clear that by undertaking certain exercises and functions, the
    • pictures arise, when speaking in the ordinary way, or when
    • by taking into our souls the first available means to penetrate
    • second power consists in making the pictures transparent and
    • making the whole world of pictures transparent. We have to be
    • sleep. This making ourselves free of the physical body in
    • retrogressive, where evolution stops and crumbles, thus making
    • is, in speaking of an intuitive thinking, of intuition living
    • in our thinking, we are really speaking about the spirit-soul
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • each day brings a very great deal. Catastrophic events breaking
    • of Wilson speaking in his lectures about the American people.
    • must learn to grasp things as they really are. Taking care to
    • life as a whole, proceeds in alternating states of waking and
    • extent into our waking life. Our waking life is completely
    • awake only in part. Beneath the surface of our waking life is
    • raise our feelings into the waking condition by having them
    • waking consciousness, but proceed from our dreaming and
    • by taking into consideration how this instinctive
    • is needed for what is taking place in the individual human
    • in our consciousness only the fact of this taking in. Parallel
    • taking in the image in order that the thing sticks! With our
    • time the soul remained connected with the development taking
    • himself as soul from one epoch to the next, taking with him
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • consist in taking particular mental images into the
    • waking and sleeping. It is not necessary now to go into what
    • happens when the transition from waking to sleeping occurs. But
    • soul. He discovers this when in undertaking a particular
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • something akin to the nature of thought, and which can be
    • mathematician making his calculations, one gradually becomes
    • entirely different. These have the aim of making possible the
    • asleep and waking is beyond our consciousness, with the
    • will, a kind of sleep is included in our waking life.
    • asleep and awaking. The thought falls asleep into the unknown
    • act, there is really a kind of sleep present in man's waking
    • thought of the action after it has been perceived. By making
    • come to know what is akin to the sun-nature in our own
    • impulses are derived from taking into account external nature
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • possible to do it by taking our ordinary conscious life as a
    • are speaking is present in the same way in our day
    • awake, about what lives, even as far as our waking
    • have exactly the same existence in our waking day life as
    • waking life of the day from our dream life and our sleeping
    • asleep and our ideas and images, even in waking life, are like
    • dream pictures? What is the difference between the waking and
    • differentiates waking life from sleeping and dreaming.
    • after waking up we are able to incorporate ourselves into the
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • Eurythmy, the Visual Expression of the Speaking Soul,
    • Eurythmy, the Visual Expression of the Speaking Soul,
    • evolving a theory, but only of making myself clear.
    • the individual, making him or a group of individuals into a
    • with difficulty was quite negligible, the remainder taking
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • of our present age tends absolutely towards making this
    • the East by the West in an economic way. That means making
    • march of this Aestheticising making itself felt, especially
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • waking-intelligence depends upon the union of the soul with
    • making of it. Those physical forces will fall away and be of
    • question of our speaking of Cosmic beings as better than
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • employees of the Daimler works are sitting. As I am speaking
    • that in speaking he wants to make the following
    • of what, strictly speaking, has arisen during the centuries
    • into making a compromise, this must be done consciously and
    • speaking of these things we are speaking of realities. The
    • people immediately say: He is not speaking of Christ at all,
    • is not talking of the Christ. He should be speaking with more
    • human weakness of not taking things seriously. Certainly
    • things theoretically, which teach us nothing about taking the
    • spirit in earnest. Taking the spirit in earnest means if we
    • start now on making something of themselves.
    • not hold one back from such an undertaking. Not because I
    • something towards this special task by taking pains, even
    • about harm by making truth prevail in a way that is untrue.
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • then we are not taking that book seriously. Matter is nowhere
    • are of no account and there is no sense in speaking of
    • it is rather an acknowledgment that he is making a
    • to-day believe that they are speaking about inner things, is
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • surface of the Earth to be of a spherical shape. Speaking for
    • at rest, you are in process of taking a real world journey! I
    • experiences have changed their character. I am here speaking
    • and stultify certain forces instead of waking them into
    • taking up into his consciousness this absolute movement
    • speaking to him about aesthetics and Carriere — who was a
    • consider who the person is who is speaking
    • men avoid making themselves fundamentally familiar with such
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • only with ideas concerning the natural world, man is making
    • himself more and more akin to the material, is descending so
    • deeply into the material world that he is no longer speaking
    • concepts, man has been making his inner being empty and void.
    • And to what end has he been making himself empty? It is in
    • all this mummifies him, makes him akin to matter, and leads
    • the Spirit and soul and make themselves akin to the
    • what we feel in our limbs when they move is also akin to
    • speaking, the element we speak of in a representative sense
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • investigating more deeply the processes taking place in the
    • Strictly speaking no colour, no line, appear in nature
    • the parts which nature killed by making them into a whole.
    • breaking- up of what is otherwise union — an imitation of
    • is widened and we find that, strictly speaking, what I have
    • one of which, however, I shall be speaking about. To begin
    • this breaking down of nature into the physical-superphysical
    • breaking down of nature into what is physical-superphysical
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • nothing so closely akin as to the forms in which the
    • akin to poetry, to art. Artistic natures have a disagreeable
    • was akin to the forces underlying plastic, architectonic art.
    • speaking of certain matters first and others later, or again
    • impressions he is speaking out of the spiritual world. And so
    • It is because in the work of art there is something akin to
    • complicated processes are taking place within the body. He
    • knows nothing of them, but they are taking place
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • hierarchies by making the salutation more abstract. He wanted this
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • to what extent it is valuable as a foodstuff, would be making a curious
    • knowledge we acquire without making it a holy offering to the evolutionary
    • the teachings of Spiritual Science, nor of making them into a body of
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • statement, when speaking of virtue, which we cannot
    • individual; you are making yourself into a part of this
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping and waking, and the dream with its pictures belongs at
    • primeval man coincided with the waking state; it was a waking
    • possess a day-waking consciousness by means of which he would
    • waking consciousness, the perception of the immortal soul is
    • of speaking about the estate of the divine teachers of
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • historical events when he was speaking of the Christ. He
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • in the waking state.
    • proceeds. We would be accompanied not only with waking
    • we see with the eyes, such as we have in the waking state,
    • self-knowledge, the real self-knowledge, to the waking
    • things we are not speaking now of philosophical speculations,
    • also in the waking state, they are actually a dream. We
    • only dream about even in the waking state, we gradually switch
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • science; the results arrived at through painstaking research
    • for a moment what is taking place in a country where for
    • its people. But a change is taking place in this country
    • the contrast to what is taking place now: This woman sits in
    • to saturate the rigid system. A liberal minister is shaking
    • are making themselves felt, and against that, mere human
    • understanding of the change in attitude that is taking place.
    • What is taking
    • information of this spiritual research, thus making spiritual
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • social upheavals taking place make this evident to anyone.
    • a person senses his ancestors in the same manner that waking
    • waking life we perceive external objects through the senses,
    • consciousness compared with modern human waking
    • it to a higher consciousness, whereas today's waking
    • mixed with that of another not akin to it, the two types of
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • life-force, causing a breaking down of tissue. Consciousness
    • generally speaking from a unity in humans must separate; a
    • a twofold event taking place: a destructive process at work
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • must ensure that it does so, while also taking into account
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • strictly speaking, only these organs that come into being
    • incorporates the poison into his own organism, thus making
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • their children for such illness, mistaking it for
    • imaginative, pictorial ideas and images are more akin to
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
    • it with the Life Spirit, making human beings powerful
    • brother's Operation was taking place. For a long time he
    • throughout nature. Strictly speaking, it is only a human
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Taking all
    • physical characteristics he needs for making use of the
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • would have thought of it before speaking. It must be borne in
    • operate as separate undertakings; they all functioned in
    • past. What one witnesses is no longer drama taking place
    • some action taking place on the stage, we should become aware
    • once been the normal consciousness of all mankind. The waking
    • background of the momentous upheavals taking place all over
    • mighty revolution was taking place. Up till then a person's
    • a beautiful interpretation of this idea, taking it as far as
    • succeeded in bringing religion into art, in making art
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • Our clear waking consciousness developed from it. At the time
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • wisdom, warm with feeling and speaking of the beauty of the cosmos, the
    • are material ghosts, taking their place before the eyes of the soul because
    • dreams of truth in a true awaking, the man of the West will then have to
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • evident — from the moment of waking up to the moment of
    • which we can study our waking life and all that it
    • we do not only live in the world during our waking condition,
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep, he felt
    • before you schematically. In the waking human being, the Ego
    • vicinity of the head. Strictly speaking, when we are asleep,
    • without speaking metaphorically, that in the most remote epochs
    • waking up, the human being thus found in his head the deeds of
    • gods. And when he then lived through his waking life and was
    • essentially speaking, they had the same thoughts, feelings and
    • from his sleep, because on waking, his fully developed senses
    • during his waking condition, because his senses were not
    • Now, however, a time came — speaking generally, in the
    • during his waking life man's own natural development no
    • will lie the possibility of breaking away from the forces
  • Title: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • When speaking of the last Judgement, Christ says in his
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • and from there over again into the waking state, we see that on one
    • on the other side ego and astral organism. Though in waking state these
    • this wants to go. There is always a tendency like that taking place,
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • way the whole process is taking place. By taking articles of food into
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • it in this way: in him death is fighting. And making well one regarded
    • making a diagnosis of, let us say, an enlargement of the heart. He does
    • are making a row — and now the tools for instruction are making
    • Fichte had something of an inkling beforehand of this in making the
    • of the West — or taking the trouble to adjust ourselves to the
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • very confusion we were speaking about. This confusion is
    • had the feeling that while this experience was taking
    • say, deeper natures may feel that events not taking place on
    • of people setting off by coach and taking a drive, and a
    • events are making Haeckel tremendously superficial where
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • are, so to speak, lost in the woods and imagining we are making
    • can also imagine something else. Taking this aspect into
    • karma. One might say that the making of that clock and placing
    • comes to making it a principle of life, wouldn't it? Someone
    • again, taking a shortsighted view, someone could say
    • disapprove of an author's breaking away from the
    • matchmaking scoundrel could have done just as well without
    • by my sympathy and antipathy. Naturally the man I was speaking
    • look into our own souls and see only what is taking place in
    • what is taking place within us right now, it would certainly be
    • all of us here: I who am speaking and you who are listening. I
    • be taking away the whole of our life up to now; we would be
    • behind becomes necessity. If we were to see what is taking
    • speaking, we can be subjective only in the present. As soon as
    • ought to show us again and again that nothing taking place on
    • externally, for while something quite different is taking place
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • intention of enhancing their abilities but only of making their
    • horse is pulling him, it is taking him where he wants to
    • making him a postman, a country postman, who has to go
    • by taking both the good and the bad into himself and simply
    • now and next Tuesday. Then, taking this illustration as
    • taking the mirror away again, then none of our knowledge
    • to heart. Then, taking this illustration as a basis, let us
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • appearance. All the various events we have seen taking place in
    • What is taking place today is in turn the starting point of
    • possible consequences of the battles taking place in that time,
    • stream of events taking place on the physical plane there
    • Broadly speaking, you will find all this analyzed, though more
    • moved forward or backward in time. But speaking generally we
    • speaking of the physical body, we ought really to say we grow
    • free by not eating, because you feel the taking in of food to
    • making ourselves more and more free with regard to life on the
    • time is the time for taking part in spiritual science, if we
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • is given, we can state that in our ordinary waking condition we
    • falling asleep and waking up.” Then of course we would no
    • are speaking of something entirely different.
    • the process of waking up consists of our I coming into
    • I. And throughout our waking day we are not really in
    • astral body back to you. Anyone observing nature or making an
    • Ziehen goes on to show that there is no sense in speaking of
    • making the soul drunk, awakens the soul to spiritual
    • metaphorically speaking, he falls down with a loud thud as a
    • When we speak of these things, we are speaking of something
    • remember without making a mental picture of it? Need we wonder
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • these things in their seeing, speaking and thinking. The
    • (naturally you must take this in the right way, I am speaking
    • gradually into their language, into their speaking into their
    • conception of the right? Let us examine the matter by taking
    • thrown overboard. We must once more cultivate this making of
    • conventional use of words. Who today in speaking of
    • adjective is much better than the noun. I'm speaking much
    • speaking of it for the most part, everything significant is
    • one speaking concretely the only possible conception is that
    • be speaking of spirit, spirit, spirit. Take the word
    • should be made a practice so that in speaking one begins to
    • speaking. Take as an example that I have written something on
    • necessity of taking up into our speech what the speech of
    • pictures. Speaking in abstractions should not lead away at
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • and farther afield making enormous demands of the people.
    • that language is a mere medium for making oneself understood.
    • consideration in it as a means of making themselves
    • speaks of a table he means a chair, or when speaking of a
    • merely as a means of making ourselves mutually understood is
    • life because we happened to be speaking human beings; but we
    • speaking we are simply producing sound-gestures, hinting at
    • have been speaking, men must, if they are to evolve
    • light he was taking in: this feeling was an experience in
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • modern thought is taking, within the limits, that is to say, of what
    • still taking the standpoint that must be taken in Spiritual Science.
    • shining lights of protestant theology in Berlin strictly speaking in
    • happening. It has to draw attention to what is now taking place in the
    • images with the spiritual, by taking up the spiritual into our
    • the animal. Strictly speaking man is thoroughly unobservant about his
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • world, making it necessary at present for man to take a new standpoint
    • taking into account all the prejudice belonging to certain religious
    • today of making man capable of being permeated with the Holy Spirit.
    • St. John of the Cross, admits the possibility of God Himself taking
    • and cast its shell. And by then taking beliefs which has nothing to
    • evil that would come were man to throw back the breaking wave of the
    • cosmic lrws in any case in the unconscious, is taking place in the soul
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • For you certainly know that taking earthly evolution as a whole it divides
    • new relations are making their way into mankind's evolution. I have
    • pressing on so that they come to this change. I am speaking in Imaginations,
    • ground gives you the feeling, akin to the will, but watered-down will,
    • But it is also the same with our ego in waking life. Our ego is not
    • thoughts given them during sleep. On waking, man brought his thoughts
    • fear of what is making its presence so inevitably felt as the first
    • they were the husks of words; they go on reading the words without taking
    • what today is most necessary of all, this can be made good just by taking
    • man without making a conception of him, neither can we develop any knowledge
    • for first making a conception. There can be no social reform without
    • of which we have been speaking must unconditionally be imparted to mankind.
    • my dear friends. We shall be speaking further next Friday.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • We have been speaking of
    • arises above all about this is why so many people today avoid making
    • in mind our entire life in its alternating states of sleeping and waking.
    • to sleep and waking up again: (Compare Z-233) we do not know it, however,
    • the same things to begin with in which we are when making use of our
    • just from the external facts to gather what I have been speaking of.
    • Now in that I am going to say I am not speaking here to you individually,
    • to be active. Thus in social life there are always taking place between
    • making an objection. You will say: Yes, on earth matters are so arranged
    • to succeed in making all mankind into one family; whoever wanted this
    • it is not only physical sound speaking but the divine spiritual being
    • when speaking of such things as these, for the simple reason that people
    • stage not only of taking things materialistically in accordance with
    • science, but also of taking life itself materialistically confounding
    • men. To be sure, speaking of these things today, people believe one
    • really strikingly conspicuous, at times even taking grotesque forms.
    • speaking of these things tomorrow.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • taking place inwardly in mankind, he would have had to says mankind
    • For what strictly speaking
    • does not grip the heart. what can modern man do if he wishes to awaking
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • this force, for making oneself acquainted with the spiritual world by
    • him in the studies he was then making concerning the spread of mid-European
    • lengths to serve as herald, had it been a question of making Goethe
    • the task of our time is to find the way back to Goethe. Strictly speaking
    • making every effort to model, to form the human, to work out of the
    • case of Linnaeus, but, Goethe needed the possibility of taking from
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • physical place, taking place in the physical world, they too
    • world. Much taking place in the physical world can be more
  • Title: Goethe's Relationship to his 'Faust'
    Matching lines:
    • “Faust” from the standpoint of taking everything
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • Through taking a clear view and getting to know the entire
    • a small aura. When we start to refine our judgement, making it
    • “I,” while taking into consideration the karmic
  • Title: Eleven kölcsönhatás élők és holtak között
    Matching lines:
    • akinek segíteni akarunk, akinek halála után szolgálatot akarunk
    • lélekkel, akinek kapcsolata van Leonardo da Vincivel és
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • with the sense of something new making its way into the development
    • about these things, but this evening we will begin by making a survey
    • On the line dividing the two will be the speaking-desk, on both sides
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • for a shaking-up and not less for a becoming more aware than in ordinary
    • speaking of the paintings in the cupola, to speak more of many things
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • freedom. self-consciousness. Humanity can only do this by breaking adrift
    • undertake the,risk of making it known to and understood by those to
    • to-day without taking up the impulses which come to us from this knowledge
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • him, and by making use of the living force of what dwells
    • — and represented also by his final waking. Then Goethe
    • taking water from the sea and testing it by the most exact
    • taking them in appropriate quantities, to acquire faculties
    • lived before, not taking to himself the smallest advantage
    • fathom this being — are speaking about as logically as
    • old, unknown force. Today in making use of electricity there
    • taking place in soul. For those having spiritual insight into
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • speaking thus to a large congregation, for he himself
    • before the other, but making himself glide forward. —
    • there are many such souls with us still, souls akin to the
    • are akin. These souls remaining behind would fain be with
    • making use of the luciferic arts at his disposal, but how
    • given an accurate picture by Goethe of a scene taking place
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • human freedom and other subjects akin to it written round
    • where Homunculus is speaking to Mephistopheles, by some
    • Mephistopheles feels himself thoroughly akin.)
    • soul doing while the animal is digesting? The soul is taking
    • processes taking place within her, but truly, though all that
    • have to draw the processes taking place between the stomach
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • poets, in speaking of the Mysteries, refer to those who were
    • however, by an external cause end not by gradual painstaking
    • has the feeling that an unknown kingdom is making its
    • prompter's box making his insinuations from there.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • fundamentally speaking, was after all but a faint repetition
    • attention. Yet after all, he is not altogether unakin to
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • speaking.
    • by Paris are accomplished by something taking place in the
    • Goddesses with the conflict that is taking place among them.
    • certain. This preparation, this making-ready, can, however,
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • taking place and the lecture can therefore be independent of
    • wish to stress the fact that I shall not be speaking from the
    • the earthly and thus is akin to earthly substances and to the
    • As I said before, I am not speaking to-night from the
    • works. This is a heroic undertaking before which any other
    • lies at the root of his taking Faust to Greece, of his
    • course than the ordinary life of waking consciousness. This
    • conscious, waking life in which our bright ideas run round,
    • springs than do his waking moments.
    • world-order is different from what it is in ordinary waking
    • us to perceive the difference between the life in waking
    • the point of view of our waking consciousness, we speak here
    • are with our waking consciousness, no longer have meaning, As
    • asleep and waking. With our physical body we could not
    • asleep to waking, and out of it spring dreams.
    • is quite unlike the world we see today during our waking hours
    • we belong between falling asleep and waking.
    • and waking, the world from which dreams arise. But too if we
    • we are speaking with as much truth as when we say of our
    • asleep and waking, the world we find again if with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • making of man's being than can be known or fathomed either by
    • experiences in waking, life, between waking and falling
    • themselves to know a little more about waking. If they would
    • would find that, during this waking time, they do a great
    • between waking and sleeping is really only apparent. We might
    • say that not only do men dream during their waking hours,
    • things. As we all know, we are in a genuinely waking
    • Sleep-life projects itself into waking life. We could be far
    • his waking life, very often there are moments when he
    • waking life, few are able to set the right value on
    • totally different, from the experiences of waking life. We
    • in just one case as to how far dream-life differs from waking
    • people were the same in waking life as they are in dreams.
    • you speak, for speaking is only learnt in waking day life,
    • this were continued into waking life. You see, it is the
    • consciousness. That is all covered up in waking
    • now lives from falling asleep to waking.
    • life between falling asleep and waking, dreams emerge. Why
    • by our waking life permeating us with forces so strongly that
    • carry the ideas, the images, of waking life into our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • the phenomena; it means making merely a useful servant of
    • the sun with a burning glass, making it light his candle. He
    • speaking peoples, no people stand so high in our affections
    • what, in spite of people making each other polite speeches,
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • special significance in foresaking the land and sailing out
    • this is not said in any belittling sense — by making
    • of soul and spirit where, between falling asleep and waking,
    • abstract concepts, and taking them for symbols. the more you
    • when so speaking? That is why very modern and sceptical minds
    • becomes free, even during the waking condition. Only, a man
    • active of the forces of nature — then we are speaking of
    • outside the human body, and you have Galatea, with those akin
    • have Galatea, with those akin to her, her sisters, the
    • — the waking world of day, and the world that is
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • echoed in his own feeling. He expresses all this by making
    • her he is making one look back from the superphysical to the
    • these elements overpower what is here taking place. And it
    • physical waking existence. These forces are identical. Every
    • over us unperceived. The holy mystery of waking is
    • concerning this waking. It may be understood in imagination
    • world, towards making a Homo of Homunculus, is dashed to
    • wished to do; the moment of waking has to be brought about so
    • making him wake to life in Greek reality.
    • penetrating the art of the south, of making the spirit of
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • intention themselves of making good. And then look at the
    • man does what he pleases on the physical plane, making God
    • clear conception just before waking, when all the
    • what we were feeling before we met the abyss on waking
    • however, we cross the abyss by waking, into air, water and
    • would have to be brought with us into waking life. This
    • waking when sleep has done its work upon us, we should have
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • of subconscious sensations, making them unsure in life, even
    • dreamer but a normal waking person, nay even more than a normal
    • waking person. To the dreamer the symbols come spontaneously,
    • to the waking person the conceptual images come through outer
    • stimulation. The waking person who makes alive within himself
    • sensible human being, fully conscious that he himself is making
    • view of waking life. The dream can only be unmasked from the
    • point of view of waking; the dreamer imagines the content of
    • ready to live with empty consciousness, with normal waking
    • consciousness without this waking consciousness having a
    • to whom he was speaking in the morning. He must really be able
    • they tie the picture of the first happening after waking up
    • experiences in the morning after waking up is connected with
    • Just as in the day waking states one only follows that which
    • sleep and the first after waking up, this is now filling up.
    • day waking life brings to consciousness the happenings of
    • then the possibility develops to free oneself in the waking
    • taking hold of that which he is, to a real self-knowledge.
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • in-between conditions of life, between waking and sleeping for
    • people who were capable of making observations in the spiritual
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • one of us, during our waking hours glances around, we perceive
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • opposed any such undertaking; and this very departure
    • of which we are speaking. We call this epoch of materialistic
    • elucidate by making use of an illustration. You may find it no
    • be,” and on re-awaking in the morning “resumes
    • speaking, we may say that the soul “selected” a
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • intellect, the life of thought, making the intellect the judge
    • subsequently discovered. (Roughly speaking, this is how they
    • in the personalities of whom I am now speaking, the ‘I think’
    • the personalities of whom I am now speaking, it was a profound
    • speaking did indeed imagine the receiving of thoughts as a kind
    • Consciousness Soul. The human beings of whom I am now speaking
    • Speaking of the ghosts of the dead, they meant precisely what I
    • so constituted that they were generally aware of the speaking
    • active, basically speaking, to this day. The one — albeit
    • that are taking place outwardly on the surface of our life, we
    • historic ones taking into account the concept of reincarnation
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture I: Cosmic Forces in Man
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of the same theme, with its different ramifications, more or
    • it is a question of speaking of extra-terrestrial space. Man has
    • we are in existence now. What, then, is the object of speaking
    • in speaking of the life before birth, one has to appeal to
    • corresponding activity in his limbs, making him a hunter, received the
    • is prone to be lost. Basically speaking, then, life makes for a
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • us in waking life? They provide what we perceive through our senses
    • Dreams have to be grasped by the waking life of thought if they are to
    • the arm or hand is making, but we do not know how the power of
    • waking life too. In our will we are asleep and in our feelings we
    • going to sleep until that of waking, the Ego and astral body are
    • that of waking up. When we are awake, we are confronted by
    • out and encounter them; but with our sense-perceptions, our waking
    • atoms; but they are only dreams — dreams of his waking
    • waking consciousness on this side of the tapestry of sense.
    • with our waking thoughts, in yonder world, from the time of falling
    • asleep until the time of waking, we live in the world of Spirit, that
    • waking, we are connected with the Being who is allotted to man as his
    • experience true human love, who in his waking life has no devotion to
    • above material interests, we garner, in our waking life, forces
    • waking life and have united us with our Angel, these accompany us when
    • speaking only of his thoughts, of his more or less abstract thinking.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • egotism by speaking only of eternal life after death, not of what was
    • Spiritual was taking place — in the third and fourth centuries
    • and waking, when you are outside your bodies. When during sleep you
    • sleep but during waking consciousness in connection with the external
    • But this after all, is something which fundamentally speaking, has
    • even in waking life a certain part of our being sleeps and dreams. The
    • actually speaking of the decline of culture, of something that is of
    • shaking a lazy humanity out of its lethargy and helping it onwards.
    • opposition arising against what is taking place in Anthroposophy and
    • souls. In taking my leave, I remain together with you, I do not really
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • And speaking of Fichte, here is a single lecture given by Rudolf
    • had heard just before. He paused to meditate and then, speaking as
    • avert his attention from the spiritual processes taking place
    • France and the world with their imperious significance; making up
    • Zurich a school of public speaking. For he believed that through
    • were, taking each one by the hand to guide him into the spiritual
    • comprehend what I am trying to say.” Then, taking up
    • this invitation, had to face in taking it on themselves to bring
    • half, he referred to it, taking for granted that his words would
    • skilful in making smooth gestures, but quite likely,
    • German nation, on its highest level, and speaking from the depth of
    • any other man, that he represented the German soul speaking, at the
    • every single lecture; so that when he had finished speaking, he
    • all, directly as if he were a living presence speaking out
    • teacher's chair at Jena and later when, as he said, he was speaking
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • making themselves inwardly beautiful. And they really felt something
    • which each single human soul can share by taking up the force that
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 1 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • without making it clear to ourselves what the starting-point of the
    • this soul, to have knowledge of him who is speaking such sublime
    • this picture we may ask ourselves what is really taking place in
    • When we are speaking
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 2 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • of St. John, and again on a later occasion in speaking of the Gospel
    • Arjuna's soul, shaking it to its very depths. It is as though he had
    • intellectual terms was something absolutely new and epoch-making in
    • Science, speaking in it about Saturn, Sun and Moon evolutions, and
    • that man not only experiences the rhythm of sleeping and waking but
    • experiences the cycles of sleeping and waking, summer and winter. He
    • instrument for thinking, feeling and willing in his waking
    • something winter-like in waking up — not as one might imagine,
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 3 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • something else in us as well, which is even more akin to clairvoyant
    • consciousness that appears between our ordinary waking state and our
    • consciousness at a comparatively early stage. As if awaking from a
    • border of sleeping and waking and that is nourished by images of
    • would have these new experiences between sleeping and waking during
    • from our waking consciousness. If, however, we hold back all our
    • relations are fighting against one another, events are taking place
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 4 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of present-day man, for even in ancient Greece the human
    • discover the truth. You must get out of the habit of making
    • occultist who would set himself to making as few judgments as
    • both waking and sleeping beings. Different as these two conditions
    • to prepare the way today by speaking of man's ascent into the third
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 5 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • consider a cycle familiar in everyday life, that of our waking and
    • activity of man's waking life brings about a continual destruction of
    • supplement our waking day life. We are approaching the point where
    • effect that our waking life brings a kind of destructive process to
    • disintegration did not take place in us during our waking hours.
    • consciousness, it is that process we perceive. Our waking life
    • and destruction with its consciousness in waking life, fundamentally
    • science was prepared by Bruno's work in breaking through the limits
    • of somewhat greater significance than that of waking and sleeping.
    • forces they were making themselves fit to rise into a higher caste in
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 6 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • important point. We have tried to describe their natures, speaking of
    • taking the diagram for the reality. It is the same when we express
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 7 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • develop at all in our waking life when we normally acquire knowledge.
    • away of the nerve structures. Therefore in waking life these forces
    • waking life; that what raises man above the animal is at rest and a
    • destructive process is taking place. The creative forces that bring
    • in the organism of man. In our waking life the latter are inactive,
    • destroyed during waking life. They are not present at all, but during
    • his waking life, must be the forces that raise him above the animals.
    • we succeed in making a really perfect vacuum inside it. That is very
    • nothing else, we are doing what natural science does, making no
    • knives are there to cut meat.” People are always making that
    • other, from going to sleep to waking again. In our waking state we
    • regeneration of what is worn away in waking life. So we have in
    • unmixed form; not during waking life nor even in sleep because in
    • after-effects of waking life, by the disturbing and destructive
    • what we call the Lemurian Age, the beginning, strictly speaking, of
    • charioteer. The manifestation of this special soul, speaking through
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 8 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • must get accustomed to not taking them in an absolute sense.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 9 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • idea of those important concepts by making use of present-day
    • best to begin by taking the most striking conception of it. In our
    • akin to themselves, that it is related to them and therefore worthy
    • the “That,” the Cosmos, as being akin to themselves.
    • commit the sin of fixing their attention on externalities. By taking
    • months have shown — and my speaking here on this significant
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • or value. But as we are speaking about regions of the soul-life so
    • speaking, people lack sufficient perseverance for the kind of
    • Whether we are speaking of Eastern Mysteries or Western Mysteries, all
    • in his waking condition between birth and death a man really lives
    • normal life between waking and sleeping is brought about through the
    • suddenly to become conscious without waking up again in his physical
    • waking life, with whose feet he can walk, whose knees he can bend,
    • something akin to organs is built up, and he can discern that together
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • waking or sleeping person. Also when he has, so to speak, laid aside
    • if the Sun were speaking, as if it were looking down on the plants and
    • strength for himself out of the whole universe, and on reawaking
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • Fundamentally speaking, the phrase the “Holy Grail”, with
    • speaking of the apparent movements, because they sufficiently
    • pictures of external facts to inner mysteries which were taking place
    • the intermediate state between waking and sleeping the human soul
    • been speaking. For at that place one can speak of the very worst
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture I: The Birth of the Intellect and the Mission of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • properly speaking, the vital principle within him. He has this etheric
    • Before speaking of this world of Spirit, we must understand one of the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture III: God, Man, Nature
    Matching lines:
    • analogies, is that Nature can reveal to us what is taking place within
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IV: Involution and Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • certain phenomena which do not any longer belong, properly speaking,
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • conditions in which man finds himself during sleep and waking life.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • (3) Continuity of consciousness is set up between the waking state and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • making man objective to himself, to producing, as it were, an
    • the power which he acquires by taking the vital force of everything
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XI: The Devachanic World (Heaven)
    Matching lines:
    • them and brings order and harmony into what the waking life, with its
    • The whole of waking life is a process destructive of the physical
    • Initiate there is continuity of consciousness through waking life,
    • speaking, in the horizontal direction. Man and the plants stand
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XII: The Devachanic World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • the great religions are, properly speaking, the language of the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIV: The Logos and Man
    Matching lines:
    • As well as the waking state (corresponding to the physical world), man
    • Physical, objective consciousness-the normal waking state. The two former states are atavistic survivals.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • planetary body was composed of a substance somewhat akin to the nature
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • which it contains taking on form.
    • him the possibility of developing objective, waking consciousness on
    • endowed with a consciousness akin to that of dreamless sleep.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVII: Redemption and Liberation
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of the planetary body which preceded our Earth — the
    • constitution of man, for the lower part of his being is more akin to
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • that later also becomes noticable in the waking state.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • led to the making public of this knowledge, however, was the invention
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • In the waking state a
    • that it is the dead man speaking, when it is only his astral corpse.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • backwards round the Zodiac year by year, taking 2,160 years to
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • and during this period the soul is making itself ready for its journey
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • making a new entry in his Book of Life. And if the merchant got into
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • a person in that particular situation. In speaking of karmic relationships
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • external objects making an impression on him — they were purely
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XI: The Post-Atlantean Culture-Epochs
    Matching lines:
    • is brewing. Everywhere he can hear his God speaking, and the lesson
    • taking the finished forms of nature, he took the still unformed substance
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Develpment
    Matching lines:
    • and his outer senses. He lives and works in what we call the waking
    • state. But that is only one state; between waking and sleeping there
    • dreams have a meaning, but not that of experiences in waking life. When
    • that of our waking consciousness. The actual cause of the dream I have
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • a circle. Then there is a whole range of concepts which anyone undertaking
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • have been speaking more from the administrative angle. But the matter
    • Section of the Goetheanum, and the theologians are taking part in it.
    • everyday life, whether it is taking of nourishment, or exposure to
    • consciousness: waking, dreaming, and sleeping. The moment we apply an
    • instance, is surrendering to the usual process of taking nourishment;
    • then, if this has proceeded normally, waking, dreaming, and sleeping
    • is spiritual. They take place before the waking consciousness of the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • organization. In waking life these four members of the human
    • Then, in the waking state, the so-called normal relation prevails among
    • the first place confronts us in the waking condition. Such people are
    • the astral body from their waking life.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • that can never happen in ordinary consciousness: in half-waking or
    • quarter-waking or three-quarters waking condition they have conscious
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • depths of human evolution. We will stay clear of speaking of heredity
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • physical-etheric organism. This is in the waking state. What is the
    • again in the waking state. Then there is not illumination, as with
    • clouding, a lowering of consciousness — in the waking state
    • physical and etheric bodies — again in the waking state. Then
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • have the opposite: dreams are carried over into waking life, with the
    • waking life: dreams do not appear, but an active “dream”
    • consciousness, a lack of coherence in daily waking life, and so
    • complete waking sleep given over to the bodily functions, which are
    • body and making it weak. Idiocy will then appear in the latter part
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • But the man of whom I am speaking was no friend of animals. There in
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • outside the human being. Comparatively speaking, this science is good
    • then the thoughts about this are continued unchanged when speaking of
    • inhalation. It consists of our taking in external gaseous substance.
    • process of which the inhalation is indeed a taking-in from outside,
    • of this other process that, to begin with, is the taking-in of warmth
    • that all this flows in, is taken in together with the taking in of
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • alternate between waking and sleeping. You all know in general what
    • condition during waking life. It is constantly interrupted by the
    • needs for waking life to unfold the next morning. If too many
    • going to sleep to the moment of waking, they take their course in the
    • from this point of view those who during waking life do not go down
    • waking life. Then we have the right remedy. If you give the substance
    • etheric body. Now the normal human being in waking life has the
    • accordance (figuratively speaking) with their exact atomic weight.
    • memories of spiritual perception into waking consciousness. In
    • dreaming of the remedy. And generally speaking, that is the way
    • conditions can be observed throughout the world. Generally speaking,
    • bodies, whatever our waking condition may be. Also, truly, for those
    • traditions of olden times, speaking of sin as the cause of illness.
    • sin from that point of view; then they will again be speaking from
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • our thoughts creative — for it holds the secret for making
    • that? Sleeping and waking. Sleeping and waking are repeated 25,920
    • But now we must ask, what is this rhythm of sleeping and waking?
    • breath of sleeping-waking.
    • Sleeping-waking, a larger breath.
    • possibility of taking the wrong path in this endeavor. You can even
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • into the physical organism than they should in ordinary waking life,
    • beings, first in day-waking consciousness, then in night-sleeping
    • full waking consciousness individuals are living as they have been
    • this sense they belong in their waking state to the earth; by their
    • nature they stand within the sphere of the earth. In waking condition
    • balance by the normal course of sleeping and waking. Supernature is
    • ordinary human life at will. If someone is unable upon waking from
    • bring back into the full waking state, into the natural course of
    • it chapter after chapter, still you were making no progress in your
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • have been speaking more from the administrative angle. But the matter
    • Section of the Goetheanum, and the theologians are taking part in it.
    • everyday life, whether it is taking of nourishment, or exposure to
    • consciousness: waking, dreaming, and sleeping. The moment we apply an
    • instance, is surrendering to the usual process of taking nourishment;
    • then, if this has proceeded normally, waking, dreaming, and sleeping
    • is spiritual. They take place before the waking consciousness of the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • organization. In waking life these four members of the human
    • waking state, the so-called normal relation prevails among these four
    • the first place confronts us in the waking condition. Such people are
    • the astral body from their waking life.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • that can never happen in ordinary consciousness: in half-waking or
    • quarter-waking or three-quarters waking condition they have conscious
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • depths of human evolution. We will stay clear of speaking of heredity
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • physical-etheric organism. This is in the waking state. What is the
    • again in the waking state. Then there is not illumination, as with
    • clouding, a lowering of consciousness — in the waking state
    • physical and etheric bodies — again in the waking state. Then
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • have the opposite: dreams are carried over into waking life, with the
    • waking life: dreams do not appear, but an active “dream”
    • consciousness, a lack of coherence in daily waking life, and so
    • complete waking sleep given over to the bodily functions, which are
    • body and making it weak. Idiocy will then appear in the latter part
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • But the man of whom I am speaking was no friend of animals. There in
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • outside the human being. Comparatively speaking, this science is good
    • then the thoughts about this are continued unchanged when speaking of
    • inhalation. It consists of our taking in external gaseous substance.
    • process of which the inhalation is indeed a taking-in from outside,
    • of this other process that, to begin with, is the taking-in of warmth
    • that all this flows in, is taken in together with the taking in of
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • alternate between waking and sleeping. You all know in general what
    • condition during waking life. It is constantly interrupted by the
    • needs for waking life to unfold the next morning. If too many
    • going to sleep to the moment of waking, they take their course in the
    • from this point of view those who during waking life do not go down
    • waking life. Then we have the right remedy. If you give the substance
    • etheric body. Now the normal human being in waking life has the
    • accordance (figuratively speaking) with their exact atomic weight.
    • memories of spiritual perception into waking consciousness. In
    • dreaming of the remedy. And generally speaking, that is the way
    • conditions can be observed throughout the world. Generally speaking,
    • bodies, whatever our waking condition may be. Also, truly, for those
    • traditions of olden times, speaking of sin as the cause of illness.
    • sin from that point of view; then they will again be speaking from
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • our thoughts creative — for it holds the secret for making
    • that? Sleeping and waking. Sleeping and waking are repeated 25,920
    • But now we must ask, what is this rhythm of sleeping and waking?
    • breath of sleeping-waking.
    • Sleeping-waking, a larger breath.
    • possibility of taking the wrong path in this endeavor. You can even
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • into the physical organism than they should in ordinary waking life,
    • beings, first in day-waking consciousness, then in night-sleeping
    • full waking consciousness individuals are living as they have been
    • this sense they belong in their waking state to the earth; by their
    • nature they stand within the sphere of the earth. In waking condition
    • balance by the normal course of sleeping and waking. Supernature is
    • ordinary human life at will. If someone is unable upon waking from
    • bring back into the full waking state, into the natural course of
    • it chapter after chapter, still you were making no progress in your
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • be quite clear as to the point of time in evolution we are speaking
    • what was taking place at that moment we cannot make use of any of the
    • while, then waking up, and, without opening your eyes to things
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • is an ascent to the light element. Thus, speaking of the transition
    • it should rather be regarded as making known their presence
    • to describe what is taking place? One cannot more fittingly express
    • such as we have, standing upright on two legs, making use of hands,
    • experience them not merely as sound, but as form-making; then you
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday when speaking of the rarefaction of light. That is a very
    • taking place on the fourth “day.” What was the result of
    • That sounds as if the Seven were taking counsel together, as one does
    • in that other Self, something streams through him which is akin to
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • my speaking ofa cosmic body consisting only of warmth, I must refer
    • taking over from another. It was only very much later that the purely
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • something akin to what is intended in Genesis in the passage where
    • Genesis speaks of darkness, it is speaking of the manifestation of
    • to consider the rhythmic alternation of sleeping and waking. What
    • the soul unfolds as its inner life in the waking state continuously
    • its fluctuant inner life is outside it. Whereas in waking life there
    • which take place during waking life, processes of renewal which take
    • waking life of day we are connected with the destructive forces of
    • our physical bodies which goes on during the waking life of day could
    • is it anything which need lead to myth-making. It is simply the name
    • not a question of signs, but of the activity of living Beings making
    • refers, when not only is something taking place in the body of the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • means of making existence comprehensible. We must be clear that when
    • within it, the very spirits whom we have been speaking of for days as
    • making manifest what we call matter, it announces itselfas the
    • activity of the hierarchies is engaged in what is there taking place,
    • possible. That is why the Bible begins by speaking simply of the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • the rose was outside, and that you were making a mental image of it,
    • within you; suppose your consciousness was taking hold of it in amore
    • projection into space, of what is actually taking place in himself.
    • making of Genesis.” And when he finds that the astounding thing
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • you come back from the sleeping to the waking state you have absorbed
    • enable us on its return to continue our waking life in the physical
    • that Genesis indicates it in a most wonderful way by speaking first
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • different from that of the earth. The astro-physicist speaking from
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • superficially speaking, man has the same bodily functions as the
    • speaking of the Jahve-men as the descendants, the subsequent
    • speaking of the descendants of the heaven-and-earth beings who were
    • account there — thus making his Rainbow Bible really complete!
    • speaking of these things at all. Nevertheless I think I may say that
    • duty of taking more and more into our own being the spiritual Being
    • living without taking this knowledge as a germinal force of blessing
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • delusions, he must be mistaking some demon for the Christ.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • death-processes, which are taking place in the brain. If this kind of
    • as a God, were also making sacrifice to him. The Christians could do
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture III: The Death of A God and Its Fruits In Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • used in public lectures but is possible when I am speaking to those
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • a continual process of dying is taking place, but is counteracted by
    • making the right preparation for the mood of Easter — which can,
    • or the laws of history which are akin to those of nature, but will
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture V: The Teachings of The Risen Christ
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of the very early period in earth-evolution when
    • speaking — men could discover little through their own faculties.
    • immortal, eternal being lives in me,’ the transformation taking place
    • Even in dreams the transition from the sleeping to the waking state
    • primeval man in his dream-pictures belonged, in reality, to a waking
    •  “is obliterated during waking consciousness. But,” — so
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, even the alternating states of waking consciousness by
    • Ego into the physical and etheric bodies, making use of the physical
    • sense-world and of the waking life of day are obliterated; joy,
    • waking life of soul passes away, and in the present cycle of human
    • when, on waking in the morning he merely perceives physical objects
    • difference only, that whereas in the waking life of day man perceived
    • waking life coming to him when he was within his physical and etheric
    • speaking, night became more intensely night, day more intensely
    • What is religion, fundamentally speaking? It is the intermediary
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, I
    Matching lines:
    • kindles thoughts in us, what process is taking place when the simplest
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, II
    Matching lines:
    • occult event taking place in the spiritual world. It is a strange
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: The Third Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • until then have, as it were, lacked the power of speaking and
    • each soul awaken the ego to a higher stage of existence. Speaking thus
    • This taking over by Christ of the judging of a man's deeds is a result
    • unconcerned in face of the mighty event referred to — the taking
    • the millennium. How many indeed we find to-day who, speaking almost
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: Towards the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • see, I am taking my example from the science of dreams, which —
    • guise; strictly speaking only since the events in Palestine, when
    • waking or sleeping — a third state, more like the one prevailing
    • Thus, for human beings in certain states between waking and sleeping,
    • epoch of human evolution, when the great events were taking place in
    • on the way to making a torment of life in future incarnations. In
    • given positive opportunities of making themselves familiar with the
    • change now taking place. The other is that all this has to be
    • strictly speaking, an endless amount of what is most important to-day
    • Christian love. Slowly we draw nearer to that epoch; and by making
    • Even to-day, however, speaking from the ground of Anthroposophy, we
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • directed to the fields where the great events of our time are taking
    • moment justified in making the hypothesis — what this external
    • here in waking and sleeping. On the one hand we have a full
    • consciousness in the waking state, and then for the normal man an
    • waking.
    • happens between falling asleep and waking up. If we can attain to
    • unconscious condition between falling asleep and waking up a vast and
    • between waking and sleeping. During sleep we are within our Ego and
    • one or other of these two conditions of waking and sleeping, and have
    • deal more inactivity in the life between waking and falling asleep,
    • but great activity in the life between sleeping and waking. There a
    • waking and sleeping are just the busiest between sleeping and waking.
    • And in the time between your sleeping and waking — quite
    • and waking in quite a different fashion at what they have absorbed.
    • between our waking and sleeping. Everything we experience by day we
    • time between sleeping and waking. Whether we become stronger and more
    • this, that the life between sleeping and waking is really enormously
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • the special manner of verifying our spiritual knowledge, and of taking
    • power of making compensation.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 3: The Subconscious Strata of the Soul-Life and the Life of the Spirit After Premature Death
    Matching lines:
    • them the possibility of taking up the world in the way best adapted to
    • the present time is speaking so deeply to the soul in such manifold
    • he is considered a dreamer. Men go about speaking of
    • what is taking place, but on the fruits of these happenings. And we
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 4: The Connection Between the Spiritual and the Physical Worlds, and How They Are Experienced After Death
    Matching lines:
    • him, and can only comparatively speaking grasp the other world in
    • be a combination of circumstances that brings about the breaking of
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • disastrous situation through undertaking the proposed project during
    • between going to sleep and waking, we live in the astral body and Ego.
    • grand-daughter, of whom he was never tired of speaking with his fellow
    • prosecutor, gently shaking his head, “Mr. President, I do not
    • had been speaking? “Of Markus Freund, of your Markus Freund, Herr
    • then approach nature, and while taking in any process or object or
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Ĺsteson
    Matching lines:
    • and attains its fullest waking consciousness. Now, if a human soul
    • no difference between waking and sleeping. Those great beings of
    • reality. And many, speaking from the depths of their philosophy, say:
    • culture, and that a man making a noble effort (they are all honourable
    • waking of man; if you can experience a deeper communion with external
    • events of our time are taking place:
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • deep sleep, dream consciousness, waking consciousness, psychic,
    • waking consciousness. The ego has clear day-consciousness.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • When speaking about man, we speak of his astral body as being Karma,
    • joy and sorrow, desires, wishes, etc., one is speaking of the astral
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • merely by thinking. One cannot for example experience what is taking
    • through taking on the Venus consciousness, one learns something
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • solid, which becomes possible through living in waking consciousness
    • act of speaking one brings forth the wisdom of the world. What is
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • himself spiritually. The breaking of the male voice is connected with
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Cancer signifies a breaking in of something new, a ‘vortex’ (a double
    • priesthood, through the partaking of wine, knowledge of reincarnation
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • It is the body according to which the physical body is formed. Taking
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • physical world serves the purpose of making him more and more
    • speaking this is a similar condition to that in which we, in the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • object: for example, picturing a dog is merely making a mental image,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • past deeds. In this same way man is now making preparation for what
    • humanity. In his speaking however a man cannot be entirely selfish,
    • boundaries of speaking and thinking. If we do away with these, for the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • development speaks, he will try in certain cases, while speaking, to
    • we are speaking remain behind, formative forces which create new
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • into these circles. A battle is continually taking place on the earth,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • without the sleeper knowing anything about it. During waking life also
    • bring with it into waking life the experiences of the astral world.
    • writings to reach the point of taking part in such intercourse and
    • the error of believing that one is speaking to Dante, whereas today
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • adept. But we gain very much when, taking our start from the purely
    • everything that awaits the human being. Just as when forsaking the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXII
    Matching lines:
    • parts of his astral body. This peace-making work begins with the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIV
    Matching lines:
    • following Globe. Between two waking conditions the Globes go through a
    • man waking day-consciousness, whereas the purpose of the entire Moon
    • Earth = Waking consciousness or awareness of objects
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXV
    Matching lines:
    • On Earth Waking consciousness
    • egos are within it, making a whole. This immense globe, contracted,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVI
    Matching lines:
    • with the plant kingdom what is now taking place with the mineral
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • is. Now he is conscious on the physical plane when we are speaking
    • about waking consciousness. But waking consciousness could also be on
    • Ceremonial magic is the lowest kind of sorcery and consists in making
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVIII
    Matching lines:
    • The human heart as it came into being was akin to what had taken place
    • fundamentally speaking, man works destructively where elemental beings
    • Fourth revelation: Clear waking-day consciousness was developed by the
    • the astral body, with the Semites, Greek and Roman peoples the waking
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIX
    Matching lines:
    • in the spirit, for the taking in of spirit corresponds to the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXX
    Matching lines:
    • The taking of milk is a transformation of a primeval form of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • Three different Sub-Races developed in Asia. Taking their start from
    • Schools towards the end of the period of which we are speaking: they
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • taking place. We begin to appreciate why the nineteenth century held
    • and gradually, spiritual science illuminates our minds, making us
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • self-contradiction referred to above. Therefore in speaking of
    • when men succeeded in making paper. But the wasps have been able to
    • are many good reasons for speaking in this way. Once we have acquired
    • are speaking of the spirit as it works in the etheric body. When the
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • When speaking of the
    • if obliged to grow up alone, would never arrive at speaking, nor
    • making it possible for it to carry on its life. It is so formed that
    • saying that we are not speaking here of those spheres of the
    • animal shows itself quite incapable of taking things in, in the way
    • not speaking here of word content — in the inner nature of the
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • symbol of all waking life — not only in Nature, but also in the
    • would like to know everything as quickly as possible without taking
    • speaking to their pupils. It is, of course, necessary to translate
    • taking possession once again of a physical body which has been
    • earth, and we look upon the moonlight in this way only, taking into
    • that will enable us to call up in our souls a feeling akin to religion
    • such a moment very special processes are taking place in the plant. It
  • Title: Lecture II: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • when speaking of these things and making use, as it were, of the
    • what is taking place spiritually. The true state of affairs can
    • physical sun I am speaking of something that comes out of the past.
    • light, I am speaking of something that is preparing the future. The
    • rightly what is meant when, in what follows, I shall be speaking of
    • abstract, impersonal form, in the converse of which I am now speaking
    • the initiates were conscious of speaking to actual Beings,
    • And so it is with all these forces. Speaking in accordance with the
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • therefore, we are speaking of the universe from the human standpoint,
    • we are speaking from within the universe, for we are standing at some
    • the other side. — I am speaking, not of the fully conscious moral
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • independent existence. Taking a human skeleton by itself, you must, to
    • blossom. Generally speaking, it floats cloud-like over the vegetation
    • and waking if we could not immerse ourselves in nitrogen. Our physical
    • earthly existence. And when between falling asleep and waking we
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the need of forsaking the world of the senses in order to press on
    • human form. On the other hand, now try to imagine how, in speaking of
    • past months. Like all our undertakings it is to serve the great
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the deepest secret of this his greatest poem, by making Faust say to
    • making him then confess that if such can become the soul's attitude,
    • physical body.” Anyone making his first steps toward initiation
    • begins when one feels that other parts are also expanding and making
    • In these lectures we shall be speaking of the demands the soul must
    • make upon itself when taking the first steps toward initiation. I
    • as they appear to us here or there making their way in external life,
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • life, making unconditional and absolute demands. We know it is his
    • the external world. He knows that he is speaking figuratively, but
    • processes of nature by calling moral ideas to his aid. In speaking,
    • body. When speaking of the physical body, we can talk of raising a
    • interwoven in the super-sensible worlds, and in speaking of some part
    • together, I must add something further. On making one's way into
    • got so far as not to lose our vision while taking stock of ourselves
    • ourselves of the habit of speaking of things according to the ideas we
    • experience. When we become conscious that we are speaking in the
    • have been speaking, enters the super-sensible world from the world of
    • we should were we living with him, not just by making concepts about
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • passed through during the ascent into spiritual worlds are akin to the
    • in ordinary sense existence?” we have to do only with waking
    • instrument for his waking life between birth and death. We have
    • connections, and so forth, completely fill his waking life. We can now
    • considered what man knows of himself in waking life between birth and
    • spiritual world. Pictorially speaking, that is quite correct.
    • waking and a sleeping being and it is he himself who wakes his
    • state as being the ordinary state of the etheric body, and of a waking
    • between sleeping and waking in the physical body and in the etheric
    • body. In the physical body sleeping and waking are alternating
    • such alternation; in it sleeping and waking are simultaneous. Thus, a
    • Progress consists in making the sleeping parts more and more into
    • waking ones, and that is what we actually are doing.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness on re-awaking, and in his life during the day, except
    • time of waking.
    • experience in the higher world of which we have just been speaking,
    • consciously the time between falling asleep and waking. When you live
    • sleep you do not feel that it is before, and that waking comes after.
    • time, but rather the feeling of making a round, of describing a
    • world of which we are speaking, would never be struck by the idea that
    • speaking, we feel ourselves in eternity with this one desire, “If
    • Wherever you go in the world, when speaking from the standpoint of
    • speaking of abstract opposites such as the temporal and the eternal
    • such a state as we have in sleep into a waking state? Follow
    • sleep into the waking state that we have on earth, the whole of
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • taking the facts and following them up, we can find that the
    • worlds, you already have the faculty for recognising him as partaking
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • initiation is this making oneself capable of perceiving in the higher
    • taking ourselves to task during the period when we are seeing into the
    • we must necessarily have in sensory existence. Only by making sure
    • a history without making Buddha the central point. This is not said as
    • without making Christ take part in it. In his old age it caused him
    • grasp the necessity of making a start on the path into super-sensible
    • will then be taking with them the best that anthroposophy can give to
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 1: The Four Spheres of the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of perception, and
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 2: The Vision of the Ideal Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual worlds taking all our imperfections with us, and there they
    • sweep into the spiritual worlds, taking with us all our
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 3: The Senses and the Luciferic Temptation
    Matching lines:
    • at the same time a sort of impulse towards a future ‘making
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 4: Wisdom in the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • consist in our taking more and more away from the surrounding wisdom.
    • on the physical plane — I am speaking of actual cases. When we
    • all circumstances. But taking into consideration the law of karma,
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 5: Between Death and the 'Cosmic Midnight Hour'
    Matching lines:
    • the events between death and rebirth, making use of the ideas we have
    • when we experience the interval between sleeping and waking, we are
    • body. And one who can consciously experience awaking, knows: you want
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 6: Pleasures and Sufferings in the Life Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of what I described as the great ‘Midnight Hour of our
    • conditions which you describe as taking place after death are not at
    • As we are speaking among ourselves we may say these things, but at
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • surrender if, after taking account of our place in the world from a
    • — least of all when taking account of man as a social being.
    • this way Spiritual Science, by speaking to people who are already
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • difference that the Jehovah-religion is breaking up into a multitude
    • really speaking about the Christ. They never come to the point of
    • only — and here I am speaking with special reference to the
    • it? The one and only way is this: instead of taking an interest
    • which springs from taking hold of the life of the spirit and can be
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • interchanged dreaming and waking. Our task is to shake off this
    • They have lost the practice of taking a direct way, through an active
    • to be taken, what are you doing? You are cheating him, taking
  • Title: First Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • phenomena. Speaking of causes, our scientists will have in mind
    • process that is taking place in the universal ether — say a
    • too is, fundamentally speaking, still remote from what we call the
    • I am now speaking and the way I spoke before. Before, I spoke of
    • we are only speaking of the parallelogram of movements, no actual
    • we always look for, when speaking of the World in terms of Physics.
    • working. Speaking in general terms, we call the measure of a force
    • Taking my start from d, I should have to go to the outermost
    • his Theory of Colour is also founded, of which we shall be speaking
    • shaking the old Newtonian conceptions about Gravitation, and bearing
  • Title: Second Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • respect) still mostly goes on speaking for example of the phenomena
    • it is, try making the pressure ever more intense. Try it, — or
    • then go on making it ever more intense. What will happen? If you go
    • same phenomenon — loss of consciousness — is taking
    • a pressure stronger than you can endure — is taking place
    • and simply taking what is given, purely from what you see you have
  • Title: Third Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • changing the shape of the prism. If for example, taking a prism with
    • We see a kind of interaction between them. Taking our start from what
    • the eye from the skull, making an anatomical preparation, the first
    • speaking — the so-called sclerotic and the transparent portion
  • Title: Fourth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • part of the screen, making it lighter here than in the surrounding
    • a great difference there is between taking the phenomena purely as
    • it volatilizes. Then a peculiar thing happens. Making a spectrum, not
  • Title: Fifth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • is at one place a far more intense yellow line, making the rest seem
    • the phenomena, in a manner of speaking, side by side. What we must
  • Title: Sixth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • phenomena of light in rather recent times, historically speaking.
    • us, making us give of ourselves. So at long last we are led to say:
    • adventitious theories, however, relieve one of the need of making one
  • Title: Seventh Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • what is taking place in our environment of air. It is precisely
    • partaking in it. And yet another level of our consciousness is the
    • think it over in the meantime. Taking our start from this, we will
  • Title: Eighth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • speaking about sound and tone which you will find in the customary
    • here making itself felt in a highly spiritual realm. We need to
    • appearance. That which arises (speaking in terms of Physics) in the
    • it interacts with what is taking place more externally in the outer
    • larynx and adjoining organs when we are speaking. There is the act
    • of speaking, — its instruments quite obviously inserted into
    • your active speaking and on the other hand your hearing. Then you
    • volitional way in your speaking. Once more, you only have a
  • Title: Ninth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • speaking more generally one calls them “positive” and
    • current, taking place to all appearances purely within the
    • reproduced by purely inorganic methods, making electric currents by
    • immense and epoch-making technical developments which followed.
    • we expended for example in making these vanes rotate in the water,
    • taking this direction: they were always looking for the kinship
    • akin to the light that spreads through space, — the latter
    • quite akin to the spreading of waves, or to what could be imagined
    • taking effect once more — at a distance. You know how
    • is taking place from the one side and the other, — how the
    • phenomenon arose, making it necessary to think still further. The
    • making certain computations, from the deflection one may now deduce
    • madness! Often and often, when speaking of the greatest activities
    • waking life. We do not experience our processes of will directly.
    • these things are akin to our conscious faculties of soul. On the
    • mass and matter, we are approaching what is akin to
    • light, and sound, and warmth, is then akin to our conscious life,
    • is akin — intimately akin — to our unconscious life of
  • Title: Tenth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • yourselves, taking your start from characteristic facts which you
    • and making their way through the partial vacuum. In that they can
    • be deflected by magnetic forces, they prove akin to what we should
    • ordinarily feel to be material. Yet they are also evidently akin to
    • element of matter. For you can imagine that a bombardment is taking
    • the property of making the glass intensely fluorescent. Please
    • Taking my
    • we are taking for granted is that this upper line A'B' is truly
    • presents itself to you in conscious day-waking life. Yet the two
    • think of as akin to one-another. However, human thinking has in our
    • akin to the realm of human Will, in which geometry and arithmetic
    • inadequate, they now introduce a kind of statistical method. Taking
    • way. The phenomena of sound and tone and light are akin to the
    • of electricity and magnetism are akin to the sub-conscious element
    • akin to the quality of light, and the Ahrimanic, akin to
    • developments must come in place of what is breaking down. This
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 1: The World Behind the Tapestry of Sense-perceptions. Ecstasy and Mystical Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • himself from the objects around him. Fundamentally speaking, it is
    • Something happens in ecstasy that is like a breaking through of the
    • human beings. I am speaking, to begin with, of experiences that arise
    • which I am now making compensation.’
    • experience, this has the detrimental effect of making him look within
    • clearly-namely, the alternating states of waking and sleeping through
    • experiences of waking life, in which he has no consciousness at all of
    • impressions of waking life, is called the Macrocosm, the Great World.
    • in speaking of a Macrocosm, a Great World — in contrast to the
    • ‘little world’ of our ordinary waking life, when we feel
    • only in the world of waking life, his consciousness ceases the moment
    • And now let us think of the moment of waking. At the moment of waking
    • waking, be able to be aware of past experiences in the life of soul
    • perceptible to us in normal life only through the fact that on waking
    • on waking as our inner life. In the Macrocosm during sleep we cannot
    • soul-experiences. But when on waking we penetrate once again into the
    • other, we should simply experience on waking either an inner world
    • perception of anything in the external world. We dive down on waking,
    • poured into the Macrocosm, and on waking we dive down into the
    • in waking life to have an inner life of soul, is the etheric body. If,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 2: Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    • SLEEPING AND WAKING LIFE IN RELATION TO THE PLANETS
    • The relation between man's waking and sleeping states has been broadly
    • needs during waking life in order to sustain his life of soul. These
    • detailed to say about the difference between man's waking life and the
    • sleep, to stop speaking, tasting, hearing, and so forth. A power is
    • his in waking life. Usually he knows nothing the next day of the
    • that speaking and acting during sleep rarely occur. The influence that
    • returning from sleep to waking life in the physical world. What is
    • us out of ourselves brings the waking soul back again into the body.
    • lower loop indicates the course of life during the waking state and
    • brings him back into the waking state.
    • Soul and at the times of going to sleep and waking drives man out of
    • the man has gone to sleep and again before waking, that is to say, in
    • influence is given over on waking to the external world of the senses.
    • effect on waking is called the force of “Venus”.
    • waking life upon the Intellectual or Mind-Soul when it is within the
    • impressions of the outer world. But if for a time in waking life he
    • independence. There are influences which enable a man during waking
    • during waking life, the Mercury influences, work in a man's thoughts,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 3: The Inner Path Followed by the Mystic. Experience of the Cycle of the Year.
    Matching lines:
    • during the sleeping state in a spiritual world and on waking returns
    • waking state takes place, there is a complete change of experience.
    • What we experience in the waking state denotes no actual perception or
    • waking. We come down into our etheric and physical bodies but have no
    • fact of experience in the waking state is that we view our own being
    • at the rest of the world. During waking life we never contemplate our
    • waking life. How, then, would it be if we were really able, on
    • the moment of waking our gaze is diverted to the external world around
    • which our physical body, when observed during waking life, is a part.
    • Thus in the waking state the possibility of observing ourselves from
    • Ego and our astral body as we perceive outer objects in waking life;
    • sleep and waking. But we can never cross this boundary without being
    • we cannot see the spiritual world. On waking, our consciousness is at
    • the moment of waking is something that interpolates itself between our
    • covers these two members on waking, the veil that prevents us from
    • world. At the moment of waking the Sentient Body is wholly concerned
    • inner world of the physical and etheric bodies, but in first making
    • inner being? On waking, instead of seeing an external world, he would
    • if he were able, on waking from sleep, to descend into his own inner
    • is the arrangement and organisation of the physical body. By taking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 4: Faculties of the Human Soul and Their Development
    Matching lines:
    • begin by speaking of the regions lying beyond these frontiers. Man
    • waking it becomes impossible for us to perceive or be aware of our own
    • and waking play an essential part. When we think of the daily
    • waking life.
    • physical and etheric bodies, and we know that fundamentally speaking
    • relatively speaking, we can do a great deal to develop our powers of
    • bodies on waking; but he is diverted from this perception by external
    • physical bodies on waking, a man can acquire a certain knowledge of
    • way that at the moment of waking external impressions transmitted by
    • knowledge of these bodies into which we descend on waking is only
    • itself akin. The knowledge acquired on descending into the physical
    • and etheric bodies is that on waking we emerge from another world in
    • which there is a Being akin to our own soul, only infinitely mightier.
    • Thus on waking the human soul feels insignificant after passing the
    • has thus streamed into it is akin to its own three inherent forces.
    • strengthening our will we become capable of taking vigorous and
    • which we pass at the moment of waking. We realise too that we need
    • akin to it. The great universe is pervaded by Cosmic Will, Cosmic
    • open in him; the true form of his own astral body, which on waking in
    • especially at the moment of waking from sleep. It is found that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 5: The Egyptian Mysteries of Osiris and Isis
    Matching lines:
    • the inner Organisation of his astral body if he could, on waking,
    • waking a man can penetrate consciously into his inner being. At most
    • the moment of waking than during the course of the day; he feels that
    • Again the reason for this is that on waking a feeling has remained
    • Generally speaking, however, it is not good, nor is it without danger,
    • During the next few days we shall describe the other path by speaking
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 6: Experiences of Initiation in the Northern Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • considerable reduction, for it can be said, broadly speaking, that
    • not by descending into his inner self at the moment of waking, but by
    • whereas in his waking state he has plunged into his own being, into
    • we did previously to that of waking.
    • from the ordinary waking consciousness. It is as though he became
    • on waking through his attention being diverted to the impressions of
    • form from those known in waking consciousness, are not yet the
    • We are speaking here of the deeds of these spiritual Beings. A
    • we are speaking now of the physical world, not of what becomes of our
    • the morning; after waking we see light through the eyes. In the light
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 7: The Four Spheres of the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • temperament is akin to the element of fire, the sanguine to the
    • has already developed triumphs over all obstacles and is also akin to
    • speaking of a councilor, privy councilor, or the like; the man may
    • by following him from one incarnation to another instead of taking
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 8: Mirror-images of the Macrocosm in Man. Rosicrucian Symbols.
    Matching lines:
    • on waking in the morning must not be imagined as though the Ego merely
    • place on waking; it contracts more and more and then passes into the
    • any means wholly within man during the hours of waking consciousness.
    • ask ourselves: How is it that on waking we are suddenly surrounded
    • example, suppose the first sense-impression we have on waking is a
    • the number twelve as a number which expresses the movements taking
    • days of his existence. Day alternates with night, waking with
    • progress am I making? Has every experience during the day actually
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 9: Organs of Spiritual Perception. Contemplation of the Ego from Twelve Vantage-points. The Thinking of the Heart.
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking yesterday of the so-called Rosicrucian path into the
    • indicated. But because his life alternates between waking and
    • expressed. Then, first of all at the moment of waking, but also when
    • he turns his attention away from the experiences of ordinary waking
    • training for making oneself a different man. In logical thinking we
    • really feel anything akin — I say expressly akin — to
    • believe there are two little demons sitting inside it and making the
    • domain he is making the same mistake as the man who believes in the
    • fault of the one who is speaking, but not necessarily so; it may be
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 10: Transformation of Soul-forces and Stages in the Evolution of Physical Organs. Reading in the Akasha Chronicle.
    Matching lines:
    • elucidate this by taking an example — the example of
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 11: Man and Planetary Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • revelations of Spiritual Science is at once capable of taking the
    • We reached the point yesterday of speaking about an experience of
    • man alternates between the states of waking and sleeping. This has
    • nature we are therefore akin to the plant only in so far as the plant
    • waking state with astral body and Ego. On the other hand, in the
    • speaking of the Elementary world a quite different conception of
    • associated with a mood of the soul that is akin to prayer, where
    • in a certain sense recognise each other and feel akin. Where else in
    • we feel inwardly akin? The world is so dismembered today! There are
    • they have within them something that is akin to our own soul in its
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture I: Man as a Being of Spirit and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • speaking on the one hand about ordinary digestion, which is
    • his study of the sense world; in other words, taking upon
    • renunciation makes us fit for undertaking in course of
    • self-observation of the kind I have just been speaking about.
    • philosophizing about it, but only by making
    • that in taking over what is inherited at birth or conception,
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture II: The Psychological Expression of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • generally speaking, the science of spirit is regarded as
    • spiritual life, and we shall do this by taking into
    • about, but by making a decision immediately upon being
    • world to making everything fit into patterns. All this
    • wakes up, and after waking knows exactly where the sound has
    • unconscious from the moment of going to sleep to waking up. Now
    • nature experiences from the moment of going to sleep to waking.
    • waking, and then makes use of the physical body in order to
    • to the body between going to sleep and waking, and what sort of
    • acquired from the moment of sleeping to awaking, are
    • into the body. What the soul upon waking has acquired since the
    • back upon waking, because upon
    • waking the soul cannot at first be adapted to the
    • and waking up with his memories, with his impressions of
    • the normal experience of his waking condition, and to
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture III: The Science of the Spirit and Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • When speaking about such a subject as this evening's we
    • what going to sleep, waking, and sleep itself are. We get to
  • Title: Lecture: Occult Science and Occult Development
    Matching lines:
    • of destruction that is taking place in our nervous system.
    • case during meditative thinking. On waking we return to our physical
    • force which, on waking from sleep, draws his soul back into his
    • souls the force that in everyday life we employ in speaking. Speech may be
    • applied in speaking, we develop meditation from these thoughts that
  • Title: Lecture: Christ at the Time of the Mystery of Golgotha and Christ in the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • And it is this that we have indicated in speaking of the evolution of
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • In a manner of speaking, the Brethren of the Common Life were
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • actually taking place.
    • like living beings, permeating everything with spirit and speaking to
    • spoke to him. In consequence of the universe speaking to man, science
    • of speaking, the body was only the vessel, the artistic reproduction,
    • were speaking to him only out of a tradition preserved from earlier
    • Speaking crudely, I would have to say that the soul had inwardly
    • speaking crudely, the corporeal world became denser while the soul
    • ideas. Whereas before, in the ancient spiritual age, it had felt akin
    • in its primeval form. The second is mystical, taking the world in the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • taking place purely in abstract schemes of thought, when I find
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • am only speaking of the historical fact that the Copernican system
    • than Newton was, but Berkeley illustrates the conflicts taking place during
    • absolutely necessary. The time that we are speaking about was the age
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • picture matter in a continuous form, making it convenient to conceive
    • other is suited to the dead. But there is no justification for making
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • moment of falling asleep to waking up, he knows that he is really
    • waking condition, man is only within himself, he cannot experience
    • and so forth are experienced. During the waking state, however, the
    • waking state, but still remains inwardly independent. If one senses
    • taking place outside us in time and space. Such enthusiasts describe
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • way, the world spirit's revenge for our making everything
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • risk of speaking disrespectfully of a work that is after all very
    • that in the breathing process something akin to the thought process
    • was taking place. He regulated his breathing process in order to
    • Jacob Boehme's case a very simple man is speaking out of
    • speaking, so robust that they can grasp outer nature. Unfortunately,
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • the soul life) and ego. Let us be clear that properly speaking the
    • in speaking to a smaller group of people. The
    • feeling, almost akin to one of pain over the death of a person. If
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • to consider. Taking first the original length,
    • could not have all these phenomena taking place through heat. You must
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Formally speaking, I may say that I can draw this on the space line.
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • heat condition. Speaking in a certain sense I might say that if I had
    • unconsciousness between falling asleep and waking up. But something
    • will processes taking place, as it were, outside of consciousness.
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • mechanical processes of actual speaking, of the pronouncing of words.
    • determine the relationship so readily as I can between speaking
    • we are to the world in general between going to sleep and waking up.
    • this, my brain thinks? You are always speaking an untruth.” The
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • any bodies making an alloy, that is, mixing without forming a chemical
    • speaking of is a thing of tremendous import. For, imagine to
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • phenomena In another case you are making the same experiment all the
    • nothing other than the solid existing alongside of something taking
    • physics. Now it is interesting to see how such a man, speaking
    • is, by making solid bodies fluid and fluid bodies gaseous. I will now
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • state of the fluid showing form only to the extent of making
    • speaking precisely, this accompanies the tone entity, under certain
    • really taking place in the realm of heat expresses itself in the gas
    • source from the light itself. What is taking place has nothing
    • U realm and makes visible what is going on there, what is taking place
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • being is inserted at that point. Man, taking up what comes from both
    • although they are credits elsewhere. Even though our making external
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • often said, by making the circle larger and larger, so that the peach
    • forces making our spectrum possible are everywhere active. This being
    • the possibility of also making fruitful these suction forces. (I mean
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • involved in a transparent body. I am not now speaking of transparency
    • never be found for making one energy positive and another negative on
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • possessed an independence that was attributable to its not taking part
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • processes are taking place, wherever chemical combinations and
    • out (figuratively speaking) the next realm, the gaseous, or its
    • combinations and breaking down of material compounds as an outer
    • Taking all of this together you come to the following: from a
    • apparatus must be painstakingly dried, we must make it a good
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture II: Exercises of Thought, Feeling and Volition
    Matching lines:
    • by their very nature their real content, but in waking dreams, which
    • rather that of picture-making.
    • the rhythmic processes for their own regeneration. In a waking
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture III: Methods of Imaginative, Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge or Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • self-possession taking a purely psychic and spiritual course, impulses
    • consciousness what in past times man had to experience in waking
    • his growth, and the chemical changes of his body, as in waking
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture V: Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • the body. When in waking the soul begins, with the help of the body,
    • soul-saving effect which corresponds in the waking condition to his
    • prevents it in the waking state. The leadership of Christ overcomes
    • that of the waking condition. The physical and etheric organisms
    • continues to have an after-effect in the consciousness after waking.
    • of the Twin Stars. As the bodily organs are sensed in waking, so a
    • into a purely spiritual world. That the soul in its waking state
    • unconsciously from falling asleep to waking up, he would have a
    • After the deepest state of sleep man returns to his waking state
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VI: Transference from the Psycho-Spiritual to the Physical Sense-life in man's Development
    Matching lines:
    • in the same way in which, in waking, they can become again the
    • The experience of the human soul in taking unto itself the etheric
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VII: The Relationship of Christ with Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • sharp distinction between sleeping and waking. Dreams now are the only
    • Through the taking-up of the Christ-experience a Philosophy has grown
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VIII: The Event of Death and Its Relationship with the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • Such memories are at first lost when image-making begins. The past is
    • own life in image-making. The course of events in time is presented as
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IX: The Destination of the Ego-Consciousness in Conjunction with the Christ-problem
    Matching lines:
    • In awaking, the astral organism and the ego enter into the etheric and
    • physical organism. In the waking state it is similar. The inner
    • differentiated inside the head-organization during the waking state.
    • the waking state; one building up through the etheric organism and one
    • during this experience in a cosmic world in the making is expressed by
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture X: On Experiencing the Will-Part of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • physical organism. During the making of thoughts this destruction
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture I: Rosicrucian Esotericism
    Matching lines:
    • — and the earth is forever making progress — for so long
    • They also are perpetually learning. When we are speaking of one of the
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture II: Soul in the World around Us
    Matching lines:
    • that this could happen, you would be making a great mistake, for the
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture III: The Nature and Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • is not, properly speaking, the physical body. The physical body as such
    • human being in waking life and in sleep in order to learn how the bodies
    • this tableau lasts. The time varies a great deal in human beings. Speaking
    • limit of time during which waking consciousness can be sustained is
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IV: Man Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • soul an essentially different period, the period of breaking its attachment
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture V: The Physical World as an Expression of Spiritual Forces and Beings
    Matching lines:
    • world is taking place here. The being who is descending is, generally
    • speaking, connected from the beginning with the product of fertilization.
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VI: The Configuration and Metamorphoses of Man's Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • them. Before speaking of the fact of reincarnation and discussing questions
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VII: Evolutionary Stages of our Earth before the Lemurian Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • a tree, causing something akin to the feeling experienced by an animal,
    • speaking, during sleep he is therefore in the physical world with only
    • of sleep nor of waking life. He did not perceive outer objects. His
    • the separation of the moon was taking place, when the earth was
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VIII: Stages in the Evolution of our Earth. Lemurian, Atlantean, Post-Atlantean Epochs.
    Matching lines:
    • astral body. Fundamentally speaking, this is still the case today; it
    • magicians mishandle forces that are, generally speaking, withheld from
    • kinds of foolish activities. Generally speaking, they are unprofessional
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture X: On Karma, Reincarnation and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • The principle of making good in a subsequent incarnation what was
    • Karma taking effect inwardly is connected with the forming of character,
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • hidden behind the imagery. But I am not speaking of the second part
    • glow of the intellect, but of making it the mainspring of life, so
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • openly of the Masters, for he is speaking intimately to his brethren
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 1: The Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • making it impossible for him to deviate from the path of the good and
    • have been speaking of. Now, however, a new climax was reached. Even as
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 2: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic world view of today — one observed an event taking
    • prevail to the point of making spiritual-scientific teaching
  • Title: Lecture 1: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • understanding, to the present power of comprehension. I am speaking to
    • strictly speaking an etheric or life-world — a plurality, a
    • become clearer. When we set about making observations such as these,
  • Title: Lecture 2: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • changing their forms, for, strictly speaking, they have no form of
    • during the time between his falling asleep and waking.
    • these spiritual beings of which we are now speaking, that they are in
    • making of us we must first bring about; we must not add that to our
    • itself that, just as during the waking hours in the sense-world, we
  • Title: Lecture 3: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • every hour of our waking life. We know that as regards what we see
    • beings, of which we are speaking as the next category above man, are
    • world of whom we are speaking, all their perceptions are at the same
    • higher category — we call them, speaking generally, the beings of
  • Title: Lecture 4: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • between waking and sleeping, so to him who has gone through occult
    • themselves, a making of themselves objective in images, in pictures;
    • All this becomes as livingly speaking as the physiognomy of the human
  • Title: Lecture 5: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, but that life which they have accumulated for decades, and
    • man is inner life, waking consciousness, is in them being filled with
    • In speaking of man he is described as he reveals himself to occult
    • many significant and speaking ideas; ideas which, to a certain extent
  • Title: Lecture 6: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • of the Third Hierarchy, the taking on of another nature, did actually
    • Hence the necessity arose of denying their own nature and taking on
    • man — making it possible for him to develop an independent life
    • intend: — in the same way the spirits of which we are speaking,
    • this point a simultaneous breaking up of the form, but only of the
    • ought never to be forgotten in making experiments. A scientist who
    • Now there is no great teacher outside, making the axis of the world
  • Title: Lecture 7: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • their moons (speaking of our earth we have our own moon) — and
    • compare the moon and planets and the fixed star. In undertaking such a
    • plant-world of our earth. But comparatively speaking it will suffice
  • Title: Lecture 8: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • lunar life; and of the planetary life. In speaking of these heavenly
    • taking in of nourishment and consuming it, there must be something
    • in speaking of things extending beyond the physical sphere of man. It
    • at the moment of passing at night from the waking-condition to that of
    • body has in falling asleep and waking. Only one must not compare these
    • springing forth of nature in the spring, with the waking — and
  • Title: Lecture 9: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • the Seven Holy Rishis had to say to humanity; each one speaking what
    • arisen in our earth evolution, making it possible that for three years
  • Title: Lecture 10: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • perception, generally speaking, only the forms of the minerals exist.
    • plane. Without taking the other qualities into account, let us
    • group-ego of the minerals is, that, strictly speaking, it does not end
    • the earth by a fall of meteors taking place. These things are
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • speaking false of him.
    • power streams to man's ego impulse when he fosters life, making it
    • fellowman, if he disparages his worth by speaking falsely of him, he
  • Title: Lecture: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • condition between waking and sleeping, perceive a divine world. He saw
    • Generally speaking, the ages of history repeat themselves, but always
    • years in which a knowledge of God was breaking through there followed
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture I: The Path through the Gospels and The Path of Inner Experience
    Matching lines:
    • enlightenment. Thus in speaking of Christ today we speak of something
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture II: The Path of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • cannot die without taking with him that which gives him the
    • animals, but I am not speaking of this now; I am speaking of the
    • who, symbolically speaking, serve the Holy Grail or, speaking
  • Title: The Mission of Savonarola
    Matching lines:
    • monastery, he didn't even consider making the expected visit of
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • The Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny
    • The Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny
    • The Waking of the Human Soul and the
    • awaking. Indeed, something of this threefoldness is observed with that
    • human being is undertaking all this activity — learning to walk,
    • about speaking through imitation of the surroundings. Language is the
    • human being as childish thinking. Walking, speaking, thinking, —
    • How did walking, speaking, thinking appear in the pre-earthly life?
    • existence. This takes the form of direct speaking in thoughts.
    • Speaking is bound up with the breast system, man's rhythmic system,
    • vertical nature. What comes about in man, taking place in the ego,
    • of walking capacity, speaking capacity, thinking capacity, which we
    • waking state. When man passes over from the waking state to the state
    • described begin to grow silent: conceiving, speaking, action all grow
    • his speaking capacity comes to an end, he approaches the Archangelic
    • waking state. The manner in which man uses worthily his speaking
    • such thinking one breaks free from the mere waking world in earthly
    • the waking state, find the forces for drawing near to the Angelic
    • and waking, while he remains unconscious, but returns again and again
    • elemental Beings, if materialistic thinking, speaking, action become
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • The Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny
    • taking a glass of water to himself should believe that the water comes
    • in his waking state, but a dead thinking into which he injects
    • possibility of making anything out of it, because the documents had
    • is one really speaking in a truly Christian, spiritual understanding
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • friend, who was also a barrister, said to me: “If I were taking
    • external life. In Middle Europe, especially in the German-speaking
    • the middle of the eighties and nineties, in German-speaking
    • the ground from under my feet. The warmth of my heart is breaking
    • this. Now in speaking out of the spirit it is often necessary to
    • making a voyage round the world, the peculiar constitution of the
    • light must come that will flood this unclear seeking without making
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • IN SPEAKING of a movement
    • recently it has reached a climax making it more clearly perceptible.
    • clothed in all kinds of different words — one man speaking
    • sum up, what is taking place chaotically in the depths of human
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • waking consciousness. If you were listening to the voice of the
    • experienced in their waking consciousness?
    • them from their experiences during sleep. In the waking Consciousness
    • fact that the human being acts with his waking consciousness.
    • Naturally, with this he will build machines; but with his waking
    • much more streamed over from sleeping consciousness into the waking
    • trickling of sleep consciousness into waking consciousness ceased.
    • my going to sleep and waking up. He felt the influx of
    • divine-spiritual forces just as in waking consciousness he
    • waking to that of sleeping we can only achieve something between
    • waking and sleeping. Nothing can be achieved with the real being of
    • waking.
    • the Spirit in the very speaking. The Spirit can have an educative
    • concepts belonging to waking consciousness and none that is capable
    • the inclination not for abstract speaking, but for inward action in
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • century, making a new dawn necessary for the century just beginning.
    • speaking, knows that there came for Nietzsche the tragic moment when,
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • very indefiniteness was untruthful. When speaking of intuitions, of
    • grey hair! This is a figurative way of speaking, but Spenglerism
    • individual. We are making a beginning in the sphere of moral
    • from speaking of moral intuitions will themselves be silenced. And so
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • art, for example, felt extraordinarily akin to the priest, and
    • priests felt themselves akin to the doctor. Such an attitude can be
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • speaking about it, or only studying it, it is not a matter of
    • took the line of speaking about everything under the sun except his
    • hidden. This is taken to be a poetic way of speaking, but it is no
    • are speaking of actual realities when we speak as the thirty
    • spending a day that has not been tiring and the taking of a sleeping
    • which we have been speaking, cannot but long for something with which
    • many of those who are true sons of the nineteenth century are shaking
    • us imagine the youth movement progressing and taking hold of younger
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • day and the souls of that time. I am speaking of some souls only.
    • am speaking only of a part of humanity — destined to be born
    • and the art of making experiments reached such a height just because
    • the taking in of things inwardly was replaced by gleaning them from
    • fashion just taking in the content, but are able to experience
    • speaking of what was experienced in science. And about that one can
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • being cannot, properly speaking, know anything? It follows that the
    • teachers, that they should feel their teachers capable of speaking
    • and thinking and of letting beauty hold sway in their speaking.
    • have become free of them, and the simplest way of breaking free is
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • is so constituted that when it is a matter of making something clear
    • year onwards are completely blurred. Comparatively speaking, an inner
    • the human being at two or three years has to get used to speaking a
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • is heart-breaking to witness children being educated to define a
    • that, relatively speaking, modern people know most. And what do they
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • is not true. The strivings of the Mysteries were directed to making
    • Summer is the sleep of the earth. Winter is her waking. During the
    • such things in speaking about cultural phenomena. Read the first
    • certain bashfulness about speaking about it at all, when we feel
    • becoming free men, capable through their morality of making the State
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking one is obliged to explain things in words and ideas. What
    • what takes place in man? There is taking place every moment in man
    • seized hold of everything in the human being, making him a being of
    • education we must have a heart. We must learn — speaking
    • — no library in our own sense. Something existed akin to our
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture I: The Power and Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • with our blood-circulation, speaking in the sense of external
    • decisions. We are faced with the necessity of taking very seriously an
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • being, regardless whether we are speaking of soul or of body. From the
    • thinking are breaking down processes, processes of destruction. The
    • breaking down process which has continually to be compensated by the
    • animal, but with an evolution already retrogressive; with a breaking
    • moment of waking up; with a part of our being we sleep the whole day
    • waking up. But if we ask: By what path alone can knowledge of the
    • during the period between going to sleep and awaking, or through the
    • waking day consciousness.
    • guide in their earthly undertakings and, on the other hand, toward
    • waking hours, but that these spiritual beings are not his creator
    • meaning, for the waking human being and the earth belong together. The
    • ordinary waking life, that is, in his ordinary state of consciousness.
    • waking life, of that world which the prophets of the Old Testament
    • the knowledge that through taking hold of new divine mysteries it must
    • Speaking in imaginations, we may point back to the fact that the
    • of breaking down, and so forth. We must become able to see the
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture III. Michaelic Thinking.
    Matching lines:
    • in making the human head as living as is the rest of the organism.
    • Physiologically speaking, it is Lucifer's constant endeavor to send
    • Psychically speaking, Lucifer is constantly endeavoring to give to the
    • Speaking from the soul aspect, I would have to say: everything that
    • consciousness at every moment of waking life constitutes the Michaelic
    • prevented from making the human being desert his predestined divine
    • which really, at every moment of day-waking life, is conscious of the
    • making himself understood to the human being. The greatest Messenger
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • in our thinking in the period between awaking and falling asleep of
    • not completely awake, even in waking life, in regard to our feelings.
    • will is asleep in us, even in our waking life; in regard to the will
    • we are asleep. Thus, also in waking life, we carry these three states
    • waking life of thoughts; we deceive ourselves in believing that we are
    • When the human being dives down into this surging of waking dreams, a new
    • his consciousness which permeates him in ordinary waking day-life, but
    • waking dreams cease to be as grotesque as they appear to ordinary
    • the upper story,” where the day-waking conceptual life takes
    • most human beings like a confused waking dreaming. It is very
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • them part of his question of taking fully into account — I made
    • taking these beings into consideration. And these beings, who are, as
    • is still asleep today in his waking state. Man does not notice how
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture VI: The Ancient Yoga Culture and the New Yoga Will.
    Matching lines:
    • wind, the perception of the shaking tree was no different for him from
    • People said: If a tree is shaking, this is the God outside, and if I
    • lost. That means, we have to acquire the ability of taking hold of
    • post-Atlantean cultural period. Roughly speaking, we might say: In the
    • that the air of the earth has become soul-void, making it impossible
    • of the earnestness that is necessary in taking a stand in these
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- I
    Matching lines:
    • impressions of the events taking place around them. To sleep through
    • making the human soul more energetic, more awake, it will have
    • death: the change between sleeping and waking. In a general sense, we
    • know the difference between sleeping and waking; in a more intimate
    • the human soul the true difference between sleeping and waking. In
    • between sleeping and waking is incorrectly drawn. For the state of
    • from sleep into ordinary waking consciousness, remembering them and
    • thus distinguishing them from the waking state, while in the case of
    • by impulses which cannot be grasped with the concepts of our waking
    • concepts of daily waking life. This does not become evident when
    • Generally speaking, this is correct; but from what is thus written in
    • speaking here of fully conscious intercourse.) In fully conscious
    • we must realize that besides sleeping, waking and dreaming, we have
    • waking up. They are of short duration and pass so quickly that we pay
    • the moment of falling asleep and the moment of waking up. If we learn
    • moment of waking up. Clairvoyant consciousness shows that at the
    • turn to the dead. At the moment of waking up the human being is
    • they pass him by quickly and the tumult of waking life drowns them
    • worked upon the soul at the moment of waking from the rush and turmoil
    • of waking life; they tried to remain quiet for a moment in their
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- II
    Matching lines:
    • always stated that the battle of which I am now speaking started at
    • was taking place. There were some who wanted to take precaution, but
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • fell into a kind of waking dream, and saw, as if issuing
    • this one case, making it as comprehensible as possible.
    • Thus an “epoch-making” discovery was made by a
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • scruples of the ordinary consciousness, taking the
    • events taking place in the 14th and 15th centuries were
    • lecturers, and speaking in the first person. It would be
    • that it is speaking against walls to try to break through what
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture III: Reflections in the Mirror of Consciousness, Superconsciousness and Subconsciousness
    Matching lines:
    • soul from awaking in the morning to falling asleep at night
    • ourselves by really making the transition, by having a world
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture IV: Hidden Soul Powers
    Matching lines:
    • Generally speaking, it must be said that a complete
    • conditions between awaking in the morning and falling asleep at
    • waking and sleeping, within these two parallel lines (a–b).
    • awaking are the most favorable, but no attention is paid to
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture V: Connections Between Organic Processes and the Mental Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • a first result we realize the absolute folly of speaking of
    • When speaking of the power of memory, I drew attention to the
    • systems, in lung, kidney, liver, and heart, after making a
    • taking place is not simply the chemical process which may be
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • in you lies.” The possibility of thus making preparations for the
    • in the spiritual worlds — than by taking into consideration the
    • is only surface speaking to surface, something which we have not
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • day, spiritually, by always speaking on what concerns the day, but one
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • also taking into account the highest world principle — from this
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Every time you go to sleep until the moment of waking, the
    • until waking up, there was a time in which all that they had as
    • ideas, as feelings from waking to sleeping, still continued to
    • work, but in other forms. Their waking life of truth dived
    • during the time between going to sleep and waking, there arises
    • Moon-forces are playing into it. (We know that even waking-man
    • “Try to recognise that in your waking-life consciousness
    • shines; for the Sun-Forces pour into your waking-life, just as
    • Augustine was speaking, and for which there is no guarantee of
    • nor a worker, but simply a believer; I am not speaking of
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • waking up that is, the sleeping condition. Of course,
    • lecture that in his waking condition, man does not grasp the
    • come to the consciousness of man by day: in his waking
    • sleep until waking up, or, let us say, if he became conscious
    • consciously during the making condition; and that constitutes
    • the deception in man's waking condition. He remains aware only
    • waking condition man does not progress beyond experiencing this
    • sleeping until waking he is permeated by his Angel, that
    • humanity, we are generally speaking, already far more
    • until waking up, the reality of man's ego and astral body is
    • of the third Hierarchy. In the waking condition, the state of
    • man in the waking condition could perceive that his ego and
    • the Mystery of Golgotha, man in his waking condition stood in a
    • making compacts.
    • speaking of these things, but by grasping the concrete impulses
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture I - The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • the primeval art of fire-making. Zeus is jealous of this race, the
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture II - The Argonaut Saga and the Odyssey
    Matching lines:
    • which took place at that time. The Beings of whom I am now speaking
    • speaking, Penelope is the human soul in the fifth root-race. The fifth
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • has been thought out, but rather he is speaking of it as the
    • speaking of a celestial harmony. With spiritual ears one can hear it.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • capable of taking up an astral body.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • of numbers. When speaking of occult signs and symbols, it is
    • however, is taking only the outer aspect into account. To reckon with
    • speaking of evil only where fivefoldness appears. When, one day,
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • call people into being through their speaking, so it was that the
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • found in Buddhism, therefore religions are not making progress, there
    • would have been no sense in speaking of Mercury or of Neptune or of
    • speaking of the ascending scale of worlds: of the Moon, of Mercury,
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • belonging to the spiritual hierarchies. We have been speaking of the
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • first planet to which we look back when speaking of incarnations of
    • felt as if you had flown through a heated baking oven. You could not
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • on the fact, that we pass from taking, to giving. You have an analogy
    • grows gradually in cosmic, universal giving; from taking he grows to
    • Thus, evolution progresses from taking to giving. In the case of
    • can give only his thoughts; that speaking truly, is not as yet much
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • formed in a small way, by taking a vessel full of water, throwing in
    • We are not speaking now of our present Sun, but of that ancient Sun
    • making good progress. We are concerned, therefore, with a difference
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, only as far on during our present earth evolution as man
    • continuity of human existence. Fundamentally speaking, they regulate
    • earthly personalities; in a definite epoch, some epoch-making
    • speaking of the appearance of the heavens, they calculated everything
    • of a spiritual point of view. Only through taking into consideration
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • Generally speaking we may say: as much of his astral body as man has
    • The student should avoid making hard and fast rules. There is much
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • already told you that ancient Saturn was, fundamentally speaking, as
    • fundamentally speaking, one with universal space, so that I might as
    • making the sacrifice, namely, those Beings whom we call Spirits of
    • These things can naturally only be said, when speaking to
    • pole is Mars. When speaking of Mars as the third condition of our
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of Saturn, I spoke of a globe of fire or of a large fiery
    • If — trivially speaking — one took an egg desiring to
    • are speaking of the first Saturn development — the Saturn globe
    • taking upon oneself the Karma of nations and of races. From a
    • a condition of taking to one of giving. The Thrones had once upon a
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • stand on a totally different footing, and fundamentally speaking have
    • Hierarchies who, fundamentally speaking, were his human forefathers?
    • Christ! Does He, fundamentally speaking, work through His teaching?
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • independence during sleep. During our waking life, from morning till
    • speaking into his ego. And the difference between a normal person of
    • body, conforming themselves to it and taking on its form. Therefore
    • consist essentially in spiritual activities performed during waking
    • that is his astral body and ego, during waking life; in other words,
    • pursuits of ordinary waking life, and when in these particular
    • part of his daily waking life in meditation, concentration and other
    • meditations and concentrations, which have to be followed in waking
    • death-like condition. And speaking in the abstract, we may say for
    • life. He would then become incapable of taking part in the work of
    • our waking life. Such a temple do we leave on abandoning the physical
    • consists, abstractly expressed, in making the active, positive
    • can understand even when we cannot see. But by making increasing
    • themselves, something real and basic, would be taking the outer
    • live in that which meets us (speaking according to spiritual science)
    • say, from the moment of falling asleep to that of waking, man lives
    • wisdom. And in making this comparison, we shall be shedding the light
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • clear waking consciousness of the physical world has developed from a
    • speaking in the human soul, it interposed itself in front of the
    • speaking, of Moon and Sun. Saturn and Sun may perhaps be spoken of as
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of him in his present condition. Is it to be imagined, then,
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • self-consciousness within it. He said: ‘I, speaking to myself,
    • stage of taking up its abode in a human body in the sense world, and
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • speaking). That word is the word ‘feeling.’ We speak of
    • speaking of feeling in a superficial way we mean the sense of touch,
    • feeling of which we are here speaking is an intimate soul experience;
    • regarded differently at different epochs. In speaking of the
    • way when speaking of the time of Oedipus as when speaking of the time
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • of Lucifer penetrated within the soul, breaking through the veils of
    • withdrawal, belonged, strictly speaking, to neither of those
    • of many kinds are to be found in the world. Speaking from our
    • world) we can apply this story, we are taking the right attitude.
    • is taking place externally.’ The old Egyptian felt what thus
    • taking the inward path. This path was accessible to initiates only,
    • aright by making use of the number seven. In ‘time’ we
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • of space and time; but if we do not confine ourselves to speaking of
    • divided into twelve constituent parts, thus making the number twelve
    • descent? Whose son is he? Therefore in speaking about the Luciferic
    • whose child it was who was speaking to the human soul. We speak of
    • within the sphere of good and the two on the border, making seven.
    • speaking. And what we then described as their wisdom had poured down
    • Being of Whom we are here speaking, was once incarnate in a human
    • various lectures. [We are here speaking of these Beings in the
    • means of making one such beginning, by bringing the teachings of
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: I. The Position of Anthroposophy in Relation to Theosophy and Anthropology.
    Matching lines:
    • cycle, the time seems ripe for speaking in a more comprehensive sense
    • same way they do about sound waves, without taking into account that
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: III. Higher Senses, Inner Force Currents and Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    Matching lines:
    • as taking place in the same way that sight does in the eye.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: I. The Elements of the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • experience, can be described in two ways. Speaking accurately in
    • fails to face the fact that the processes taking place at the
    • ego in visualizations apply only to our waking life. They merely
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: II. Action and Interaction of the Human Soul Forces.
    Matching lines:
    • person speaking to us depends upon our soul life. You, for instance,
    • such a moment, you will realize that something was taking place in
    • verb that helps you, in speaking, to live in time. True, we can
    • substance, before the matter that really concerns us. In speaking,
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: III. At the Portals of the Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • substantial, actual processes of desire taking place in the soul
    • further till you do find them. Taking reasoning capacity as one side
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: IV. Consciousness and the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • it. Solely by strengthening the ego, by making it master of what
    • riddles of life by taking into account the presence of the
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: II. Truth and Error in the Light of the Spiritual World.
    Matching lines:
    • justified in speaking of the spiritual world who either envision it
    • is no reason for taking the standpoint of error; that would hardly
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: III. Imagination--Imagination; Inspiration--Self-fulfillment; Intuition--Conscience.
    Matching lines:
    • justifies our speaking of visualizations and emotions as though they
    • visualizations something akin to what it feels in its life of
    • that sort can shine into our waking day-consciousness and there
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: IV. Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    Matching lines:
    • natural that in making this transition we should focus our attention
    • making faces, but that sort of thing should really not be allowed to
    • saying agreeable things but with speaking the truth objectively. We
    • injury. A genuine personal reason for taking the world to task never
    • what properly pertains to destiny, taking account of how little we
    • never awaking, we might still have an ego but we could never be aware
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival: A Token of the Victory of the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • the harmony of the universe. Man seems to become more and more akin to
    • unshakable conviction which makes our own evolving soul akin to the
    • We have been speaking to-day, not of an undefined, abstract feeling
    • obvious that we are not speaking here in any materialistic sense, but
    • forces and the soul and Spirit with forces akin to their own nature.
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of the Sun-Spirit as the Spirit of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • indeed reveal Himself — by becoming Flesh, by taking on a human body,
  • Title: Lecture: Christmas at a Time of Grievous Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • of a human being into the physical world is taking place;
    • waking consciousness, but in cognitive dream-consciousness.
    • mankind no child's play but great and earnest, soul-shaking truths.
  • Title: Lecture: The Proclamations to the Magi and the Shepherds
    Matching lines:
    • far transcending that of the ordinary course of life was taking place
    • mathematical science, speaking only of conditions and relationships in
    • the moment of waking until that of falling asleep the human being has
    • the standpoint of the experiences of ordinary waking consciousness.
    • he regarded as being akin to a great and wonderful Hymn.
    • conditions can penetrate into waking life, were very active in the
    • sleeping and waking. Then too we are within the outer universe, but
    • The truth is that between sleeping and waking we look back, feel back,
    • scientists are making their cold, dispassionate researches in
  • Title: Lecture: On The Three Magi
    Matching lines:
    • Christ. This must be conceived as a reality, taking place in the
  • Title: Lecture: The Revelation of the Cosmic Christ
    Matching lines:
    • nothingness at death. And so, in speaking of Immortality, all that is
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • In converse with the Father God, Jesus is speaking of the descent
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 1: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • been such Beings in the development of our earth. (I am only speaking
    • body. Humanly speaking, there was something tragic in the fact that
    • all along been speaking of those Beings who formed the sentient-soul
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 2: The Law of Karma with Respect to the Details of Life
    Matching lines:
    • the law of karma. As a rule they do not see, figuratively speaking,
    • where and when his particular lack is making itself felt. If we are
    • — but taking longer spans of time, this cannot well be said. All
    • work out karmically by making the grown man or woman a hard, dry
    • did not succeed, the forces we called up in making the effort, are not
    • of working forcefully on the physical body and making it sound and
    • fortifies himself by taking in the elixir of life? No matter what he
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 3: The Entrance of the Christ-Being into the Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • of making distinctions; that is, he became a being who developed
    • speaking, much longer than the Ages we still have to describe. After
    • applied to larger spans. We are now speaking of the divisions of time
    • event was taking place? Just reflect that Tacitus — the great
    • world of an important happening is no proof that it is not taking
    • times, are aware of what is taking place to-day. They must point to an
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 4: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • would not people, speaking in a materialistic sense at the end of the
    • In bygone centuries it was, comparatively speaking, not harmful for
    • Anthroposophy, speaking from spiritual investigation, will tell men of
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 5: Correspondences Between the Microcosm and the Macrocosm
    Matching lines:
    • in its full depths, not allowing ourselves to form a habit of taking
    • matter. People come along to-day and speaking from their trivial
    • applies the polarity between man and woman — taking it simply as
    • trivial thing to do, but our learned men are taking a liberty when
    • sees them. We are not now speaking of the human being as such in man
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 6: The Birth of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • looking at things and speaking of them in one way only, though that
    • is not so very long ago, comparatively speaking, that the human
    • taking place in the spiritual world; it produces quite definite
    • universe yielded eternal verities, is making a very great mistake;
    • occur on the physical plane without corresponding events taking place
    • forth far and wide, speaking as it were for the spiritual-world:
    • we, speaking in an external and spatial sense, have referred to as the
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 7: The Further Development of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • must see that the human soul is gradually breaking away more and more
    • fully competent for the purpose, — We who are taking part in
    • Movement has the task of making this good and of adding what was not
    • Christianity we should then be making the right use of the instrument.
    • your own works,’ — who is it that is making her spirit
    • must restore within thee — This thou can'st do by taking into
  • Title: Life Between ... I: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • character. In order to avoid making certain mistakes in the future,
    • our time there is only one safeguard against making mistakes in the
    • receive the light of the Hierarchies. Generally speaking almost every
    • way that we experience little by little how this breaking-in of the
  • Title: Life Between ... II: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
  • Title: Life Between ... III: Mans Journey Through the Planetary Spheres
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • evening until waking next morning — we have no consciousness.
    • present. Anyone who can distinguish between sleeping and waking can
    • inwardly. To picture this you need only think of a child waking up
    • nature. Although perpetual destruction of these members is taking
    • question of making a certain fact intelligible.
    • physical world merely have the effect of making us shut ourselves
    • are making the same kind of blunder.
    • preference to Christ, and you are not justified in making such a
  • Title: Life Between ... IV: Recent Results of Occult Investigation Into Life
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • Let us consider our existence in the sense world during waking
    • flash of lightning can have the effect of shaking up the physical and
    • yet another experience on Mars. As we are speaking more intimately
  • Title: Life Between ... V: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • by making impressions of color and light upon our eyes, audible
    • this Being or that Being is speaking — that is the point, not
  • Title: Life Between ... VI: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • on earth. Yet, generally speaking, there is little prospect that a
    • in making anthroposophy into a life force. So much has to be done
    • Are not the things of which we have been speaking really there? Let
  • Title: Life Between ... VII: The Working of Karma in Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • unconscious impulses also play a part. In our normal waking state on
    • waking consciousness he professes to hate. This is of particular
    • if we only consider the things of the physical plane with mere waking
    • important things for us in the world of probability are taking place
  • Title: Life Between ... VIII: Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • immediately after death we are incapable of making new connections.
    • to alternate between sleeping and waking like the plants. If there
    • sleep is much less active during waking life. The vegetative
    • after waking. Those are the ones who are able to live more strongly
    • is in the morning, the more active he can be. Yet our waking life may
    • asleep and waking up. Similarly, as we see nature wither in winter,
    • so something dies in us during our waking life.
    • In speaking about life between death and rebirth we open up a
  • Title: Life Between ... IX: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • taking place in thinking, feeling and willing from morning until
    • rises up out of my own self. It is akin to a headache in the physical
  • Title: Life Between ... X: Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
  • Title: Life Between ... XI: The Mission of Earthly Life as a Transitional Stage for the Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • him considerably by reading to him, by making him familiar with what
  • Title: Life Between ... XII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • speaking is pure nonsense. When we cross the gate of death we are, to
    • confront these beings consciously. Pictorially speaking, one can
    • that what we do is worthy of man, contributes to making us after
  • Title: Life Between ... XIII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • this because by taking it into account we can also help the dead. If,
    • the Moon sphere into the Mercury sphere; I am speaking entirely from
    • stated, that the happenings are taking place in some sphere of our
    • from his earlier incarnations. We are justified in speaking of him as
    • lead far off the mark when speaking about successive incarnations. To
  • Title: Life Between ... XIV: Further Facts About Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • after death. We can help him by taking a book with a spiritual —
  • Title: Life Between ... XV: Intercourse With the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
    • As here we live rhythmically between waking and sleeping, so in the
  • Title: Life Between ... XVI: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by our deceased loved ones and how we, taking into account
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • be drawn differently. Properly speaking it cannot, but we
    • the stream taking a particular path? I don't believe it.”
    • for him, is merely speaking; hence there is no sense in studying
    • rightly speaking, no logic, logicians are fools. And then he says: In
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • he employed his knowledge of shoe-making. But he also developed his
    • himself: My shoe-making is not enough for that; I dare not apply to
    • the structure of the world the thoughts I put into making shoes. And
    • surprising that good reasons for both can be adduced. In taking the
    • useful and valuable facts; but in speaking of the Spirit they may
    • materialist one can become a ready-reckoner of the universe, taking
    • develop waking ideas within themselves; in short, there are monads of
    • this effect. It amounts to taking your stand on the reality of the
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • it is outside its home. Logically speaking, one is not justified in
    • when a person, taking all the world-pictures to some extent,
    • happiness it is to go on and on taking part, in ways ever more
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • that, spiritually speaking, Venus stands in Aries — Mysticism
    • employ the symbols of astrology, but taking them to express something
    • waking up and going to sleep. The thinking activity is always working
    • on the brain, and so, throughout the waking state, it makes the brain
    • making a concoction of all kinds of philosophy; for then he would be
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • be drawn differently. Properly speaking it cannot, but we
    • the stream taking a particular path? I don't believe it.”
    • for him, is merely speaking; hence there is no sense in studying
    • rightly speaking, no logic, logicians are fools. And then he says: In
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • he employed his knowledge of shoe-making. But he also developed his
    • himself: My shoe-making is not enough for that; I dare not apply to
    • the structure of the world the thoughts I put into making shoes. And
    • surprising that good reasons for both can be adduced. In taking the
    • useful and valuable facts; but in speaking of the Spirit they may
    • materialist one can become a ready-reckoner of the universe, taking
    • develop waking ideas within themselves; in short, there are monads of
    • this effect. It amounts to taking your stand on the reality of the
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • it is outside its home. Logically speaking, one is not justified in
    • when a person, taking all the world-pictures to some extent,
    • happiness it is to go on and on taking part, in ways ever more
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • that, spiritually speaking, Venus stands in Aries — Mysticism
    • employ the symbols of astrology, but taking them to express something
    • waking up and going to sleep. The thinking activity is always working
    • on the brain, and so, throughout the waking state, it makes the brain
    • making a concoction of all kinds of philosophy; for then he would be
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • another through nothing so much as by taking upon one's own soul the
  • Title: Lecture: What Do We Understand by Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • by making it clear that we change the present theological meaning
    • understand that when speaking of illness and death a distinction
    • essentials we shall be speaking about men, and other things will be
    • his being together out of nature. Strictly speaking, everything in us
    • his own life-process, thereby making himself the bearer of
    • ourselves against weakness by taking the weakness into us and
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Nature and Significance of Karma in the Personal and Individual, and in Humanity, the Earth and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • superficial view of the situation, not taking into consideration what
    • of making clear what is meant when one uses such and such a word. In
    • a warm sunbeam falling on a metal plate and making it warmer than
    • the term karma in speaking of a simple relation between effect and
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma and the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • contributed to making this organisation thus suitable, and to this end
    • included the ancestors of the human organisation making one unity. It
    • capacity for taking up human souls, remained united with the earth the
    • you, and are taking to ourselves the power to overcome it.’
    • side by side in space, without taking into consideration the fact that
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma in Relation to Disease and Health
    Matching lines:
    • Let us suppose that two persons are speaking together. One says to the
    • the case of illness. When speaking of people who are ill, and also of
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Curability and Incurability of Diseases in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • manifold thoughts and tendencies cross one another, making the human
    • case, and I must again repeat that I avoid speaking from any sort of
    • breaking loose again from this world. We know that the Christ
    • to do with making the human body warmer or colder, or that which makes
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Relationships Between Karma and Accidents
    Matching lines:
    • in speaking of hereditary disposition, we suffer from a delusion,
    • normal life, namely, sleeping and waking, and we shall then find
    • something of still greater significance. What is taking place within a
    • human being when the daily states of sleeping and waking succeed one
    • body. Every morning on waking, all that constitutes our inner being
    • just as in the waking state we are surrounded by things and facts of
    • moment of waking we are prevented from regarding the inner nature of
    • understand waking and sleeping in the same sense in which we
    • waking person from this point of view, we shall say that in him are
    • principles of his being which we find in a normal waking state. As
    • our physical and etheric bodies on awaking and perceive something,
    • shows the very fact of our awakening. Just as the state of waking is
    • waking condition of our astral body. What is it we do when in normal
    • health we live in an ordinary waking condition? We are awake in
    • ordinary life. But so that we could possess an ordinary waking
    • we call pain, which we do not have during our waking condition when in
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Forces of Nature, Volcanic Eruptions, Earthquakes and Epidemics in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • taking place during the transition from one incarnation to another,
    • in a wrong waking state, is also that which prevents us from ever
    • not perceived in the normal state, a process is already taking place
    • world without making this effort, are really trying to shun earth
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma of the Higher Beings
    Matching lines:
    • imparted to him, or is in one direction or another making an
    • are not transformed by a force taking possession of us from within. It
    • waking condition in the daytime, but we cannot descend to it. That
    • similar, for this would be taking a very narrow view of karma. There
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karmic Effects Of Our Experiences As Men and Women. Death and Birth In Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • draws him. We have already shown that the taking of such measures in
    • They seek for something akin to their own souls, and they will then
    • Thus the luciferic influence is taking effect in such a way that
    • examination of the inner structure of the cells is taking the wrong
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Free Will and Karma in the Future of Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • We are now speaking, on the one hand, of the deeper nature of material
    • are now speaking, matter and soul? What are they in their deeper
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Individual and Human Karma. Karma of the Higher Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of this plan we could never fall into the error of saying:
    • will have an experience something like the following. After taking
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual happening that is taking place in the soul would place
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that we've been speaking about, it is necessary to know how to
    • When the human soul takes on the task of making itself
    • have no protection against mistaking illusion for truth; when the
    • boundary into the other world, taking with them the faculties and
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • speaking about the spiritual worlds as we are doing in these
    • transformation I've been speaking about is a peculiarity of the human
    • the waking condition to alternate with the sleeping one. Something
    • for life here must swing like a pendulum between waking and sleeping,
    • waking in the physical world, the condition of “transforming
    • elemental world just as naturally as waking and sleeping are in the
    • passing so easily as waking here passes into sleep. After one has
    • elemental life. In a much more arbitrary way than with our waking and
    • however, should be noted. One is that in our usual way of speaking in
    • other beings. However, just as in our waking state by day the need
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • help making objections, for their ideas and habits of thought give
    • spiritual world as well. It is in speaking that these beings work,
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • will come to a genuine, mutual understanding only by taking up
    • elements in a special way. Much will depend on their making a
    • spiritual element, as I said before, when speaking figuratively of
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • that starts out from its own particular departure point, making an
    • thoughts sitting in us that are capable of taking on human form. When
    • different make-up to experience this triad differently — making
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • I would call it — and I am not speaking from animosity but with
    • them that instead of taking the time to produce such writing, they
    • instance by taking up fretsaw work.
  • Title: Lecture 1: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • of our waking, we are with our astral body and our ego in a spiritual
    • waking life; one sees that that which finds its expression in
    • happening in the universe around, just as man, on waking, knows and
    • beholds what is taking place around him.
    • Michelangelo, of Charlemagne, or of others, we are always speaking of
    • I should like to draw your attention to two things, when speaking on
    • Edison invents something in a dream or in clear waking consciousness?
  • Title: Lecture 2: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • was incapable of taking part in the whole construction of the
    • within him which the other has not would be making a great mistake.
    • have become his inner world. Making things “inward” is
    • deeds — and man himself is taking part in them. That is what I
    • speaking in us? We must kill out everything that only comes from
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • manner, taking them right out of reality, but the men of the fifth
    • am taking Greece and Rome as belonging to modern times) a greater
    • flesh and blood, as it were. (I am speaking, of course, of the soul.)
    • this is taking place on Roman soil, Roman rule gradually spreads until
    • moon forces light up again at a particular time, thereby making
    • we have been speaking today. In contrast to what the Greek saw among
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • “I declare before God,” he says because he is speaking of
    • by taking special cases I have been able to give you a description of
    • akin to that of Renan in his domain. Strauss, however, does not turn
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • such studies as we are now undertaking.
    • taking shape in the course of past centuries. The general population
    • “save” humanity, however — I am now speaking as Ahriman
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • can describe in movements or inner laws, are, figuratively speaking,
    • Speaking in the Goethean sense, it is a leap when, through
    • forces making possible an intellectual grasp of the world through
    • achieving the faculty of making free decisions and developing freedom,
    • making experiments, for example, as to how one man affects another,
    • is to say, the souls who, speaking spiritually, are our
    • I will not elaborate Ku Hung Ming's ideas on the methods for making
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • an etheric body. Tezcatlipoca was a being akin to Jahve or Jehovah.
    • prevailing in Mexico. Tezcatlipoca was a spirit akin to Jahve.
    • when, in the Eastern Hemisphere, the Mystery of Golgotha was taking
    • intellect but they can also assume a form that is more akin to feeling
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • completely under his control, thereby making Church officials mere
    • arose in Philip of what can be brought about by taking life in the
    • “Have you denied the Host and refrained from speaking the words
    • into making these subconscious avowals.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • Official history today is really of little help in making a man
    • into the progressive spiritual world in waking consciousness by having
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture I: The Three Streams in the Life of Civilization. The Mysteries of Light, of Man, and of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations since the
    • however, of which I am speaking and of which I have so often spoken,
    • which things are making their appearance, in which things are working
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture II: The Michael Path to Christ: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations since the
    • those persons of whom I have been speaking. It is because no true
    • Ahrimanic forces which dwell in all that is dry, heavy, (speaking
    • he was always making a fresh attempt to paint the figure of Judas in
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture III: The Mystery of the Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations since the
    • to his Will. We go through the world as so-called waking beings, but
    • by the intellect, can we experience it in our waking consciousness.
    • responsible. Independently of us, there is continually taking place in
    • taking in these great truths with the deep earnestness with which they
    • taking place. It has arisen from another process which produced it and
    • never tired of speaking of the greater value of pre-Socratic Greek
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture IV: The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations Since the Last Third of the Nineteenth Century. Thoughts on New Years Eve.
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture IV: The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations Since the Last
    • The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations since the
    • THE BREAKING-IN OF SPIRITUAL REVELATIONS SINCE THE LAST THIRD OF THE
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture V: The Dogma of Revelation and the Dogma of Experience. The Spiritual Mark of the Present Time. A New Year Contemplation.
    Matching lines:
    • The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations since the
    • the Present Day”. These passages refer to what was taking place
    • implies for the German people the loss of their own Self, a breaking
    • For example, speaking of human capacities: These arise as
    • on the other hand attains the possibility of making his own that which
    • Spiritual Science can grasp what is really taking place today in this
    • of what is actually taking place in the depths of the spirit of the
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • for example, when an impulse of will arises making us take some
    • It is while taking the exercises in thought that special attention has
    • earliest childhood, and were gradually taking possession of the whole
    • making use of the time and the instruments of the physical brain and
    • soul, of making our physical body transparent, we have before us a
  • Title: Lecture: Cognition of the Christ Through Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of exact clairvoyance in connection with the modern science
    • spiritually, speaking through the outside spiritual universe, i.e.,
    • is carried into the earthly life through birth is something (speaking
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • opportunity of making any contact whatever with cosmic enigmas,
    • conceived of as the being taking shape in the Dragon that
    • taking outer nature into himself through nourishment, breathing, and
    • down to earth — an event taking place in extra-human worlds. And
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • in any anthroposophical undertakings; but rather, whatever may grow
    • in an evolutionary stream, taking many different directions to this
    • passive prayer, but only through man's making himself the instrument
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • do so, for example, because at the moment of awaking something is
    • physical sense-world during our waking hours. There we live wholly
    • him, so he set about making himself into a sort of medium. He dreamt
    • be speaking. But now the case becomes still more alarming: the
    • his ordinary waking condition, but that subsequently a dream had
    • In speaking of super-sensible things we cannot form thoughts in the
    • reduced, in addition, even to speaking more or less abstractly —
    • old ones. But in making this reservation we must clearly understand
    • men not by speaking, as we speak today, but by transmitting the wisdom
    • intensive process taking place in his spirituality. What he then
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • our friends, namely, that of making anthroposophy generally palatable
    • soul-endowed being whose manner of speaking to us is quite different
    • power of the human heart! But never must it be celebrated by making
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • have indicated, but it is really only a question of making an
    • speaking.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • a taking possession of the physical by the soul and spirit, and if,
    • in making efforts to put as much as possible into heredity, succeed
    • thereby in making the ego fit very loosely into the human being;
    • can be seen everywhere; I am simply speaking of something which can
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • memories — everything which arises in this way making us
    • falling asleep until waking up figures in this way as memories, that
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IV: The Ephesian Mysteries of Artemis
    Matching lines:
    • But the first feeling of which I am speaking may be
    • Roughly speaking, we can have no lead in us, but
    • speaking more accurately, we cannot exist without lead. What would
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of these things for they could only be present as such after
    • be compared with that of which we are now speaking.
    • cosmos. In the period of which I am now speaking we have to say: This
    • taking place the whole atmosphere was filled with sulphur in a finely
    • manifesting only in colour, such as I have described when speaking of
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • greatest possible range of speaking through his throat, and at the
    • forth. But in speaking, the air transforms itself into the next
    • feels as taking place within himself. But how does he feel this
    • wonderful colours — variously speaking colours — colours
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VII: The Mysteries of Hibernia
    Matching lines:
    • And the other statue, as if speaking, said: I am
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • had earlier been capable, of dreaming in the waking-state of
    • Word spreads itself out. Everything in the Vulcan-planet is speaking
    • and more breaking in upon humanity, depending merely on the power of
    • the event was taking place in physical reality on another spot of
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture X: The Chthonic and the Eleusinian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • of speaking, dimmed; that means that they could not develop any
    • their insight that the Mystery of Golgotha was taking place
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XII: The Mysteries of the Samothracian Kabiri
    Matching lines:
    • those epochs of which I am now speaking further back still, towards
    • which he learnt to feel while speaking, and while the pupil
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIII: Transition from the Spirit of the Ancient Mysteries to the Spirit of the Mysteries of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • to you; but speaking quite generally, one can say, that right up to
    • speaking now of that epoch which culminated in Rosicrucianism about
    • world is spread. Now, of course, radically speaking we find oxalic
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • science as worthless and taking refuge in a spiritualized
    • the processes taking place in the human being are not wholly
    • speaking out of the clouds.
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • and making observations in the laboratory. Whatever we may
    • taking the various organ systems, we find that only the
    • nearly akin to the human organization is, of course, the milk
    • organizations and making him a sentient being, a being of soul.
    • only a matter of taking the trouble to examine and develop the
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • waking, as well as everything else rhythmical, the rhythmic
    • that appear in the child are an expression of what is taking
    • transgressions it makes the mistake of speaking like this: such
    • from outside — and, fundamentally speaking, all illnesses
    • an effect upon such illnesses, from leaves and everything akin
    • to the nature of leaves in the plant. I am speaking in the old
    • vibration but an organic structure taking its course in time.
    • a mantle of warmth, then — speaking primitively —
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • without undertaking this enlivening.
    • world of sensation, we are speaking about a process of
    • have a process of devitalization, fundamentally speaking. The
    • vitality is preserved for the seed alone. If we are speaking
    • say, we are speaking of the initial plant, vitalization does
    • Fundamentally speaking, therefore, all nourishment is the
    • verify this empirically, begin by taking the senses located in
    • metabolism is drawn upward; the astral body is not making
    • process that is still akin to the organic. If we introduce into
    • reversed is taking place in the plant. The irregularity that
    • and what is taking place in the human organism. Yet there is
    • of form-building and breaking down form there is too little
    • also in the heart-lung tract, everything that is akin to
    • akin, that is, to the sulfuric or phosphoric elements in the
    • with any process taking place in the human being in an
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • making an unwarranted hypothesis; rather I am assuming thoughts
    • phenomenon for me. I would not be making an unwarranted hypothesis if
    • I assumed something like that; similarly, I would not be making an
    • sequential thinking within experience and making unwarranted
    • thought element taking its own course in an emotional way. The
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • breakdown processes are particularly suited to making our
    • by taking the spiritual into consideration.
    • processes of the sexual organs when speaking of hysterical phenomena
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • especially in medicine, if one is not speaking to a purely
    • actually speaking about, attack nearly everything they call academic
    • organ, as it should, thus wreaking havoc in it. When this happens we
    • activity takes place in the waking state, when we perceive and form
    • organism, a poisoning and unpoisoning are continuously taking place
    • We are therefore unable to regard such a natural process as taking its
    • fundamentally speaking, the human being has the same form of forces in
    • taking place outside in nature and at what takes place within the
    • the human being, that peculiar process taking place as poisoning and
    • is speaking here of the role of the spirit in bodily-phenomena,
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • manifestation of phosphorus. I am speaking to you aphoristically and
    • in a way thoroughly akin to what has been described of phosphorus.
    • examples. What I have just been speaking about could be illustrated by
    • the conscious life of the human being from waking to falling asleep.
    • for the head system, for the nerve-sense system, is waking
    • which consists of making conscious through outer measures what
    • digestion, the taking up of substance.
    • are examples through which one really comes to see the process taking
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • worthless and taking refuge in a spiritualised science brought down
    • that the processes taking place in the being of man are not wholly
    • eminent doctor was speaking about the structure of the brain. He
    • processes — include, fundamentally speaking, every function in
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • proceeds, in waking consciousness at all events. A further expression
    • that we adopt when we are making experiments and investigations in
    • obtaining when we are making experiments and observations in the
    • Hence, taking the various organ-systems, we find that only the
    • these three realms. The substance most nearly akin to the human
    • fluid constitution, permeating the solids and fluids and making him a
    • is really only a matter of taking the trouble to examine and develop
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • mean the rhythm of day and night, of sleeping and waking. Then there
    • fundamentally speaking, during the period of life before the coming
    • but among other errors it makes the mistake of speaking like this:
    • fundamentally speaking, all illnesses between the change of teeth and
    • and everything akin to the nature of leaves in the plant. I am
    • speaking in the old sense here of the mercurial principle, which we
    • tumour with warmth, then — speaking crudely — we shall
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • fundamentally speaking, a process of devitalisation. The
    • speaking of the actual plant itself — for the seed in the ovary
    • speaking of the plant, it is not a process of vitalisation that is
    • taking place from below upwards. The vitality is drawn from what is
    • the ethereal oil of the petals — or is at any rate closely akin
    • organism has utterly to transform. Fundamentally speaking, all
    • buoyancy. (I am speaking here entirely of the physical correlate,
    • you want to verify this, begin by taking the senses that have their
    • symptoms of which I am now speaking, we shall often find cramp-like
    • is drawn upwards; the astral body is not making proper provision for
    • akin to the organic. If we introduce a remedy prepared from such a
    • devitalisation which must be reversed is taking place in the
    • between substances in the outer world and what is taking place in the
    • breaking-down of form is such that there is too little form-building
    • and then also in the domain of heart and lungs, all that is akin to
    • elements that are on their way to the inorganic state — akin,
    • taking place in the human being in an ascending curve, let us say, we
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture I: The Social Question as a Cultural Question, a Question of Equity, and a Question of Economics
    Matching lines:
    • of the world has produced great, epoch-making results, especially in
    • of theoretic natural science of which we are speaking, but an inner
    • there is something new making its appearance in social life which
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture II: The Organization of a Practical Economic Life on the Associative Basis
    Matching lines:
    • which were easily discernible in the smaller undertakings, must
    • scheme, because in it the promoters are incapable of taking in the
    • Threefold Order must start from facts. Hence, taking its stand on the
    • taking our stand on the principle of Association rather than on that
    • production and taking care to improve it, you may simply issue
    • indirect taxation, in speaking of the tax on expenditure; the point
    • I found, when speaking
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture III: The Task and Limitations of of Democracy, Public and Criminal Law
    Matching lines:
    • then we are taking into consideration the whole man. But curiously
    • considered is the making of laws which shall regulate the rights of
    • from an economic standpoint, and through the making of laws by an
    • I have no idea how my work in making this screw will affect my
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture IV: Cultural Questions, Spiritual Science, Art, Science, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • foundation of that philosophy. It had to be shown that by taking his
    • own evolution in hand and that only by so doing, and thus making of
    • already making themselves heard and becoming more and more insistent
    • themselves their own severest critics. In such an undertaking one is,
    • generation, it would be done without taking into account the fact
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture V: The Cooperation of the Spiritual, Political and Economic Departments of Life
    Matching lines:
    • Let us begin by taking the problem of the origin of merchandise, of
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture VI: National and International Life in the Threefold Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • economy of the entire world, and why the events taking place in
    • love is certainly less evident in our day. In speaking of egoism, we
    • are now making themselves felt in the subconsciousness of the human
    • such a time. Taking this speech from beginning to end and looking
    • is speaking thus and in what surroundings? There we may see standing
    • jewels, the despotic ruler of bygone days, making no attempt to hide
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • conditions were taking their accustomed course in a way that might
    • way in which Richter or Lasker or even Brentano were speaking in
    • Now I am speaking, in effect, for students. I am trying to show how
    • comprehend as the economic life properly speaking.
    • does not yet reach up into the sphere of economics properly speaking
    • Fundamentally speaking, therefore, we have not yet attained a true
    • be done.” Meanwhile, the great calamity was taking place: the
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • on economic matters culminates in the process taking place between buyer
    • of taking hold of something static and giving it a definition, whereas
    • Economics borders on uneconomic matters. Purely economically speaking,
    • just now, labour, economically speaking, is some-thing neutral and
    • Properly speaking, it is wrong to speak of an exchange of goods. The
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • No one uses for himself what he produces. Economically speaking, what
    • Suppose there is a tailor, making clothes. Given the division of
    • labour, he must, of course, be making them for other people. But he
    • of his labour to making his own clothes, and the remainder — by
    • far the greater portion — to making clothes for other people.
    • speaking, egoism is impossible. I can no longer do anything for
    • economic life. Taking it, therefore, in its purely economic aspect, we
    • speaking neither idealistically nor ethically, but from an
    • will soon recognise it if you study the typical business undertaking;
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • making clothes for other people, he bought his own from a tradesman in
    • will stand directly after he has finished making the suit of clothes.
    • more expensive. Taking his total balance after a certain lapse of
    • conceives the idea of making a cart and using horses to draw it.
    • economically speaking? It is, as we have already seen, a value. I will
    • present in the economic organism (taking as “Money” not
    • would have to he a creature taking part in the heat, boiling with it,
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • process now goes forward by the Spirit “making good” the
    • for, apart from a few occasional hints, I have been speaking only of.
    • speaking of production. And yet, the economic process does not merely
    • grow real and have real consequences. And, economically speaking, it
    • indeed speaking of realities. And, that Consumption is a reality,
    • speaking of realities. Ideas by' themselves have no effect in the real
    • taking part in the economic life — whether as producers, as
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • rents. Now, as I said, fundamentally speaking, the return for land
    • practice without taking additional steps. 100% interest for money
    • — taking the word “market” in the widest sense. But
    • the spiritual work of one who directs some undertaking within the
    • speaking, we can call it free. For whatever materials are derived from
    • of our children if we gave them nothing. We are constantly making free
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • not foster the exchange of products, making the process not only more
    • them it is his business to impart to them a higher value, by making
    • enterprising or “undertaking ” spirit. It is really this
    • speaking now not of the Labour, but of the products of the Labour; it
    • it would become fixed, but into free spiritual undertakings where it
    • figures only within undertakings dependent on mind or Spirit —
    • speaking, Spirit realised in the economic process; so that I can write
    • constantly be taking place. Such ascending and descending processes
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • economically speaking, even to establish them. As contemplative
    • evolved from that which has, generally speaking, to be evolved for our
    • instead of making another pair of boots. He might do anything with it,
    • same. Economically speaking, that which obtains as between the
    • observe these things, we should be able to reckon it up: By making
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • farmers or estate owners speaking of their work, one often hears them
    • certain margin of profit. Taking the actual prices of rye in this way,
    • fortnight in which to go on making boots as before. Economically
    • speaking, we can now ask: Who manufactured the boots? Economically
    • speaking, undoubtedly — at this moment of the economic process
    • more, we come to the same conclusion: It is, generally speaking, a
    • economic process taking place within a larger whole, it is really
    • quantitatively speaking, of Loaned Capital, Industrial Capital and
    • at the head of the undertaking — Siemens & Gwinner, for
    • ideas, by taking things that can be surveyed as a whole; but you will
    • advance a step. Speaking of this second buffer, of the hunt for
    • industrial undertaking and its sources of raw products and its
    • gradually become a process taking place — I can find no other
    • England. Fundamentally speaking, England scarcely ever went beyond the
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • speaking to a few among you. I mean the relation between Labour and
    • Speaking of this movement, we must be aware of one thing above all,
    • imagine, for instance, that a purchase is taking place: A buys from B.
    • I sell something, I must be so placed, economically speaking, that the
    • seen by taking another illustration.
    • Fundamentally speaking, the line of thought I have just opened out can
    • Economically speaking, what have the peas become by this process?
    • of making an advantageous deal is also present in me when I sell a
    • commodities which I possess. At this point, I am already taking a hand
    • an undertaking or an institution and to produce by means of it. He
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • “wholes” did not take place with the object of making
    • speaking, world-economy exists today; and therefore, relatively
    • speaking, a Science of World-Economy will have to follow. The domain
    • in the body social, even economically speaking, by this reshuffling
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • in the subjective sense. Economically speaking, the subjective is only
    • Speaking of money, the first thing we have to deal with is ordinary
    • beings, economically speaking, became money. The slaves became money.
    • value of the pound of meat cannot, properly speaking, change in course
    • gift-money. Gift-money, fundamentally speaking, is all that is
    • them wild, taking no pains to tame them. But we let money circulate
    • with money for my undertaking? Suppose, according to my calculations,
    • my undertaking must be planned for a period of twenty years. Shall I
    • of long-period undertakings young money receives its peculiar economic
    • suppose I have to embark on an undertaking which involves calculations
    • collective experience and taking the proper corresponding measures.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • on division of Labour, the Nature-product has, properly speaking, no
    • Obviously the first stage in the process — in the taking-over of
    • worker are of less value, relatively speaking; he will not get more
    • taking hold of a real process. It is not that physical Labour is done
    • consists, therefore, properly speaking, in spiritual work. But he
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • which I have myself been taking part — is it my opinion that all
    • to give you pictorial concepts, ideal pictures, to aid you in making
    • unhealthy way. Or again, speaking of costs of production, it may be
    • each other. Nevertheless, by taking hold of the economic process from
    • given area, say x square metres of land, taking
    • main value of it, economically speaking, consists in the Labour saved;
    • It is reality. Once more, speaking pictorially, let me say: While I am
  • Title: Lecture I: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • today? In speaking to you, my dear friends, I can use
    • generally speaking, no understanding for the esoteric factor in Greek
    • had, ever since the Mystery of Golgotha, been making its way into
    • taking our thoughts back, even if only for a brief while, to the
    • by Zarathustra, they were speaking of the very same Being Whom, in
    • and the young monk of whom I am speaking learned a great deal of
    • how this time consists of two halves, the second half taking its
    • them, within their very inmost being. Speaking here in England, I
  • Title: Lecture II: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • somehow going on in there. Yet, speaking of “ourselves,”
    • been speaking. For here the interests of other souls, on their way
    • speaking, it is far easier to describe the Universe in its spiritual
    • spiritual world after death, the more will he be speaking in a kind
    • lay our right hand over our left, or, more generally speaking, to
    • could do this, taking hold of him in the inmost heart and turning him
  • Title: Lecture III: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • perhaps too much. I intend nevertheless making the bold attempt to
    • With ordinary consciousness he is conscious only of his waking life,
    • the time of falling asleep and the time of awaking a very great deal
    • the moment of falling asleep and the moment of awaking. The
    • the physical and etheric bodies as they do in the waking state. But
    • man's connection with the Earth during waking hours. How is man
    • enters into him consciously; but subconsciously, even during waking
    • And here we find that whereas during waking hours man stands in
    • and it will also be again the last sphere we enter before awaking —
    • the part of your astral body which belongs in waking life to your
    • what is now taking place. For present-day mankind, the perception is
    • into day-life the experience of which we were speaking, you would be
    • waking life in the morning, when the soul dives down again into
    • waking condition. And we can only record our acknowledgment of the
    • see that the Divine forces are carried over into waking life. For it
    • from the other side of existence and bear them into the waking life
    • part of the astral body, — the part which belongs in waking
    • Golgotha, if in our ordinary waking life we have thought about the
    • directed in waking life to the Christ, then Christ becomes for him a
    • the Christ Event bring these experiences of the night into the waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • and spirit between the times of falling asleep and awaking. Today I
    • asleep and awaking, man actually covers the whole cosmic
    • in waking life. For you must understand that in his physical body man
    • we have acquired in this way during waking hours on Earth by
    • that he will have, spiritually speaking, an open ear for the
    • group-soul during our waking hours; we feel we belong to a particular
    • again, on awaking, into his physical and his etheric body, began to
    • between him and us. For when he was waking up and coming down again
    • natural way of speaking. We would never say that; we say: I walk
    • being who is making his journey to the Earth ‘sees’ in
  • Title: Lecture V: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • taking place between these two classes of beings. But the moment you
    • Mars, Jupiter and Saturn. And so we find these air-fire beings making
    • air-fire beings of whom we were speaking. Here again, a furious fight
    • employ the expression in speaking of such sublime beings — in
    • Lucifer would like to secure him. Instead of making him a moral
    • again, are due to evils of your own making, evils that are bound to
    • must go on; for you will not cease from making people sick and ill
    • therefore we speak of Christ to-day, we are speaking of One who can
  • Title: Lecture VI: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • hindrances brought from a former life, making him in his head a very
    • forming a body for ourselves,” you would be making a great
    • Logos, speaking from the Universe towards that other side of
    • our future life under the ceaseless influence of this speaking of the
    • of Michael, and in so speaking they conceived Michael to be the
    • is the mighty transition which will be taking place from now onward
    • itself a member of the whole and shares — pictorially speaking
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • today? In speaking to you, my dear friends, I can use
    • generally speaking, no understanding for the esoteric factor in Greek
    • had, ever since the Mystery of Golgotha, been making its way into
    • taking our thoughts back, even if only for a brief while, to the
    • by Zarathustra, they were speaking of the very same Being Whom, in
    • and the young monk of whom I am speaking learned a great deal of
    • how this time consists of two halves, the second half taking its
    • them, within their very inmost being. Speaking here in England, I
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • somehow going on in there. Yet, speaking of “ourselves,”
    • been speaking. For here the interests of other souls, on their way
    • speaking, it is far easier to describe the Universe in its spiritual
    • spiritual world after death, the more will he be speaking in a kind
    • lay our right hand over our left, or, more generally speaking, to
    • could do this, taking hold of him in the inmost heart and turning him
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • perhaps too much. I intend nevertheless making the bold attempt to
    • With ordinary consciousness he is conscious only of his waking life,
    • the time of falling asleep and the time of awaking a very great deal
    • the moment of falling asleep and the moment of awaking. The
    • the physical and etheric bodies as they do in the waking state. But
    • man's connection with the Earth during waking hours. How is man
    • enters into him consciously; but subconsciously, even during waking
    • And here we find that whereas during waking hours man stands in
    • and it will also be again the last sphere we enter before awaking —
    • the part of your astral body which belongs in waking life to your
    • what is now taking place. For present-day mankind, the perception is
    • into day-life the experience of which we were speaking, you would be
    • waking life in the morning, when the soul dives down again into
    • waking condition. And we can only record our acknowledgment of the
    • see that the Divine forces are carried over into waking life. For it
    • from the other side of existence and bear them into the waking life
    • part of the astral body, — the part which belongs in waking
    • Golgotha, if in our ordinary waking life we have thought about the
    • directed in waking life to the Christ, then Christ becomes for him a
    • the Christ Event bring these experiences of the night into the waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • and spirit between the times of falling asleep and awaking. Today I
    • asleep and awaking, man actually covers the whole cosmic
    • in waking life. For you must understand that in his physical body man
    • we have acquired in this way during waking hours on Earth by
    • that he will have, spiritually speaking, an open ear for the
    • group-soul during our waking hours; we feel we belong to a particular
    • again, on awaking, into his physical and his etheric body, began to
    • between him and us. For when he was waking up and coming down again
    • natural way of speaking. We would never say that; we say: I walk
    • being who is making his journey to the Earth ‘sees’ in
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • taking place between these two classes of beings. But the moment you
    • Mars, Jupiter and Saturn. And so we find these air-fire beings making
    • air-fire beings of whom we were speaking. Here again, a furious fight
    • employ the expression in speaking of such sublime beings — in
    • Lucifer would like to secure him. Instead of making him a moral
    • again, are due to evils of your own making, evils that are bound to
    • must go on; for you will not cease from making people sick and ill
    • therefore we speak of Christ to-day, we are speaking of One who can
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • hindrances brought from a former life, making him in his head a very
    • forming a body for ourselves,” you would be making a great
    • Logos, speaking from the Universe towards that other side of
    • our future life under the ceaseless influence of this speaking of the
    • of Michael, and in so speaking they conceived Michael to be the
    • is the mighty transition which will be taking place from now onward
    • itself a member of the whole and shares — pictorially speaking
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture I: The Event of the Appearance of Christ in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • Speaking still quite generally, one can say that during
    • conditions of sleeping and waking, there were also in between states
    • speaking. We thus see that the way in which any being develops
    • without taking this most significant event into one's consciousness.”
    • importance is taking place and that human beings are not taking it
    • important is taking place in the world, taking place right now, of
    • Something highly important is taking place that is perceptible,
    • which we have been speaking. Then human beings will learn to perceive
    • making the right use of our incarnations, so that we may be able
    • taking up anthroposophical truths. Should they fail to do this, they
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture II: Spiritual Science as Preparation for a New Etheric Vision
    Matching lines:
    • waking, that man Always possessed a certain clairvoyance. The further
    • states between sleeping and waking, they were witnesses of a
    • sleeping and waking, they were surrounded by a world that they had to
    • important and significant event may be taking place. When people say,
    • nothing important is taking place, it does not prove that they are
    • taking place unknown to large numbers of our contemporaries, yet
    • feels is for something that in reality is taking place; it must take
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture III: Buddhism and Pauline Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • guidance in taking the appropriate measures in the present. We must
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IV: Mysteries of the Universe: Comets and the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • task. Halley's Comet — we are speaking here of its spiritual
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture V: The Reappearance of Christ in the Etheric
    Matching lines:
    • that says, as if speaking from heaven, that humanity needs a
    • opposite direction in the new age of Abraham. We are taking the path
    • ahead of us — the reappearance of Christ Jesus — taking
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VI: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • condition between waking and sleeping, see a divine world. He saw
    • Generally speaking, the ages of history repeat
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VII: The Return of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • themselves by making believe that they are the Christ, and they will
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VIII: The Etheric Vision of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • woman, not in one's inner being (we are speaking now of the outer
    • humdrum days — waking up, going to bed, waking up again, going
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IX: The Etherization of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • engaged in making an inner picture of what he sees. We say that he is
    • polarity confronts us — that of sleeping and waking. We know
    • waking. From the elementary concepts of anthroposophy we know that in
    • waking life the four members of a man's being — physical body,
    • during waking life on the one hand and during sleep on the other.
    • deeper scrutiny one realizes that in the ordinary waking condition of
    • good deeds. There is a difference between standing by and taking
    • (Waking)
    • pole of intellect as that which dominates the waking life, the life
    • unconscious of what he is undertaking with his will. What we call
    • individuals are always fully awake in waking life. Human beings
    • penetrating into waking life. You know well that dreams enter into
    • unhealthy waking life. Dreams come during sleep at night in any case,
    • front of us today in his waking state and we observe him with the
    • can be shown in the human being throughout his waking life. It is
    • rays are lilac-violet. At the moment of waking or of going to sleep,
    • waking or of going to sleep, these two currents meet, and in the man
    • between waking and sleeping. Moral nobility is revealed when a calm
    • permeated in waking life, too, by the direct working of the good from
    • human beings in waking condition, too, can be directly productive of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture X: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • are speaking already about spirit, but all of them speak about spirit
    • event in this way or that, for making it effective.
    • that is akin to the forces of nature; in its will it is much more
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XI: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • taking up the struggle to allow what appears to him as evil to be put
    • which I have spoken, ascending from the earth and taking hold of the
    • period, emphasis must be put today on speaking out, on communication,
    • least intellect, not the least capacity for making resolves, should
    • taking into account at that time the characteristics of earthly
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XII: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    Matching lines:
    • waking and sleeping. Just as man cannot rise above sleep, so, in
    • humanity likes to use it in speaking about these things, even
    • In the same schools about which we are speaking, virtue
    • which man can become good, but rather by, let us say, taking copper
    • necessary for human beings to prepare themselves by not taking
    • one is constantly speaking in outer, exoteric life, but with entirely
    • involved in making a large number of human beings from all over the
    • point (and I am not speaking of something unreal) of bringing value
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XIII: The Three Realms of the Dead: Life Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • clearly only his sense perceptions and his thoughts. Waking
    • In all that plays into waking life as dream or sleep,
    • sense perceptions; he should be able to go through the world making
    • making of laws and the forming of political organizations, because it
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • are speaking more of geographical relationships, and are not
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • such picture-conceptions, if one is speaking in an earnest sense
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture I: Research into the Life of the Spirit During the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • Europe — it was by lifting it into consciousness, by making it
    • sketch. I could go on speaking of it for a long time. For the moment
    • a chemist standing in a laboratory, making experiments with retorts
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture II: Hidden Centres of the Mysteries in the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • such was the manner of speaking in those days — and this
    • Earth, was now for the pupil like the content of his day-waking
    • could take place, guided by the teacher, but in reality taking place
    • able, by speaking with the pupil in a special way, to bring to his
    • Fundamentally speaking, all the seeking and striving of Meister
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture III: The Time of Transition
    Matching lines:
    • speaking. There were however men who yearned for knowledge in the
    • few men were there gathered together, making devotion, so to say, of
    • happens on Earth. Speaking in the sense of Pico della Mirandola we
    • described. Such was their manner of speaking. And they might go on to
    • more to say on this from many aspects. For the moment, taking my
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture IV: The Relationship of Earthly Man to the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • When men are speaking of knowledge nowadays it is very seldom that
    • here and there as a late straggler, as it were. But speaking
    • none the less making the Fourth Hierarchy.
    • happened in recent times? (The teacher is speaking to the pupil.)
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture V: Occult Schools in the 18th and First Half of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • making their own organism into these symbols; for only so can symbols
    • are speaking, not very much could be attained on this path; something
    • something that is in truth more akin to the whole Western outlook
    • You will find this where I am speaking of Spirit in
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture VI: The Tasks of the Michael Age
    Matching lines:
    • speaking to you again of the Rosicrucian Movement. Rosicrucianism, I
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas III: The Michael Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • an abstract manner of speaking, such as is applied to external,
    • sense-perceptible nature, cannot be used in speaking of the spiritual
    • too, however, that the manner of speaking we must then adopt is no
    • thinking, feeling, willing. I am speaking of spiritual signposts. Such
    • the Sun's warmth and light, is akin to the process that goes on in the
    • again. This Dragon moving below in his own sulphurous element, taking
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas IV: A Michael Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • speaking to you again of the Rosicrucian movement. Rosicrucianism, I
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Va: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part I)
    Matching lines:
    • classes, orders, individuals, as one does in speaking of plants,
    • Speaking in an external way one might describe it as follows. In the
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Vb: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part II)
    Matching lines:
    • worlds has been flowing into our world, and making it possible for man
    • the Michael Impulse in our age, we are speaking of a right
    • such a Being is. They do not know it by speaking of Michael in this
    • taking place around us, to live consciously in that world whither our
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas VII: The Creation of A Michael Festival Out Of The Spirit (Extract)
    Matching lines:
    • Festival, but a festival taking place in autumn, an Autumn Festival.
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 1: The Poetry of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • in speaking about it all; nothing else will do to describe these
    • dreams, caught at rare times by our waking consciousness. Now and
    • then we may have such a special waking up that we realize: You are
    • unapproachable grounds of your existence that was somehow akin to
    • being but is completely hidden from your waking, everyday life.
    • without the ordinary consciousness being aware of it: our waking up
    • at the moment of waking up, when our soul — alive only to
    • waking up, and yet at this very moment there is a shrinking back, a
    • constraint in a physical body in the waking state, where it has
    • spiritual existence between falling asleep and waking up.
    • notice it, for our waking consciousness is more forceful than the
    • than our waking perceptions — a few rise up like single drops
    • take place in the body, there are spiritual experiences taking place
    • condition of soul that is normal, taking in sense impressions from
    • between waking and sleeping quite normally to experience something of
    • have been describing as taking place in the depths of the soul
    • sleep and in waking life, even though she is harbored in our body.
    • sun moves across the sky — of course I am speaking of its
    • came into the alternation of sleeping and waking. Sunrise and
    • on waking up — of its wanting to enter the body and seeing the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 2: The Interpretation of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • and waking where they actually experienced the spiritual world in
    • between waking and sleeping? When people are in their physical
    • it is founded on the perception taking place in such an intermediate
    • then he remains in a sort of waking-dream state. In this condition,
  • Title: Lecture: Festivals and The Mysteries. The Adonis Mystery. The Easter Thought
    Matching lines:
    • corresponding Heathen festival, taking place about the same time of
    • Golgotha. But while this “memory” was taking shape, the
  • Title: Lecture: Moon-birth and Sun-birth. Necessity and Freedom. Stages of the Ancient
    Matching lines:
    • time and then met once more — I am speaking in modern terms,
    • of which I am now speaking, the Moon influences and the Sun influences
    • earthly sight. Speaking in modern words — though they spoke with
  • Title: Lecture: The Moon-secret Spring and Autumn mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • other planets, taking the Moon, as it were, as the point whence the
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries of Ephesus The Aristotelian Categories
    Matching lines:
    • the far-spread ether of the world. And there was a feeling deeply akin
    • But as the Temple burned something was really taking place.
    • only learn to deal with. And fundamentally speaking, all that
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture I: A Convulsive Element in Humanity in the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • concerned with the furtherance of cultural aims akin to those of
    • for speaking of many aspects of it — for illustrations will
    • were taking place in the invisible worlds.
    • always been engaged in the trade of making gods, and he is an expert
    • about Art except what is laid down by the canon for the making of
    • The chief character is a Polish Count; speaking to him
    • breaking up around him, nor he himself who lives in the immediate
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture II: Ancient Occult Magic. The Ahasver Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • strength; without taking the Christ into the Ego, he desires to bring
    • prevailing in our time. We know that, properly speaking, the
    • and so forth, is a very abstract way of speaking and leads to no very
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture III: The Tragic Wrestling with Knowledge. The Secrets of the Future Sixth Cultural Period.
    Matching lines:
    • Fundamentally speaking — and indeed it is evident —
    • which I have been speaking here in recent weeks.
    • speaking was young. He lived with all the great thoughts and ideas
    • The man of whom I am speaking was one of those who still preserved
    • that is blazoned abroad as great and epoch-making and that they
    • in a happy-go-lucky way accept such a discovery as epoch-making; but
    • from making similar mistakes at any time. He does not, however,
    • thinking, how easily it is prevented from making even an approach to
    • fate overtaking man in the sixth epoch — the fate of having
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • human being, our way of speaking of body, soul and spirit, of the ego
    • the year's course.) Pictorially speaking, the modern human being has
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • red with the green, then the green with the red, making these motions
    • tickets to a play enacted on a stage closed on four sides? Though speaking
    • of will, making use of human beings to bring to manifestation not the
    • Muse descends and, making use of man through his head, proclaims man's
    • the subterranean will of the gods rises up from the depths, making use
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • surroundings akin to his physical body, he comes to realize that
    • perhaps awakens him to the full meaning of earthly existence by making him
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • everything on earth a reflection of events taking place in its cosmic
    • a dinner party where poems were presented making fun, satirically, of the
    • Speaking of the Soma drink, they felt themselves in direct soul communion
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • into the sensory, proclaiming its being even in the sensory. By speaking
    • forsaking the living-in-color.
    • colored as they are, it would be a great offense. I am now speaking
    • Mary must be in every instance, artistically speaking, an offense. But
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • as I did in speaking of Goethe's
    • clairvoyance perceived that, after forsaking its physical body, its
    • in the blind is so through absence of light. White is akin to light.
    • us take black. When our spirit encounters darkness on waking, we feel
    • vision to observe what is formed by the speaking mouth sees, in air,
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • its own particular medium. In speaking about mathematics, mechanics,
    • in waking dreams, the spiritual behind the physical. Parallel to this
    • lecture course my own cold forces me to a rather inartistic croaking,
    • lets the goddess speak through him instead of speaking himself, who
    • direction, which always means taking hold of the spirit. On the stage,
    • actor should say the first words far back, then gradually advance, making
    • sentence, which is to say, through exercises in breathing-while-speaking.
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking thus we are
    • to speak in a general way of the human lungs or liver, making no
    • crudely formed judgments, but if we are capable of making finer
    • the spirit is active within them. It is making use of the body. We
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • of making this possible. We have had to form parallel classes; in the
    • unity, and himself also as making up a unity with his surroundings.
    • feel and live as if they were people, thinking, feeling and speaking
    • between his ninth and tenth year. Speaking in an abstract way we can
    • The reality is this, speaking of course in a general sense: the child
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • concrete details you can find the right way of speaking of the plants
    • blind. You will be speaking entirely beyond the child if you speak of
    • never shout at the child for making blots and say: “You mustn't
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • the ancient oriental word “Karma” in speaking of the
    • speaking to one child the others begin to play pranks and to be up to
    • which I am speaking, namely between the change of teeth and the ninth
    • find pleasure in this picture-making. And you will see that when, by
    • after making the child feel that this complicated figure is
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • the children. In fact there is nothing better in life than making the
    • parts) rather than starting with the single parts and making a
    • same. By taking addition in this way, not as is very often done by
    • having first the addenda and then the sum, but by taking the sum
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • continue our discussions by speaking of certain matters of method,
    • and to find ways and means of making faithful reproductions of the
    • should simply speak and be kept to this speaking.
    • tenth year, otherwise you will be speaking of things which are
    • tenth year. Then what the child gets from speaking will be similar to
    • have to be a very metaphorical way of speaking if you were to say
    • expressed in Eurythmy rests upon laws just as language does. Speaking
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of trades, e.g. shoe-making. Handwork and embroidery.
    • Steiner is here speaking of the process of organic development, not
    • way, the more you will be making demands on the rhythmic system only,
    • good at binding books and making boxes; you will see too how they are
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Questions and Answers
    Matching lines:
    • How to teach children to draw a tree in shading, speaking only of light
    • nuts.” They were speaking of concrete things. A shilling always
    • idea at all of reality. By taking up drawing as a profession they
    • speaking only of what is really there — colour, light and
    • Here Dr. Steiner is only speaking of the content of the actual
    • life is making it necessary to teach these languages, you must teach
    • namely, that I am deeply gratified that you are taking such an active
    • interest in making the Waldorf School Method fruitful here in
    • should like to express the hope that you may succeed in making use of
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • organic activity taking place during sleep, which should really take
    • Corresponding to the conscious soul and organic functions of our waking
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • basis for every future consideration, taking into account what I have
    • speaking, that therapeutics are dealt with concurrently with pathology,
    • growth should strictly speaking be the immediately adjacent part, its
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • The method referred to would consist in making every possible effort
    • intestinal vegetation, which you deprive of formative powers, taking
    • upper: that is of making his lower sphere sick, by depriving it of
    • Let us assume that you are making comparative investigations into the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • details for later addresses. Strictly speaking, in the light of the
    • interiorise them, making them their inner properties. This is the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • If we are in quest of the forces akin to light, we must turn to the
    • the light and is therefore akin to the workings of light; and we
    • taking us part of the way to our goal. We can take the standpoint of
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • On the other hand and this is why I have emphasised the need of taking
    • waking state, but its “installation” means that the collaboration
    • it depends on making the cellular process remain under the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • the lime blossoms. Realise that something is taking place between this
    • taking place in your olfactory organs. The fragrance flowing from the
    • that of taste is more inward (we are speaking here with reference to
    • give the key, between the process taking place within the eye, and the
    • digestion must be called akin to the process of taste. It is not
    • external analogue. We must see something very closely akin to the
    • aromatic and combustion processes — but akin in the sense of polarity
    • blossom are akin to that which lies deep within the abdomen or in the
    • the periphery? Where can I find something in myself that is akin to
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • akin to the extra-telluric, i.e. the astronomical domain, there is a
    • Law must be constructed upon all the elements obtained by the taking
    • forget that the regions of our bodies most akin to silicon are those
    • — and all the five shades between — we grow akin to the salt forming
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • systems. All extractive substances are strongly akin to the external
    • reservation: the plant is really akin to a part only of the nature of
    • effort in assimilating and taking it into the human unity, than in the
    • interpolate here the emphatic statement that I am not making
    • individualised man, leads us into the depths of nature. Man is akin to
    • Then taking these two diverticulums, we
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • of the liver; whilst all substances akin to vegetable carbon tend to
    • with “animalisation,” so all that is akin to lye, is associated with
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • bond between the etheric and physical bodies; so even in the waking
    • It is important to remember that in speaking of oxygen, hydrogen and
    • emergence of new types of disease shows the necessity of taking these
    • to practise meditation. By taking that course, mankind decides in a
    • the body, we are taking for the whole, what is only a part. The
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • which is akin to earth itself, whereas the female system of forces, as
    • I have already stated, is more akin to the extra-telluric sphere.
    • materially conducing to the habit of making aphoristic remarks and
    • sugar in the Western world of the English speaking peoples. And we may
    • large intake of sugar. Nevertheless in such cases, the fact of taking
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • structure. Although we remain unaware of it in everyday waking life,
    • untenable. It is making the same mistake to explain the human eye and
    • described; and akin to this framework is the whole process lying at
    • other hand, if the organism cannot help itself by making the
    • formation is akin to the process of inflammation, so that of the ear's
    • All that is more akin to the etheric and imponderable, is situated
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • speaking they should not produce immediately — i.e., as excitements
    • than a slackness of the ego. In man the ego is akin to the regions
    • something of the processes akin to our ego, in the extra-human world,
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • by external activity. These animals are really taking care of their
    • metabolism, especially on that part of the metabolic process taking
    • which may be quite distant but are nevertheless akin to another, is
    • remedial method. We are at present making efforts in this direction at
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • different varieties — that is, comparatively speaking, for very
    • importance usually bestowed. I am speaking now with reference to the
    • (in the wider sense, speaking of the whole organisation) has been
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • alternation between waking and sleeping. Every time we wake, there is
    • there is the other beat. And this rhythm of waking-sleeping
    • waking-sleeping, is intersected with other minor rhythmic oscillations
    • which are due to the fact that in the waking state, we wake in our
    • waking and sleeping.
    • breaking through of more subtle forces; but by this fact a special
    • tailoring or shoemaking, but with little knowledge of the craftsmanship
    • wider rhythm determined by the alternation of sleep and waking, form a
    • determined by the alternation of sleep and waking, form a separate
    • breaking through from above downwards, and its main origin is as I
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • Speaking in terms of the planets, it is the co-operation of Mercury,
    • especially rubbing with antimonial ointment and simultaneously taking
    • growth of its black berries, and with this it becomes akin to all that
    • same process that occurs when in awaking dreams still hold their sway;
    • and tuned down: confined to the moment of waking. Now suppose you wish
    • awakening to that of full waking consciousness, and makes permanent
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • truly akin to the continuous homeopathising process of the upper human
    • other process is akin to quicksilver or mercury. But we must remember
    • organs is akin to copper, so all that opens outwards from lungs to
    • larynx, with its starting point in the lungs, is akin to iron.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • at the right intervals in speaking, so that either the words fall
    • possible grounds we can have for speaking of the normality or
    • stage of making pronouncements as to what is clever or reasonable, in
    • process, a process of breaking down. Substance falls away.
    • must therefore distinguish, when speaking of a child, between the
    • were debarred from taking any interest at all in the outer world.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • significance for you, in view of the tasks that you are undertaking.
    • Science (and we have been speaking of these now for more than twenty
    • will he remain incapable of making any real progress with the child.
    • reckon with it. The things of which we are speaking here cannot be
    • making, that is to say, a deep intervention in karma. Whenever we
    • motives and standards that are so deeply rooted in him, taking for
    • of which we are speaking here, it is indeed a matter of undergoing
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • Difficulty of helping adults as compared with children. On waking,
    • have been speaking of the connection between etheric body, physical
    • it is with ego organisation and astral body in the waking state, when
    • and here the etheric body, then, at the time of awaking, the
    • first the ego organisation. When, at the moment of awaking, the ego
    • happens: on awaking we lay hold of the physical body with our ego,
    • so during the whole of waking life. All that we include under the
    • perceptions of sound, is in reality speaking merely of their external
    • being has no possibility of making direct connection, by means of
    • it were, making it impossible for the human being to find contact
    • time a fit occurs, an inner congestion is taking place at the surface
    • with them, making Eurythmy movements, or other gymnastic movements,
    • Watch some old man taking off his hat while he is walking across an
    • speaking of it later. Today I want only to show you how the things we
    • have been speaking more fully of the way in which the human being
    • qualities of which we were speaking yesterday — inner courage,
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • arises there. This causes fits. For what is really taking place, when
    • said to be suffering from hysteria. He has difficulty in making
    • means. He has difficulty in taking hold rightly of the equilibrium
    • Spiritual Science. When speaking to those who will have to intervene
    • description can see it taking place in the patient before him. And in
    • interior of the human being, making its appearance not at all quickly
    • earth takes place. But in the condition of which we are speaking now,
    • speaking. And now we are at last rightly equipped for tackling the
    • combating this other trouble of which I have been speaking today. To
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • astral body. But an interplay is always taking place in man's
    • taking place, all he can do is to describe. And since this is all he
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • therapeutic methods - taking medicines internally, injections,
    • which I was speaking yesterday. He is also learning quite quickly to
    • is adapted for making its way into the bony system, but in order to
    • to each single movement they are making with their hands, to see that
    • must obviously be familiar, making plain to him in this way that we
    • the metabolic system. You reckon, do you not, on the medicine taking
    • metabolic system and nervous system, by making use of a secretion of
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • speaking to it, talking with it and altogether treating it as a real
    • upbuilding processes and breaking-down processes. With the latter are
    • process of disintegration, a process of breaking down, is taking
    • organisation does succeed after a time in breaking through the walls
    • process is taking place here which it is important to observe.
    • making its way right into the digestive organisation, has a hankering
    • there are signs that a natural betterment is taking place. We have in
    • be constantly making things himself. This will bring his limbs into
    • staff of teachers to train actors for speaking on the stage,
    • with instead of one. For if you should ever succeed in making some
    • importance to making the course of the lesson lead up gradually to a
    • while this is taking place, while you are undoing, as it were, the
    • all will be obtained by making direct attack on the symptoms
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • dreams on falling asleep, not on waking. Treatment of these three
    • whom we shall be speaking later on. He makes very good pictures. He
    • speaking, send its light into all the events and doings that occur in
    • egoistic in the matter. He is quite capable of making presents to his
    • things and just where they all were, making a long story of how it
    • falling asleep or before waking up. Up to now, according to this
    • But the waking-up dreams must also come under observation. If we can
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • taking pains, that lives in the vowel sounds.
    • now for the other difficult child of whom I was speaking yesterday,
    • taking its inevitable course. For one must, you know, retain the
    • frightened and disturbed at the turn the illness is taking. In cases
    • where breaking-down forces should be at work — and is not a
    • preponderance of upbuilding over breaking-down forces the fundamental
    • Altogether, the breaking of some habit or trait of character in a
    • how in Eurythmy we have to develop an artistic speaking in order for
    • ever we can in the way of good speaking and recitation. To listen
    • again and again to good speaking, well-ordered and articulate, is for
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • to intervene with our pedagogical therapy. Taking as our starting
    • especially taking care to see that the toes and fingers move with
    • are going on in his limbs, let him watch himself making the
    • nature of a life-work such as you are undertaking should not allow
    • children — taking our start, that is, from painting, and
    • making too great demand upon the astral body and not allowing it to
    • cannot be making their appearance for the first time at this somewhat
    • comparatively speaking, well able to have them. Anthroposophists have
    • speaking) beneath an accumulation of dust and rubbish.
    • speaking, people are not able to achieve anything of this kind in the
    • Taking it as your starting point, you will be able, by meditation, to
    • feeling must be continually present in us that we are taking the
    • connection with the various undertakings that have been begun within
    • is deformed. We have already been making very careful tests here in
    • little group of us who were taking part together in these first
    • strange and disconnected remarks that he makes after waking up.
    • going on in the eye alone are here taking place throughout the body.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • that he is incapable of making the right approach to the external
    • doing this, there will be clear signs also of a transformation taking
    • was speaking to you yesterday about the albinos, and I came to
    • of teeth is taking place — a time when particularly powerful
    • importance of the task they were undertaking; they felt they were
    • members. Anyone taking such a path would find himself in danger of
    • — very early, comparatively speaking, and not without
    • made a speech in Jena on his sixtieth birthday. He was speaking on
    • of delivery — speaking slowly, with a good deal of “padding”,
    • of speaking and yet never made himself quite master of the art.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • related to blossom in plants. Making a map of illness. Old belief
    • influence. Taking first the root, we have there something that works
    • immediately before taking some decisive step, before doing a deed of
    • you have the intention of undertaking work with backward children.
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • waking awareness.
    • from falling asleep to waking up we do have an empty
    • sees that such and such a thing is taking place, or something
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • every process taking place in Nature is transformed,
    • example, when he is taking nourishment — if this force were
    • waking, and countless other rhythmic processes. It was by
    • making a practical and accurate distinction between the
    • which is taking place in the metabolic-limb-system as the
    • organisation. It is not a question of making a spatial
    • taking place in the digestive and excretory processes. The
    • ‘process,’ though indeed it is one which is taking place
    • certain respects this is a complex process, but — speaking
    • generally — it consists in taking in oxygen out of the air,
    • correct’ or ‘normal’ only if taking place in the system of
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • daily event of human life — the interchange of waking and
    • ourselves: What is the relation of waking man to
    • waking state. Certain conditions call forth a certain tendency
    • sleeping and waking.
    • of the organism functions as in waking life. What I have here
    • akin to the grey matter, developing a kind of digestive process
    • the blood-circulation and also upon all that is taking place as
    • radical symptoms; and it is especially by speaking of
    • well result in describing the waking life of man as ' Spring '
    • and ' Summer ' and in speaking of sleep as analogous to Winter.
    • budding and sprouting, and the moment of waking would seem to
    • rational therapy. We must also know in making up our
    • organisation and is making itself effective there. In my second
    • disintegrated, a purely poisonous activity is taking
    • extent a poisonous process is taking place in the human
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness in complete waking awareness.
    • falling asleep to waking up we do have an empty consciousness
    • and such a thing is taking place, or something is happening in
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • to the recognition that every process taking place in Nature is
    • working in upon him — for example, when he is taking
    • waking, and countless other rhythmic processes. It was by
    • making a practical and accurate distinction between the
    • organisation. It is not a question of making a spatial
    • which has a delicate perception of what is taking place in the
    • indeed it is one which is taking place extremely slowly.) We
    • speaking generally — it consists in taking in oxygen out
    • ‘normal’ only if taking place in the system of
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • life — the interchange of waking and sleeping — and
    • relation of waking man to sleeping man?
    • lesser degree — partially — during the waking
    • sleeping and waking.
    • while the rest of the organism functions as in waking life.
    • for the forming of concepts, more akin to the grey matter,
    • upon all that is taking place as the out-streaming digestive
    • speaking of this remedy that I can make clear to you the
    • the waking life of man as ‘Spring’ and
    • ‘Summer’ and in speaking of sleep as analogous to
    • this budding and sprouting, and the moment of waking would seem
    • therapy. We must also know in making up our preparations that
    • organisation and is making itself effective there. In my second
    • poisonous activity is taking place and that destroys the
    • taking place in the human organism inasmuch as the Ego and
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research - 1
    Matching lines:
    • perfectly waking consciousness. And then one sees the third
    • processes of breaking down and destruction, we could not contain the
    • matter of fact, more akin to the metabolic processes than the deeper
    • that one can proceed with the same exactitude when making observations
    • filings, then I know what is taking place. Similarly, if I know
    • Even though we are only making a beginning, at any rate we are
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research - 2
    Matching lines:
    • perfectly waking consciousness. And then one sees the third
    • processes of breaking down and destruction, we could not contain the
    • matter of fact, more akin to the metabolic processes than the deeper
    • that one can proceed with the same exactitude when making observations
    • filings, then I know what is taking place. Similarly, if I know
    • Even though we are only making a beginning, at any rate we are
  • Title: Threefold Order: Part II: Lecture: The Impulse Towards the Threefold Order
    Matching lines:
    • speaking to-day as one must, if one speaks from the way of
    • pocket-book as his takings and outlay, up to all those
    • large scale as an impossibility, and taking petty tinkerings
    • language itself — making a historical and statistical
    • speaking any rights of heritage over it; that, from that moment
    • to speak in such a way, that one knows that in speaking one is
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture II: Christianity in Human Evolution: Leading Individualities and Avatar Beings
    Matching lines:
    • to elucidate here that Hebrew literature, speaking of Shem as
    • to hold rigidly to historical events when he was speaking of
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture III: More Intimate Aspects of Reincarnation
    Matching lines:
    • to the Zarathustra of whom we are now speaking; only his last
    • the assumption that his ego was not always capable of making
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture IV: Results of Spiritual Scientific Investigations of the Evolution of Humanity: I
    Matching lines:
    • forces within whom they were, in a manner of speaking,
    • error of mistaking the physical world for the world of truth.
    • individual in whom such partaking in the etheric body of
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture V: Results of Spiritual Scientific Investigations of the Evolution of Humanity: II
    Matching lines:
    • what he calls “soma.” In speaking of the
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VI: On the Occasion of the Dedication of the Francis of Assisi Branch
    Matching lines:
    • work because of what has been taking place around me in the
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VII: The Macrocosmic and the Microcosmic Fire: The Spiritualization of Breath and Blood
    Matching lines:
    • must correspond to processes taking place outside in the
    • on earth. What is taking place within us when a thought is
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VIII: The Event of Golgotha. The Brotherhood of the Holy Grail. The Spiritualized Fire.
    Matching lines:
    • anyone could have told him would have had the power of making
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture X: The God of the Alpha and the God of the Omega
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, it could not extend its hand to another soul. But
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture XI: From Buddha to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • increasingly was taking on an external form and when its true
  • Title: Lecture I: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • his own being in waking, dreaming and sleeping. In modern thinking he
    • distinctions. In our ordinary waking condition, as we know it from
    • waking in the morning to the time of falling asleep, we develop a more
    • is strictly speaking, asleep, even during his waking state. We never
    • experience, in the waking conditions of our present-day consciousness,
    • is just like the experience of waking in the morning and noticing that
    • Such in broad outline is man's experience of his own being in waking,
    • our waking life, we were capable only of feeling, those feelings would
    • taking much notice of this in our materialistic age. But you will not
    • represents the actual waking condition for modern man, is not really
    • the only luminous experience of his waking life. He can think, and
    • exist between falling asleep and waking? The simplest truths are in
    • their proper limits. And this was in fact one of the ways of making
    • their waking life was really a sort of continuation of their dreaming.
    • sleep and the abstract ideas of our waking life, so they alternated
    • waking, dreaming, and sleeping so we should have to say that at a
  • Title: Lecture II: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • familiar — waking, dreaming and sleeping — are valid only
    • we no longer find the sort of waking condition of today, with its
    • merely in the form of thoughts is speaking in an unreal way. This is
    • order to give this consolation? If the general waking consciousness
    • consciousness. Nowadays we have sleeping, dreaming and waking. In
    • those days, as opposed to the waking dream which, as I showed
    • yesterday, was the normal form of waking consciousness, sleep was not
    • there remained something of it on waking. Yesterday I described this
    • it on waking. Yesterday I described this by saying that when men woke
    • sleep into that of waking. This sweetness was to them a test of the
    • from their dream-waking life into sleep, for which they cultivated a
    • But that was only a second condition beyond the waking and reaming of
    • point of view of which I am speaking this was the less important fact;
    • capable of speaking as they did; they clothed all they said in
    • ordinary waking consciousness, your environment will seem to have been
    • spirit, this was only an illusion of ordinary waking consciousness.
    • and waking. To balance this, there were the beginnings of that sphere
    • waking consciousness, which enables us to enjoy our ordinary life and
    • of soul, with its waking, dreaming and sleeping, had been developing
  • Title: Lecture III: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • waking life, and a state of heightened waking consciousness. Only
    • special sort of waking consciousness we have today, which consists
    • there was a kind of waking-dreaming, or dreaming-waking. This was not
    • taking place in the life of the human body and soul. Every experience
    • has never had the occasion of making a Minister's state robes; he may
    • that he has not the slightest chance of making such a robe as he now
    • would be very much like actual waking life. Dreams which emerge from
    • be speaking to him did not agree with it! He knew that was impossible
    • and yet what he wrote assured him that spirits were speaking. He was
    • condition we see him putting out his tongue at us or making long
    • be discovered in the sleep of deep consciousness, taking place in man
    • course between waking, sleeping and dreaming, has not yet attained
    • from our present-day experience of sleeping, waking and dreaming, if
    • olden times from that “waking dreaming” to our modern
    • consciousness higher than our present waking consciousness.
    • which man is making his way: a dulled dream life, waking, and a
    • heightened state of waking. All the turmoil and upheaval which show
    • in the future: namely, a damped-down dream-sleep, ordinary waking, and
    • dreaming, sleeping and waking man, out of the former threefold man who
    • dreamt in pictures, slept, and on waking experienced the after-effects
  • Title: Lecture IV: The Sun-Initiation of the Druid Priest and His Moon-Science
    Matching lines:
    • on the Earth, but, when it is a question of taking the spiritual
    • But we must always bear in mind that we are here speaking of an epoch
    • they came to the point of taking the plants themselves, and imitating
  • Title: Descriptive Sketches: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • through our minds in our waking hours come to life — they become
    • why the need is felt, not only of making Anthroposophy known by the
    • fulfilling our duty, and perhaps eventually we may succeed in making
    • symbolically speaking of course: “You have brought me here to
  • Title: Descriptive Sketches: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • able to listen inwardly without speaking, and to develop this feeling
    • difficult, comparatively speaking, to attain the necessary degree of
    • making us more perfect. Other things, too, are experienced when we are
    • in the breaking of the voice, the change of voice. From that age in
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the Earth is in a certain way not speaking with the heavens, a time
    • human evolution by taking part in the right way with our own
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • partaking in death in a human body He was enabled immediately after
    • divine heights and taking on the form of man, He became able actually
    • Wherein then did the spiritual strength of man consist, making him
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • or its imperfect way of speaking. As we connect specific
    • would be if we were to succeed, for example, in making the Michael
    • spiritual foundations, out of esoteric foundations, in making the
    • soul, in the whole human organism of man to be akin to the yellowing
    • their souls on what is taking place, but the activity of their own
    • Christ. This means, taking the risen Christ into one's soul during
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the ancient times of which we are speaking did not have a full
    • speaking out of this later intellectualistic age, says: “I sing
    • air and warmth themselves streamed down from above like something akin
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • speaking in meaningful cosmic language. The trees are becoming bare;
  • Title: Lecture I: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • very soon realize that, properly speaking, it is not the physical but
    • I am speaking here of a familiar experience of dream-life. It may
  • Title: Lecture II: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • solve the contradiction of which we were speaking — that the gulfs of
    • generally speaking, alike. We have, however, already seen that this is
    • find the plane by taking the skeleton and removing from it the skull.
  • Title: Lecture III: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • But by taking all three ages together we acquire a knowledge of
    • of making the will young. When the activity of our soul is streamed
    • taking place in the world outside. It is of course all expressed in
    • description of just such an experience as I have been speaking of.
    • only half participates — namely, the act of Speech. Our speaking
    • is not so conscious as our thinking. It is not the case that speaking
    • speech live etheric Powers, and a good part of our speaking is
    • only one consciousness, but two; the ordinary waking state and the
    • deliberate intent to place what we experience in waking day life in
    • The ordinary waking state is what comes to consciousness through our
    • astral body. In this ordinary waking state we are, however, too
    • The reason is that the waking consciousness lives under the influence
    • of Ahriman. Ahriman has great power over our waking consciousness. It
    • to bear, are Lucifer and Ahriman. In waking consciousness Ahriman's
    • of himself, taking with him the love with which otherwise he loves
    • asserts itself, Lucifer is speaking there too. It is very often only
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture I: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • taking form. In the delineation of such a scene one has nothing to
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture II: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • midway between speaking, or reading, which are not artistic, and
    • pedantic number; but, generally speaking, we may say that the
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture III: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • The intention was to show you, taking the art of recitation and
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IV: Poetry and the Art of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • speech from speech itself: from actual speaking, from handling the
    • to artistic speaking. This aberration might almost be called
    • Speaking about the art of reciting
    • gestures. It will all flow into this special way of speaking, so
    • Of all forsaken, and forsaking all;
    • reality, the recitative-declamatory speaking of prose-poetry is the
    • perceptible in this kind of recitation. In speaking a prose-poem
    • trembling, trembling and unfolding, a breaking light, an opening
    • flower, it spread in endless succession to itself, breaking in full
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VI: Speech-Formation and Poetic Form
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, metre is brought to expression specifically through
    • this way, the art of speaking must be restored to a life in the
    • In the spirit of the morning, awaking the Soul
    • Taking delight in the chase of the
    • E’en that Odysseus awaking
    • speaking more theoretically, how something lives
    • four pulse-beats taking place in each breath and consider their
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture V: Poetry and Recitation
    Matching lines:
    • blood. Taking hold with the will, this formed the breathstream from
    • be speaking in prose. We have the prose-poems of Goethe’s
    • undertaking a journey to Italy, which he did in the
    • to bear on the problem of making an authentically poetic
    • prophecies & speaking instructive words to the
    • by taking what lives in Hamerling’s lyrical poetry
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VII: The Uttering of Syllables and the Speaking of Words
    Matching lines:
    • SPEAKING OF WORDS
    • speaking about art at a Congress where our aim is a clarification
    • speech: but in making use of words he necessarily deserts his
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VIII: The Interaction of Breathing and Blood-Circulation
    Matching lines:
    • weaves within corporeal man, and how artistic creation means making
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IX: The Alliteration and Terminal Rhyme
    Matching lines:
    • fallen condition and the speaking of words, where he is drawn to
    • of view it is indeed a praiseworthy undertaking, provided one is
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture I: Jesuit and Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • revelation breaking through in our time: Christ as the Lord of Karma.
    • through sensation or feeling, Cognition always signifies a taking
    • In waking life, too,
    • see quite clearly the breaking out into the conscious of the waves
    • In speaking on the
    • about by forsaking the divine path. In contrast to the Imagination of
    • as vividly as a feeling of contempt for the forsaking of the divine
    • Jesus element by making Jesus into a king of this world, by making
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture II: Rosicrucian Training and Anthroposophical Training
    Matching lines:
    • revelation breaking through in our time: Christ as the Lord of Karma.
    • naturally to the acceptance and making credible of the ideas of
    • fault in ourselves. Then we shall see that we are making progress not
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture III: Sources of Knowledge of Christ, Lord of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • revelation breaking through in our time: Christ as the Lord of Karma.
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture IV: Experiencing the Christ Impulse, Jerome and the Gospel of St. Matthew
    Matching lines:
    • revelation breaking through in our time: Christ as the Lord of Karma.
    • which is making ready for the future epoch of human evolution which
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture V: Redemption of the Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • revelation breaking through in our time: Christ as the Lord of Karma.
    • speaking thus, for everything further must be left to a deeper
    • this soul breaking forth into the words which have come down to us
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VI: St. John and St. Paul, First Adam and Second Adam
    Matching lines:
    • revelation breaking through in our time: Christ as the Lord of Karma.
    • taking our start from what was said yesterday, we shall be able to
    • human Phantom, with the result that man was adapted for taking in on
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VII: The Mystery of Golgotha, Greek, Hebrew and Buddhist Thought
    Matching lines:
    • revelation breaking through in our time: Christ as the Lord of Karma.
    • destruction of the Phantom, the force-bearer, is gradually taking
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VIII: The Two Jesus Children, Zoroaster and Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • revelation breaking through in our time: Christ as the Lord of Karma.
    • which, strictly speaking, the Earth-evolution of man took its start.
    • are now speaking, when the Event of Palestine was to take place, it
    • from the starting-point of human evolution the faculty of speaking,
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture IX: The Exoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • revelation breaking through in our time: Christ as the Lord of Karma.
    • yet, unnoticed, it is continually breaking through afresh, held
    • making everything subject to material processes. Others, aware that
    • we were speaking of a false path, but so that a person saw
    • many times in speaking of these questions, in one form or another, we
    • came about; and indeed — speaking quite objectively — it
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture X: The Esoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • revelation breaking through in our time: Christ as the Lord of Karma.
    • making in all seven stages of Christian Initiation? From the
    • nothing less than making ourselves ready in our physical body to
    • which comes from such studies. With this we will close, taking with
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 2: The Deed of Christ and the Opposing Spiritual Powers. Lucifer, Ahriman, Asuras.
    Matching lines:
    • which give man his human countenance, making him into an image of the
    • You can only understand this by taking as a basis what is set forth in
    • body. Fundamentally speaking, man is still working at this unconscious
    • possessed by the animals, that man is akin to the animal in respect of
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 1: Mephistopheles and Earthquakes
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping and waking, could be transported into the spiritual world.
    • The essential point is that, fundamentally speaking, Lucifer had
    • This is the shallowest stratum, relatively speaking. Then begins the
    • are speaking they are immensely powerful. I will tell you one of the
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - I
    Matching lines:
    • which he becomes capable of speaking of an “apocalypse” and
    • Apocalyptist is speaking about these stages of evolution. They also
    • we call, speaking in the widest sense, the Germanic sub-race. It
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - II
    Matching lines:
    • all of them capable of speaking of these revelations of the highest
    • is a matter of making known the destiny of a former Root Race, but a
    • A Christian of the first centuries would have refrained from speaking
    • I am now speaking entirely in the sense in which an initiated
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - III
    Matching lines:
    • goal, making together two thirds; and at the end of the Fifth Root
  • Title: Education: Lecture I: Science, Art, Religion and Morality
    Matching lines:
    • think that I am speaking not only to those who have actually arranged
    • far I have only mentioned one of its limitations, but speaking in the
    • undertaking. I myself could only give the principles of education on
    • introductory lecture, when I am not yet speaking of education, let me
    • in an outwardly artistic sense, but taking the true path, we can allow
    • positive activity. The difficulty of speaking of these things to-day
  • Title: Education: Lecture IV: The Connection of the Spirit with Bodily Organs
    Matching lines:
    • education by the teacher. When I was speaking of the Greeks, I told
    • educated the whole human being by taking the body as the
    • purpose in eating and speaking.
    • not only for the sake of eating and speaking, but for quite a
    • these very phenomena the great transformation that is taking
  • Title: Education: Lecture V: The Emancipation of the Will in the Human Organism
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Education: Lecture VI: Walking, Speaking, Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • SPEAKING,
    • earliest years — the faculties of walking, speaking, and thinking.
    • Speaking, then,
    • in the making of our toys we were to take into consideration what the
    • element into our work and to apply it in the making of toys, for then we
  • Title: Education: Lecture VII: The Rhythmic System, Sleeping and Waking, Imitation
    Matching lines:
    • WAKING,
    • alternating rhythm of our waking and sleeping is of the greatest
    • for the activities which belong to man's waking hours are carried
    • hardening forces are normally active during our waking consciousness,
    • The waking life
    • waking life can thus cause a right life of sleep in which all the organic
    • our dealings with the child — make a special point of speaking
    • that it is speaking of the spirit, is concerned only with matter.
  • Title: Education: Lecture VIII: Reading, Writing and Nature Study
    Matching lines:
    • is quite true, but fundamentally speaking, the forces of the whole
    • elements contained in painting and drawing. We succeed in making the child
    • to reading, our efforts must simply be in the direction of making the child
    • of the organism, if we teach him to write mechanically, making him
    • trace arbitrary curves and lines for the letters, making use only of
    • given sufficient time to speaking of the plant world in living pictures,
    • To begin with, we avoid speaking of the mineral as such. The child is
    • I am now speaking, nothing in the way of mineralogy should be taught the
    • speaking, merely of a sheath surrounding the protoplasm. We show the
    • entire animal world. Taking our start from man's physical
  • Title: Education: Lecture IX: Arithmetic, Geometry, History
    Matching lines:
    • spirit. The teacher, then, must always be aware of what is taking
    • and etheric bodies and enter them again at the moment of waking.
    • formative forces in his waking life that during sleep it elaborates
    • is not only concerned with the waking life but also with what takes place
    • waking life is not a perfecting but a disturbing process. It is necessary
    • works subconsciously during the waking hours. For one is aware of a
    • round for taking it up again for a further period it emerges in a different
  • Title: Education: Lecture X: Physics, Chemistry, Handwork, Language, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • fantasy. We must make him feel as if his own being were speaking to
    • must be introduced. (I shall be speaking more of this in to-morrow's
    • we are constantly speaking of causality to a younger child, dead
    • between the ninth and tenth years and generally speaking the
    • undertaking or another. To be capable of gratitude to the Cosmos,
  • Title: Education: Lecture XI: Memory, Temperaments, Bodily Culture and Art
    Matching lines:
    • making themselves felt to-day.
    • pedantic about such matters. Fundamentally speaking the spirit and
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of faulty mechanical construction. Speaking generally,
    • lengths in present-day Russia. Generally speaking, however, it
    • when we come to the 27th or 28th year — speaking now of
    • by the breaking up of the physical. “The soul is becoming
    • patriarchs, when the body was already breaking up, the soul was
    • speaking today become an accepted point of view. Then the
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • perceives what is taking place on earth as a development of the
    • can do so by taking concrete examples. An approach to the
    • of man by taking as a foundation what anthroposophy has to say
    • taking two men of genius; later on we shall come down to less
    • these two examples, Goethe and Schiller, and so making an
    • the outer sign for deep changes which are taking place in the
    • change of teeth the formative process taking place in the teeth
    • only one manifestation of what is actually taking place, for it
    • circulation and breathing. Taking our start from this point it
    • things, that here the former earthly life is speaking, here
    • karma is speaking. Or, for instance if you observe someone who
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • physiologically speaking, he is not yet received directly
    • in speaking, for instance, of an etheric or life-body, this has
    • light up and gain clarity. But fundamentally speaking the fact
    • child's potentialities from his manner of speaking. And to
    • speaking and thinking take place for the most part
    • first gesture. Therefore speaking approximately we can
    • boy has often seen his mother taking money, before going
    • bad. Relatively speaking then, the child feels: When my teacher
    • sound of a bell, what is taking place inside the bell:
    • him say the word “Fish,” not speaking the word
    • making. We see that they have learned something from these
    • educational principles I shall be speaking about here.
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the general orientation of the human being, of speaking and
    • explained yesterday; and, again speaking approximately, between
    • taking shape as predisposition in the first period of life,
    • call up this musicality by making use of the child's natural
    • think about the plant without taking into consideration the
    • lifeless we must help it by making the right use of manure. For
    • world belongs, strictly speaking, to man himself. Think how the
    • who once happened to be in the audience when I was speaking
    • speaking, because the authority of my teacher is
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • we have been speaking here in these lectures, then something
    • 8 years old, certain attributes are making their appearance.
    • endowed with genius. It is not as though I were taking
    • the Waldorf School find our Dr. Baravalle taking a class for
    • you will see that he is speaking about all kinds of things and
    • into the class and see the children making all kinds of
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • sincerity and candour — about what is taking place in the
    • person. He looks up to such a person, taking him as an
    • bearing these people specially in mind, taking account of the
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • new birth and, pictorially speaking, it becomes physical. Thus
    • at the spiritual in a way that is akin to the senses. This
    • effect, but it is a question of gradually breaking a habit, of
    • breaking a habit, and here one will see what a healing effect
    • must open our hearts when making a study of man, so that a true
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • speaking there is little understanding for such things
    • point of taking singing with the children from the very
    • of the Folk-Soul; through making a study of the inner
    • taking as a starting point the fact that in the more modern
    • taking the individual child into account, the result will be
    • man who is speaking to another; the latter turns round and
    • making use of what is pictorial and tangible. This is all the
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • able to characterise this by taking our own epoch as an
    • taking hold of something, so that I do it in a deft, and not in
    • big and next toe, making tolerable and well-formed angles and
    • speaking. If we go further we can in the same way learn through
    • abstract way, how thinking and speaking arise out of man's
    • thinking and speaking developed out of an education based on
    • it was based on speech, on beautiful speaking. This was still a
    • rhetoric a manner of speaking which conforms to a conception of
    • books for just so long as one is reading or making notes on
    • visit was concerned with making arrangements for this credit,
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • was taking place beneath him.
    • know more about what is taking place here than the Romans knew
    • about what was taking place in the catacombs. One can no longer
    • the various undertakings which come about, of which this
    • undertaking to hold its own in the face of the terrible
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture I: Introduction - Aphoristic remarks on Artistic Activity, Arithmetic, Reading, and Writing
    Matching lines:
    • three? By taking it away from the others. When it was still all
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture II: On Language - the Oneness of man with the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • — like feeling. Speaking, too, is primarily
    • making the sound. They are different. Of the feeling-shades
    • and one's desire to excite fear in another person by making the
    • this way, in taking these things into account, you will be
    • action of making a furrow. The Romance languages derive
    • calculate it by taking the number of breaths in 4 minutes, that
    • alternation from waking to sleeping. What do waking and
    • sleeping really mean? The meaning of waking and sleeping is
    • between waking and sleeping which is passed in a day, we have
    • the time spent between waking and sleeping in a year: and if,
    • out, occurring 72 times, and making 25,920 times in a day; our
    • waking and sleeping, occurring every day, 360 times in a year,
    • been taking place. But all the processes which take place in
    • with us between waking and sleeping expresses again the process
    • which took place during the moon-evolution, which is taking
    • our breathing-process; through our alternation from waking to
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture III: On the Plastically Formative Arts, Music, and Poetry
    Matching lines:
    • nineteenth century to making furniture to please the eye, for
    • example to making a chair for the eye, whereas its inherent
    • aspect, the psychological aspect of the poem, not taking one
    • nature and we are taking the products of nature back into the
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture IV: The First School-lesson - Manual Skill, Drawing and Painting - the Beginnings of Language-teaching
    Matching lines:
    • “Now I am making this (Fig. 2); now do the same with your
    • front of the children, taking your educational impulses right
    • making the children jealous of each other — make a green
    • performing Eurhythmy you are only making visible what you leave
    • really learn to listen. In making this activity normal you
    • to-day's speaking has become very abstract. But I should like
    • silent and then they went on speaking. In this way, for
    • speaking resumed. Thus was expressed by gesture the
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture V: Writing and Reading - Spelling
    Matching lines:
    • he has hands; and then, after making him conscious of this,
    • making the drawings. Anyone who made a mistake, when he was
    • soul's making, of your own imagination. The activity which you
    • you succeed in making the child imagine — by appealing to
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VI: On the Rhythm of Life and Rhythmical Repetition in Teaching
    Matching lines:
    • with the meaning, by making “scheme” or plan, it is
    • a sleeping power, even when we are awake, from the waking
    • am only speaking figuratively, of course, for I have nothing
    • teacher retaining his same pupils; of taking them over for the
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VII: The Teaching in the Ninth Year - Natural History - the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • kingdoms of nature. You will succeed in this if, in speaking of
    • taking for the purpose his father's music desk, laying minerals
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VIII: Education After the Twelfth - History - Physics
    Matching lines:
    • But in other cases, too, for instance, if you are speaking in a
    • more, but I am making it up to suit the child. I am above the
    • them nevertheless. But we cannot avoid speaking of gravitation.
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture IX: On the Teaching of Languages
    Matching lines:
    • language, of first taking a reading passage through, and then
    • simply by taking an active part in the lesson yourself —
    • had to bestow such care on the making of the benches and desks,
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture X: Arranging the Lesson up to the Fourteenth Year
    Matching lines:
    • imagine, sitting next to this rhapsodist, someone taking
    • adjusting ourselves to the right rhythm of waking and sleeping,
    • waking condition in our civilization things which disturb it as
    • be studied in the form of practice of speaking.
    • the so-called less-gifted children generally speaking
    • in a foreign language greater regard must be paid to making
    • making the theorem of Pythagoras clear by
    • hypotenuse. And if, as a teacher, you realize what is taking
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XI: On the Teaching of Geography
    Matching lines:
    • you are taking — widening, as it were, his horizon
    • give him skill and will fit him for taking his place properly
    • allow the appalling waste of time and energy involved in taking
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XII: How to Connect School with Practical Life
    Matching lines:
    • intimacy with the processes taking place there. They know
    • But on thinking back only a little way and taking the
    • fifteen without taking a course of writing specimen practical
    • Seriously, I am not making these proposals to you from the
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XIII: On Drawing up the Time-table
    Matching lines:
    • of artificial devices for making clear to the child the
    • sounds from outside, or by making them on the instrument.
    • pay attention all the time to correct speaking on our part, we
    • over speaking, and only in the last instance introduce the
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XIV: Moral Educative Principles and their Transition to Practice
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, particularly when the children have not been spoilt
    • conditions of nutrition and health without making him egoistic
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • We will begin by making a preliminary survey of our educational task;
    • accomplish the alternation between waking and sleeping in the way
    • external world-order. Externally speaking it is of course possible to
    • underlies sleeping and waking, this the child cannot yet do. The child
    • sleeping and waking, but he is not able to carry into the spiritual
    • waking life are then worked upon, are metamorphosed. The child is not
    • waking and falling asleep again. Thus in sleep the child still lives
    • waking again. All we can do is to use the time which the human being
    • of sleeping and waking. Needless to say, my dear friends, in our
    • the breathing, or of direct training of sleeping and waking. All this
    • the rhythm between sleeping and waking — what is it that happens?
    • between waking and sleeping in the same way in the spiritual world as
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • mistaken when in speaking psychologically they constantly say:
    • that in a manner of speaking, we may say a man has no need to be so
    • speaking to him in images, then you are actually laying in the child
    • give the children images we are taking up this cosmic activity again.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • same process as taking hold of things, only it is more delicate. For
    • speaking of human freedom therefore, one has to pay attention to this
    • Practically speaking this is the only answer that could result. He
    • — figuratively speaking, of course — to use his elbows. The
    • yeast plays an important part in bread making, although only a little
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • human nature when we are speaking of the present-day man; but there is
    • just mentioned. If we are speaking of his body, we speak, as you know,
    • speaking of instinct, either in animals or in its weaker form in man,
    • birth to old age; while in speaking of desire you speak of something
    • soul, in what belongs to the “I,” we are speaking of
    • To be a teacher and educator one must work with what is taking place
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • first sight of reality is the last thing we get. Strictly speaking,
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and willing. Difference of the two parts of Faust. Waking
    • his ordinary life. And you will have felt that in taking sympathy and
    • ordinary life we speak of being awake, of the waking condition of
    • consciousness. But we only have this waking condition of consciousness
    • waking man, by the man of cognition and thought: in so far as we are
    • being completely unless we know that sleep plays into his waking life,
    • between waking and sleeping. You know the feelings in your soul just
    • not only a waking man in that you think and know, and a
    • immersed in three conditions of consciousness during our waking life:
    • the waking condition in its real sense in thinking and knowing, the
    • “dream” and in waking life we only give ourselves up in our
    • waking sleep-condition, his will, in such a way that later on —
    • because all sleeping has a tendency to change into waking — this
    • realise that in the waking human being we have to do with different
    • conditions of consciousness, with waking, dreaming, and sleeping, that
    • world — as already described when speaking from the point of view
    • when the ego in the morning passes over into the waking condition, it
    • during what is usually called waking consciousness — which
    • comprises: complete waking, dreaming-waking, sleeping-waking —
    • experiences while it is living in the body in the ordinary waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • of decaying nerve substance is sphere of waking, where man becomes
    • sleeping, memory is waking.
    • waking consciousness, dreaming and sleeping: and we showed how the
    • full waking consciousness is really only present in
    • child kicks and tumbles about he is making movements which precisely
    • knife. This is taking the concept from the verbal explanation. This we
    • point of view, by applying the facts of waking and sleeping to man
    • real process is at work, a physical-chemical process is taking place.
    • waking, sleeping and dreaming. You learn something, you take it in and
    • it passes into your full waking consciousness. Whilst you are
    • your full waking consciousness. Then you return to your ordinary life.
    • you have no mere verbal definitions. If you ponder over waking and
    • asleep in another sphere, and remembering is only waking up in another
    • falling asleep and waking up.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • remembering, if we connect it with sleeping and waking, which are more
    • You may say that sleeping and waking are actually even more obscure
    • of sleeping and waking are playing into the waking life. How does
    • the time of falling asleep until waking up, collect force in the
    • great extent towards making his memory strong and efficient. For the
    • sympathy — antipathy. I am not now speaking of the feeling life,
    • so on. There is this quick alternation in vibrations between waking
    • sleeping, not in a waking will and then quickly carries over this
    • waking. For we are constantly weaving moments of sleep into the act of
    • Now that we have disposed of the possibility of making pedantic
    • taking place between your will and the environment. In short, you can
    • You see the form of the circle by making use of the sense of movement
    • the ego zone of man, and they live there with the help of waking and
    • waking, sleeping and dreaming. The soul in man is grasped by means of
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • waking life and should not be memorised. Judgments carried in feeling.
    • know that, primarily, our life spiritually takes its course in waking,
    • speaking you are continually forming conclusions. This activity of
    • completely healthy when it occurs in fully waking life. This is very
    • the making of conclusions.
    • full waking life. But judgment can also sink into the depths of the
    • upon the body. The waking soul does not work upon the body. The
    • conclusions should really only hold sway in the fully conscious waking
    • you are now say: the making of many definitions is death to living
    • this principle of making teaching a source of pleasure and enjoyment
    • extreme instead of partaking of the beautiful. And here no
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • greater capacity for seeing forms, they were not wrong in speaking of
    • the more they succeed in making the enclosure, but the further down
    • world? It rests on the shoulders, as I told you when speaking in
    • materialistic, taking our start from something quite different, from
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • we are, in a certain sense, taking over the work of this genius.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • with us during our physical earth life until death. Even in the waking
    • the salt is nevertheless in the food, and you are taking in mineral
    • substances from taking on their own crystal forms in you. If you did
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • pathways of its own making. For spirit and soul cannot pass through
    • and waking; the more, too, shall we maintain normal life in the
    • can only work slowly in these things — towards making people
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • continually making the attempt in the air to produce pieces of a head,
    • reading. We shall get the right attitude of mind to human speaking if
    • will man find the right tone for speaking of these things. It is no
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture I: The Necessity for a Spiritual Insight
    Matching lines:
    • spirits in natural science, we cannot, when speaking of spiritual life
    • art. For it is fundamental to the education of which we are speaking
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture II: Spiritual Disciplines of Yesterday: Yoga
    Matching lines:
    • used to say: Something is taking place in man of which I must be
    • But there is another way of making spiritual things fruitful, of
    • making use of them. Once more, I will illustrate this by an example:
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture III: Spiritual Disciplines of Yesterday and To-day
    Matching lines:
    • physical organism we can attain by taking in hand our own soul's
    • not taking life into consideration; for instance, he is not
    • speaking of “eternity,” but of “immortality.” I
    • children we were speaking, and not of introducing things in this way
    • if we were simply speaking of a grown man? An observer of life finds
    • the Waldorf School — (master it, that is, relatively speaking
    • appeared, I was speaking on
    • child's soul. Now soul manifests, roughly speaking, through thinking,
    • but practically speaking every adult human being has four times as many
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture IV: Body Viewed from the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • object of speaking of spiritual facts here is to answer the
    • slight feeling of shame in face of the audience when speaking on
    • education, — for one realises that one is speaking of what
    • on what he perceives: — on the adult's sad manner of speaking,
    • adults around it. And the inner conflict taking place here is only
    • because the teeth are hard organs, is taking place throughout the
    • as intelligent as ourselves, we should be making him a copy of
    • beings within this universe. Rightly speaking all our feelings should
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture V: How Knowledge Can Be Nurture
    Matching lines:
    • is, properly speaking, to educate; and instruction is made use of as a
    • taking reading as the starting point. For with a child the first
    • children's education. I shall be speaking further of eurhythmy, and in
    • educational principles of which we have been speaking makes great
    • of which I am here speaking this is striven for. Now, when it is a
    • co-educational school such as the Waldorf School, I shall be speaking
    • Indeed I can make the thing very vivid when speaking, for instance, of
    • spiritually speaking — because its organism spontaneously rejects
    • may seem extremely paradoxical to you, but since I am speaking of
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture VI: The Teacher as Artist in Education
    Matching lines:
    • Now suppose I have by me such a child as I described. I am taking the
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture VII: The Organisation of the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • is to be organised, to be arranged. But in speaking of the
    • in the sense of making a program laying down in paragraphs how the
    • speaking a school for all classes (Einheitschule). For we had a
    • this child by taking into consideration his whole heredity and
    • important turning point of which I shall be speaking when. I deal with
    • teaching is taken at this time. And I shall be speaking further of
    • more and more. Taking as a start, the handling little children do in
    • make things which give them enormous joy in the making. They do not
    • way they come on to making useful objects of different kinds. This is
    • In the same way, one should know when making a book cover, that when
    • treatment of colour gives rise to the making of all kinds of useful
    • objects; and in the making of these the child really comes to feel
    • something done by a very little girl, comparatively speaking.
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture VIII: Boys and Girls at the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • of schools. I was speaking of the physical health and the physical
    • This has the effect of making the liver into a kind of world of its
    • correct degree of attainment, you write 3 ½, and some teachers, making
    • sound eurhythmist would not make a disagreeable face when making a
    • kindly movement, but this would be the same in speaking. No art of
    • throughout the whole poem, making the changes from one letter to
    • his speaking or singing organism, can be carried over into the whole
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture IX: The Teachers of the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • growth or a process of digestion, but a catabolic process, a breaking
    • substance. It brings about the breaking down of substance. And in this
    • thinking is a breaking down of substance (ein Absondern), and that
    • feeling, from example and subsequently lead him on to the breaking
    • naive once more in education. And this explains why, in speaking of a
    • object but the making universal once more what has become one-sided.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • in the larynx, a second man, in a manner of speaking, who is, to be
    • frontal lobe in the speaking man. The thyroid must co-operate with the
    • When we breathe and this breathing expresses itself in speaking or singing,
    • imitation, as in speaking “E” the larynx carries out exactly
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of vowels today, we will speak purely of the meaning of
    • out, one could make it more complicated by taking more positions; one
    • making the “O” so often and by extending it to this
    • dynamic tendencies at work in making a person obese is in fact carried
    • first as children often react to taking medicine: with resistance. They
    • In taking a step forward
    • in the form that one carries out while making the consonants, as though
    • consonant, first with the right hand, now with the left, but taking
    • it backwards, now taking the right hand back, and “M” with
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • of living into the world vigorously; of making himself selfless and
    • this going out and taking hold in the external world of what man today
    • place in speaking it; since — in respect to the characteristic
    • taking place inwardly.
    • narrowed and the lips can vibrate. You can see that in speaking one
    • etherically speaking, a fat-head — not really a fat-head, but
    • how this inward E-making in man sums itself up into the vertical. As
    • clearly what one observes taking place in weaklings. They have the tendency
    • case however: they try to stretch the etheric body thereby making a
    • cause of illness; I am speaking in coarse words now — but then
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • and this particular manner of making sounds, of making consonants.
    • with an attempt at making knock-knees.
    • vowels. As we considered the making of vowels in eurythmy I had to draw
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • happen. But because one in reality doesn't go to sleep while making
    • consists in shaking the head to the right and left with the movement
    • at the same time that you don't collide. It is this taking notice of
    • oneself to doing this movement with the shoulders and making an A with
    • the possibility of making this etheric body into a workable instrument.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • us make clear to ourselves what is taking place here, proceeding however
    • association of sounds. That is something which man in his waking,
    • and the astral body glide over what they are taking in, they live into
    • is awake. During this dampened sleep taking place in the listener the
    • while listening. You can see what is actually taking place.
    • editor) is taking place here. When the rhythm pulses up against it,
    • transition taking place between the chaotic vigour in the lymph and the
    • the case — with making war and so on. These peoples must see these
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • this such a process of secretion is taking place. When you descend further
    • is working centrifugally, thus making the head large, and, in doing
    • thing crosses the other; then an inward silent speaking joins what is
  • Title: Lecture: A Lecture on Eurythmy
    Matching lines:
    • imitation of external nature taking their place. Such imitation,
    • physical expression, making use of physical materials.
    • in one's pockets when making a speech. I must say that I have always
    • the way in which he moved his arms and hands while speaking, through
    • undeniable fact that modern man, when speaking, in no way brings his
    • what is taking place on the stage at a given moment, but the whole
  • Title: Lecture I: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • breathe: that is also a way of taking in nourishment. You take oxygen
    • then they become quite especially strong through the process of making
    • do there with the seeds, grinding them, making them fine, I'd
    • doing those things, I relieve my body. And the same with the baking
    • into the body, making the work of nutrition easier.
    • state. And the assistant was shaking in his boots as he said timidly:
  • Title: Lecture II: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • what substances are in the manure and then taking them out of the
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • waking consciousness on the dream consciousness.
    • Because feelings are the innermost elements of the soul, akin to the
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, that is, the one we characterized as waking
    • transmits itself into man's entire life in waking
    • a still higher plane of Devachan, tone becomes something akin to
    • between sleeping and waking, man continuously passes from the
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • elementary beginnings of singing and speaking took place.
    • but in the sense used here, where speaking is the soul resounding
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • we first focus on the mediating member of man, man's speaking,
    • civilization lies in speaking. Through speaking, people come together
    • here on earth; speaking is the bridge between two persons. Soul
    • unites with soul. We feel that in speaking we have an essential
    • speaking of these forms, one is not always referring only to the
    • sculptural form of the human organization. Not speaking symbolically
    • the breathing process unites with the movements taking place along
    • also into the head-breathing. When man shifts from speaking to
    • world of the stars. Though it appears that I am speaking
    • it sings to you in speaking, speaks in singing, and your perception
    • is actually a hearing of this speaking-singing, singing-speaking.
    • speaking human beings in two ways. Take the consonantal human
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • however, is not as important here as it is otherwise. In speaking of
    • one's having to restrain oneself from making movements along
    • making the whole musical feeling an inward experience; the human
    • naturally gets into the habit of speaking in general concepts even in
    • taking hold of our astral nature. There it gains influence over our
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • akin to an expression of the word. One sang, but this was at the same
    • time a speaking of the spiritual world. One was conscious that if one
    • speaking of the gods and of the proceedings of the gods. As I
    • otherwise formed. Melody contains something akin to mental images,
    • Taking
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • give a biographical description of man's waking life, so one
    • human being experiences during his waking hours is experienced
    • one speaks of man's waking experiences, they necessarily
    • waking life. Likewise, man is in another world during sleep; this
    • in the waking state, we turn our eyes or other sense organs in the
    • bearer of his physical and etheric bodies. In a manner of speaking,
    • bodies. In a manner of speaking, man withdraws his experience of the
  • Title: Behind the Scenes: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • The reason for speaking of these periods is that the faculties of
    • every such period — I am speaking now of the shortest. Every such
    • of which we shall speak today — cannot be formed without taking
    • whole number of possibilities exist for making use of currents
    • of will, egging them on to this undertaking or another. They have not
  • Title: Behind the Scenes: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • importance in view of the events that are breaking with such tragic
    • that they are speaking of the Divinity who is the one God of them all.
    • still more strongly, the tendency that is taking such a terrible form
    • that momentous, incisive thoughts and undertakings are called for by
    • — and that such thoughts and undertakings must be born from
    • material world. Humanity has lost all aptitude for speaking thus
    • purposes. I am speaking, therefore, of Beings who up to the year 1841
    • theology, however, would actually like to prevent anyone from speaking
    • ways. Truly, it is a momentous event of which we are here speaking.
    • certainly have to think about making good use of the time still
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • remembering that strictly speaking there are three stages on the path
    • him speaking behind the screen. It is certainly possible to renounce
    • now undertaking to present the things which ... and now come
    • Ego. Whoever observes a human being during waking life has all this
    • both speaking of the same being — John Smith.
    • in such records or by speaking of ‘fiction’ when
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • it was a fount of consolation, speaking with such tenderness of the
    • way conscious — and strictly speaking this applies to everyone
    • through his foregoing development in making a human body so perfect
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • is acquired by waking to life all the forces contained in the astral body
    • Generally speaking,
    • was speaking in a way that astonished those around him, because he
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • nothing at all. The Gods are making with them the experiment of which
    • St. Luke, was the ‘Son of God’. St. Luke was not speaking of the
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • with the ‘kingly’ nature (speaking in the technical sense),
    • understand his words, for now the Zarathustra-Ego was speaking out of
    • who had been taken into the house of the Nathan Joseph, making her
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • thus making it possible for the concept of ‘guilt’, of
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • differences taking place even in the later years of human life.
    • speaking, however, the constitution of the human being cannot be
    • what now concerns us. When speaking of the element of soul in man,
    • mysteries of Earth evolution. Generally speaking, it will
    • body. This end was achieved at that time by making it impossible for
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • Relatively speaking,
    • extent to which humanity has succeeded in making progress — the
    • speaking, therefore, it may be said that the soul-and-spirit can work
    • by making spiritual wisdom come alive within him; but he died at the
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • be more erroneous than this. Nature is perpetually making jumps! This
    • jump is also taking place in our own epoch, but not so rapidly.
    • speaking is not at variance with what we ourselves preach. But we put
    • is taking place in humanity!’
    • the world to-day does not, properly speaking, possess the Bible and can
    • compassion, and when we succeed in making the whole astral body a
    • descend in order to take human form. The taking of human form
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • new principle into their souls. He indicates this when speaking of
    • St. Luke where Christ is speaking of a higher revelation, is as
    • them, were not capable of taking the Christ-principle into
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture One: The Homeless Souls
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophical Society. And in this context may I begin by speaking
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Two: The Unveiling of Spiritual Truths
    Matching lines:
    • they felt it was akin to treachery if people did not stick together,
    • speaking theosophy. But Hegel, when in Zimmermann's view he allowed
    • Now, by taking the biological theory of evolution seriously, it is
    • certain sense, taking into account differing national
    • they thought, making members of the first, second, third grades and
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Three: The Opposition to Spiritual Revelations
    Matching lines:
    • Such things have to be taken into account when taking full stock
    • ignite, in a manner of speaking, in these female brains through the
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Four: Spiritual Truths and the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • straddling the ages as human beings, making them stronger than the
    • could only be met by making it clear to them that the most profound
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Five: The Decline of the Theosophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries enjoyed in ancient times had disappeared, taking with it
    • and making the right choices.
    • making him the vehicle for the resurrection of Christ. There is
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Six: The Emergence of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • to London and slowly began to feed, in a manner of speaking, on
    • it began to grow at a very fast pace, relatively speaking, and we
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Seven: The Consolidation of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • he is engaged in organizing certain singular commercial undertakings
    • anything in speaking about or working on this material other than
    • that has been put into practice so far has not succeeded in making
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Eight: Responsibility to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • the physical world in a spiritual way. By making use of Goethe's
    • recognized as something akin to a reflection of divine action in
    • we can achieve a great deal by making use of the sources of
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture One: Nature is the Great Illusion; Know Thyself
    Matching lines:
    • is dimmed, he is oblivious of his environment) and his waking life
    • alternating conditions of sleep and waking were experienced
    • waking life not so fully conscious. In sleep man was aware of
    • evolution. A few thousand years ago waking life was not so
    • forms. There was not the same abrupt transition from sleep to waking
    • states, and the environment of their waking life was called
    • minerals, plants and animals of waking life, was called
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Two: The Three Worlds and their Reflected Images
    Matching lines:
    • a clear distinction between waking and sleeping, which, though
    • waking consciousness up to their fiftieth year and that in old age
    • waking, sleeping, dreaming. A Chaldean did not experience these
    • consciously waking condition up to his fiftieth year. And then a
    • condition where it was said of him: he is taking his earthly
    • pathological condition. This condition of waking consciousness that
    • desirable, the only reliable state is the condition of waking
    • waking state with which you are familiar when you say: I am fully
    • waking life. Indeed, a disposition to dreaming makes us poets. People
    • stuff of dreams into the imaginative fantasy of waking
    • consciousness can be developed by undertaking certain spiritual
    • into waking life. But at this point misunderstandings may easily
    • as others in his waking life, he sees his fellow men, on the one
    • In full waking consciousness he begins to have dreams that are
    • state of consciousness is now added to the first. Waking dreams
    • everyday life. In full waking consciousness a higher reality
    • born of fantasy. But in waking dreams, as I have described them, in
    • that is akin to man. This is difficult to illustrate by comparison
    • Animals have something akin to man in their make-up, a soul quality
    • consciousness; we must bring our dream-consciousness into our waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Three: Form and Substantiality of the Mineral Kingdom in Relation to the Levels of Consciousness in Man
    Matching lines:
    • conscious, concrete experiences of waking life. We can thus attain a
    • totality when, in full waking consciousness that is divested of
    • consciousness, a waking consciousness independent of sensory
    • again we find there a living reality, the archetypes akin to those of
    • sustains our ordinary waking consciousness, all that keeps it
    • in a position to start our investigations. If, taking the metal gold
    • he is sitting at his desk making up his accounts or writing articles
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Four: The Secret of Investigation into Other Realms through the Metamorphosis of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • potentized doses of copper. Before taking it — this was the
    • extreme sensitivity to what was taking place within him. If one
    • man of today his normal condition of waking consciousness lies in the
    • the magnificent Cathedral still stands today, speaking to his pupils
    • inter-relationships of entities in that world. Speaking from his
    • In waking
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Six: Initiation-Knowledge, Waking Consciousness and Dream Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • WAKING CONSCIOUSNESSAND DREAM CONSCIOUSNESS
    • daily waking consciousness, suffices to meet the needs of everyday
    • two further states of consciousness in addition to his normal waking
    • when we can confront the world in full waking consciousness in such a
    • times the astral body and Ego, even in waking consciousness, were
    • to this perception the consciousness born of the emptied waking
    • capable of speaking from first-hand experience of Initiation, but at
    • sleep. We can converse with them, metaphorically speaking, as we do
    • person's acquaintance and later have an opportunity of speaking
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Seven: Knowledge of the World of Stars. Differentiation of the Historical Epochs of Mankind and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • metaphorically speaking, the human souls living between death and
    • have already given. Therefore in speaking of Joachim of Fiore and
    • whom we recognize today in normal waking consciousness to have been
    • spiritual world of which I am now speaking, these beings also have
    • important. These Moon beings of whom I am speaking, can, for their
    • taking place in the realm of the subconscious — then the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eight: Potential Aberrations in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, but a waking consciousness in relation to the physical
    • emptied, waking consciousness, that the violet stands revealed in all
    • Taking the term ‘medium’ in the widest sense, we are all
    • spirit. Taking the word ‘medium,’ then, in the widest
    • which are rooted in these parts of the brain of which I am speaking.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Nine: Abnormal Paths into the Spiritual World and their Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • normal consciousness passes over from the waking state into sleep, he
    • waking consciousness, he enjoyed a natural condition of spiritual
    • it describes the world of which I am now speaking, the Moon sphere,
    • waking life we permeate our physical and etheric bodies from within;
    • situation. I am here speaking of a field of investigation at the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Ten: Influences of the Extra-Terrestrial Cosmos Upon the Consciousness of Man
    Matching lines:
    • of dream — the waking consciousness and the emptied
    • astral body and Ego, we find that between falling asleep and waking
    • From waking
    • During the whole of our waking life we are exposed to the influence
    • sleeping and waking the Sun is within us. You are aware that certain
    • the Ego and astral body of man follow the same pattern. In the waking
    • sunlight between sleeping and waking.
    • in waking life man lives under the influence of the external Sun
    • which he now bears within himself until the moment of waking.
    • In waking
    • without. In waking life, therefore, Sun influences stream directly
    • waking life, therefore, the Sun forces stream into our physical and
    • and Ego; during waking life, the Moon. In waking life the Sun
    • active within his Ego and astral body during his nocturnal waking
    • Moon forces which pervade his inner being during waking life are
    • during waking life. The moment he actually transforms the dream into
    • man of whom I am speaking, not in waking consciousness, but during
    • second man from breaking loose. There is always the danger that the
    • Moon into the waking experiences of the daytime, then he is on the
    • waking consciousness and could maintain this condition, he would then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eleven: What is the Position in Respect of Spiritual Investigation and the Understanding of Spiritual Investigation?
    Matching lines:
    • experiences. During his waking life this consciousness which was the
    • three states of consciousness — waking, dreaming and deep
    • threefold consciousness — clear waking consciousness,
    • looks outwards, it knows waking (day) consciousness, dream
    • something akin to a delicate, subtle and intimate process of
    • Waking day-consciousness
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture One: Nature is the Great Illusion; Know Thyself
    Matching lines:
    • is dimmed, he is oblivious of his environment) and his waking life
    • alternating conditions of sleep and waking were experienced
    • waking life not so fully conscious. In sleep man was aware of
    • evolution. A few thousand years ago waking life was not so
    • forms. There was not the same abrupt transition from sleep to waking
    • states, and the environment of their waking life was called
    • minerals, plants and animals of waking life, was called
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Two: The Three Worlds and their Reflected Images
    Matching lines:
    • a clear distinction between waking and sleeping, which, though
    • waking consciousness up to their fiftieth year and that in old age
    • waking, sleeping, dreaming. A Chaldean did not experience these
    • consciously waking condition up to his fiftieth year. And then a
    • condition where it was said of him: he is taking his earthly
    • pathological condition. This condition of waking consciousness that
    • desirable, the only reliable state is the condition of waking
    • waking state with which you are familiar when you say: I am fully
    • waking life. Indeed, a disposition to dreaming makes us poets. People
    • stuff of dreams into the imaginative fantasy of waking
    • consciousness can be developed by undertaking certain spiritual
    • into waking life. But at this point misunderstandings may easily
    • as others in his waking life, he sees his fellow men, on the one
    • In full waking consciousness he begins to have dreams that are
    • state of consciousness is now added to the first. Waking dreams
    • everyday life. In full waking consciousness a higher reality
    • born of fantasy. But in waking dreams, as I have described them, in
    • that is akin to man. This is difficult to illustrate by comparison
    • Animals have something akin to man in their make-up, a soul quality
    • consciousness; we must bring our dream-consciousness into our waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Three: Form and Substantiality of the Mineral Kingdom in Relation to the Levels of Consciousness in Man
    Matching lines:
    • conscious, concrete experiences of waking life. We can thus attain a
    • totality when, in full waking consciousness that is divested of
    • consciousness, a waking consciousness independent of sensory
    • again we find there a living reality, the archetypes akin to those of
    • sustains our ordinary waking consciousness, all that keeps it
    • in a position to start our investigations. If, taking the metal gold
    • he is sitting at his desk making up his accounts or writing articles
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Four: The Secret of Investigation into Other Realms through the Metamorphosis of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • potentized doses of copper. Before taking it — this was the
    • extreme sensitivity to what was taking place within him. If one
    • man of today his normal condition of waking consciousness lies in the
    • the magnificent Cathedral still stands today, speaking to his pupils
    • inter-relationships of entities in that world. Speaking from his
    • In waking
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Six: Initiation-Knowledge, Waking Consciousness and Dream Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • WAKING CONSCIOUSNESSAND DREAM CONSCIOUSNESS
    • daily waking consciousness, suffices to meet the needs of everyday
    • two further states of consciousness in addition to his normal waking
    • when we can confront the world in full waking consciousness in such a
    • times the astral body and Ego, even in waking consciousness, were
    • to this perception the consciousness born of the emptied waking
    • capable of speaking from first-hand experience of Initiation, but at
    • sleep. We can converse with them, metaphorically speaking, as we do
    • person's acquaintance and later have an opportunity of speaking
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Seven: Knowledge of the World of Stars. Differentiation of the Historical Epochs of Mankind and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • metaphorically speaking, the human souls living between death and
    • have already given. Therefore in speaking of Joachim of Fiore and
    • whom we recognize today in normal waking consciousness to have been
    • spiritual world of which I am now speaking, these beings also have
    • important. These Moon beings of whom I am speaking, can, for their
    • taking place in the realm of the subconscious — then the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eight: Potential Aberrations in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, but a waking consciousness in relation to the physical
    • emptied, waking consciousness, that the violet stands revealed in all
    • Taking the term ‘medium’ in the widest sense, we are all
    • spirit. Taking the word ‘medium,’ then, in the widest
    • which are rooted in these parts of the brain of which I am speaking.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Nine: Abnormal Paths into the Spiritual World and their Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • normal consciousness passes over from the waking state into sleep, he
    • waking consciousness, he enjoyed a natural condition of spiritual
    • it describes the world of which I am now speaking, the Moon sphere,
    • waking life we permeate our physical and etheric bodies from within;
    • situation. I am here speaking of a field of investigation at the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Ten: Influences of the Extra-Terrestrial Cosmos Upon the Consciousness of Man
    Matching lines:
    • of dream — the waking consciousness and the emptied
    • astral body and Ego, we find that between falling asleep and waking
    • From waking
    • During the whole of our waking life we are exposed to the influence
    • sleeping and waking the Sun is within us. You are aware that certain
    • the Ego and astral body of man follow the same pattern. In the waking
    • sunlight between sleeping and waking.
    • in waking life man lives under the influence of the external Sun
    • which he now bears within himself until the moment of waking.
    • In waking
    • without. In waking life, therefore, Sun influences stream directly
    • waking life, therefore, the Sun forces stream into our physical and
    • and Ego; during waking life, the Moon. In waking life the Sun
    • active within his Ego and astral body during his nocturnal waking
    • Moon forces which pervade his inner being during waking life are
    • during waking life. The moment he actually transforms the dream into
    • man of whom I am speaking, not in waking consciousness, but during
    • second man from breaking loose. There is always the danger that the
    • Moon into the waking experiences of the daytime, then he is on the
    • waking consciousness and could maintain this condition, he would then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eleven: What is the Position in Respect of Spiritual Investigation and the Understanding of Spiritual Investigation?
    Matching lines:
    • experiences. During his waking life this consciousness which was the
    • three states of consciousness — waking, dreaming and deep
    • threefold consciousness — clear waking consciousness,
    • looks outwards, it knows waking (day) consciousness, dream
    • something akin to a delicate, subtle and intimate process of
    • Waking day-consciousness
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • rumbling and braking going on in the wheels and the engine of
    • notice on waking up that when the ego returns with the astral
    • machinery right up to the moment of waking.
    • into your waking consciousness, you will notice how little it
    • making a general allusion, of course, let alone a particular
    • waking life of day, we are only conscious of our will life to
    • our waking day, too, we are involved in all that modern life
    • are speaking of the time which began with the fifth
    • hear people speaking like this. However if we speak like this
    • we are speaking Ahriman's language for this is using the
    • of taking what we have extracted from nature and putting it
    • him into his waking life all that he has experienced outside
    • not just a matter of taking in what spiritual science says
    • capable of speaking to the human soul forces that are asleep
    • person who is speaking out of the spirit of spiritual
    • other sciences do. Speaking in the manner of other sciences
    • spiritual science taking hold of man's innermost soul forces,
    • lower. Thus when people spoke, or heard people speaking,
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • considerations I shall be speaking to you about the important
    • want to point out that the making of any movement involves a
    • than that required by a watch-maker in making a watch.
    • nothing but lie on the earth immobile, making concepts in
    • taking nothing of the etheric body, nothing of the astral
    • ego, taking with us what as yet can only be dimly felt of the
    • the human being has in turn seven members. So taking into
    • pointed out that properly speaking we do not sleep by night
    • that in which we live when asleep dives down into our waking
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • everyday waking consciousness man does not know the origin of
    • wandering through the beings of the cosmos, becoming akin to
    • one of them, then leaving it again and becoming akin to
    • essentially a process of life taking its course in tones,
    • Spiritual science must live in the soul, taking hold of all
    • science, taking in this case the last chapter of
    • this image will then be invisible inside us, thus making us
    • ourselves. And the more we succeed in making clear to
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • contain the most profound wisdom. Fundamentally speaking we
    • feeling that infinite wisdom is speaking to us there and how,
    • order that the change we have been speaking of can come about
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • taking-in-hand of the evolutionary factors of our own soul,
    • making a point of always using our experiences for the
    • purpose of learning something from them and making progress
    • macrocosm is speaking to us over these days in the most
    • impulse to change, an impulse which is breaking in upon
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • taking place in the rays of light so that the glow of dawn
    • fellow human being speaking to us. But we have to learn that
    • with them, you will discover that we were making the attempt
    • grown-up? Fundamentally speaking, the materialistic age sees
    • musical-sculptural elements I have just been speaking about.
    • science, by taking it down in a notebook; anthroposophy must
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • you see this even better in horses, but we are not speaking
    • without heads, as it were. Instead of taking up the basis for
    • blow of destiny, you are making yourself stronger, more
    • But now, right at the beginning, we must get used to taking
    • to see that the principle of taking things quite exactly,
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • really making the inner essence the principle according to
    • For it will be possible to go a long way with form-making in
    • start with something we all know, namely, that during waking
    • during the past few days that, awake as he is between waking
    • But in waking life man only dreams with regard to how the
    • about the actual will with ordinary waking consciousness, and
    • waking life a major part of our will activity is carried out
    • in waking day sleep.
    • on making its appearance. It does not need to be acquired
    • between falling asleep and waking up man lives continually
    • making use of the tremendous love they bore precisely for the
    • clairvoyance must be a third way, neither a taking hold of
    • taking hold of the skeleton which folk wisdom recognises as
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • breathing and half for taking in nourishment. What existed in the air
    • time, these structures served for taking in nourishment, that is, the
    • means, he is taking in oxygen. Below, the oxygen unites with carbon
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • by making these cuttings we come into the depths of the earth. That
    • usually sees. Yet, comparatively speaking, all that happens is that
    • overturnings that are taking place in the egg cell are the same as
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • quite certain that the eagle will not be making a statue of an owl!
    • civilization in only a sort of dense air, they had joy in making
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Europeans, who are not given to making fine distinctions, speak of a
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Think how you breathe: that is also a way of taking in
    • through the process of making starch and sugar.
    • see, what I do there with the seeds, grinding them, making them fine,
    • baking itself: all the things I do in cooking, I save my body from
    • give me my fat.” For animal fat goes over into the body, making
    • was shaking in his boots as he said timidly: “Sir –
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • finding out what substances are in the manure and then taking them
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • But, gentlemen, this is making far too simple a picture
    • that it was not they who were speaking but the spirit speaking
    • small child, really a baby — and as its nurse, taking care of
    • Middle Ages did someone discover the possibility of making paper from
    • that was needed for making this paper.
    • what the wasps use for making their nests. The wasps found out how to
    • incapable of making anything if imagination had not enabled them to
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • still without bones. I described this to you when I was speaking of
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • miles from the earth and is not, properly speaking, illuminated by
    • transit of Venus is seen to be taking place. (As you know, eclipses
    • It is not simply a matter of taking botany in the summer because the plants
    • that is in yourself. The force I'm speaking of lies in your
    • sugar in the coffee. But I am speaking quite hypothetically because,
    • of which you are speaking. It is more probable that it is a
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • it, making these tetrahedrons, cubes, octahedrons, icosahedrons,
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • can investigate the excellent results of natural science by taking
    • been speaking is not the only one that was merciful enough to split
    • Instead of colliding with the earth and breaking people's heads it is
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • will. We perceive that the human being wills. But speaking generally
    • small scale is perpetually taking place there.
    • entire body when a man dies is also taking place throughout the body
    • restored in sleep. So waking and sleeping show us that while we are
    • thinking, death is always taking place in the body on a small scale.
    • years. Taking this period to be one cosmic day, we would again have
    • for a few hours; at waking we get them back again. Just as we let the
    • soul leave once and return. Sleeping and waking, you see, are simply
    • longer breathing is our sleeping and waking. And the longest
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 1: The Mission of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • from the form it must take today. In speaking of the present, I naturally do
    • this way, it must find means of making itself understood by all who wish to
    • powers other than those needed for speaking to present-day
    • we are speaking of the mission of Spiritual science today.
    • will and the wish to strengthen himself by taking in and working over
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 2: The Mission of Anger
    Matching lines:
    • the soul's being.” We shall be speaking here of the soul and its life,
    • like substance with the ocean, we are not making the drop into a sea.
    • Similarly, we are not making the ‘I’ a god when we say it is of
    • been speaking of conscious work by the Ego. In the far-distant past, long
    • outer world. We are not yet capable of making the right response as an act of
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 3: The Mission of Truth
    Matching lines:
    • paid; and so, strictly speaking, it is with all men.
    • something which, fundamentally speaking, has nothing to do with the egoistic
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 4: The Mission of Reverence
    Matching lines:
    • nothing to do with man and woman. Goethe is making use of an ancient turn of
    • confirms this way of taking the concluding lines.
    • a true feeling for the meaning of words prevents us from speaking of an
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 5: Human Character
    Matching lines:
    • — as we all know — alternates between waking and sleeping. At
    • up and down in the soul during waking hours, but in man as he is today, the
    • the period between going to sleep and waking up the soul absorbs to the full
    • day. During waking hours the soul can deploy its powers, but it cannot draw
    • now. Thus we can say that when the soul passes back from sleep into waking
    • to hold the pen, then to making the first stroke, and so on through all the
    • consider human life from a higher standpoint, the possibility of breaking
    • body. Thus we see the head, the lower body and the limbs each taking its own
    • limitations we encounter every morning on waking from sleep, and so can help
    • love surrounds him, will strengthen the forces of his physical body, making
    • Consciousness Soul. Generally speaking, man has little power over his
    • spirit, by breaking life asunder, brings to expression in a new life the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 6: Asceticism and Illness
    Matching lines:
    • “waking” and “sleeping”.
    • cognition, and during waking hours he is given up to the external
    • life is changing: a condition emerges that is in some respects akin to sleep.
    • in Greek the word means working on oneself, making oneself capable of
    • breaking the meat-eating habit can be helpful only for getting rid of the
    • speaking of the etheric body, these people picture only the physical refined
    • taking the good old Greek word in its right sense. For to practise asceticism
    • means training oneself, making oneself strong, even “adorning”
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 7: Human Egoism
    Matching lines:
    • acquires from associating with other people, instead of making it contribute
    • striving upwards and making itself the master of chance.
    • strictly speaking, at one remove from actuality. The whole character of the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 8: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • then return to his parable of the chariot and might say, speaking now in a
    • correct meditation. This taking hold of life in the correct way and relating
    • making good the error which has placed man in a false relationship with the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 9: Something about the Moon in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • proceeded quite scientifically, taking account only of observations carefully
    • something else to say about these states of waking and sleeping. Our waking
    • alternation of waking and sleeping corresponds to the regular action of
    • picturesque way of speaking but deeply true to say that in the morning the
    • easily recognise, if we are not taking a superficial view of these things,
    • his waking life, they are built up through the relationship between sun and
    • A regular alternation of waking and sleeping builds up our physical body in a
    • the daytime waking hours? Yes, it is, and what we find is in remarkable
    • normal consciousness experiences during waking hours, in its threefold
    • stay awake at night. But he still has to order his waking and sleeping in
    • himself inwardly by making the external rhythm into an inner one. He has long
    • wrong, even taking only the external facts, to speak of a direct influence of
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 1: Spiritual Science and Language
    Matching lines:
    • — thus making the blood active in our own form — the beings
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 2: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • out of his soul from waking until he falls asleep. These are man's
    • of the ego's activities between waking and falling asleep we can see
    • is what we do with our whole environment. During our entire waking life we
    • this breaking of a bond it has long cherished. Something is torn from the
    • them by contracting, while making use of substances from its environment. In
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 3: What is Mysticism?
    Matching lines:
    • resurrection of Christ. Thus he sees the Christ-event taking place in his
    • speaking of the same thing — but they will have passed through
    • objective being that it is akin to the centre of the human being, the ego.
    • come to something which is closely akin to our inner being. So we rise from
    • cognition, we shall be taking the second line in the right sense. We let the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 4: The Nature of Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • level. And the Lord's Prayer is not for speaking only. It can call
    • use of prayer with the aim only of withdrawing into ourselves and making
    • succeed only in separating us from the world, and making us feel like
    • the soul only by making use of it.
    • Forsaking
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 5: Sickness and Healing
    Matching lines:
    • From the moment of waking in the morning we observe in the human soul all the
    • When we look at the waking human being between morning and evening, the
    • are also true of the waking human being, because all the experiences of the
    • gains in knowledge of the outside world in waking life is taken up inwardly
    • us between waking up and going to sleep, it can only do because it sees its
    • our life as it takes its course from waking up in the morning to going to
    • these forces and cannot replenish them out of our waking life. We can only
    • essence, the feeling of love, from taking place. He would have to unravel
    • body each morning on waking up, then he would be able to form them from out
    • means waking up from a state of sleep which encompasses the physical and
    • two streams have to be harmonious in man!” he would be making an
    • consciously between waking up and going to sleep those things which are
    • which can be compared to waking up: after an artificial withdrawal by the
    • are incapable of making it change. The healthy body remains as it is and
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 6: Positive and Negative Man
    Matching lines:
    • definitions, roughly speaking. But if we inquire how these deeply rooted
    • soul passing from one stage of evolution to the next, and, if we are speaking
    • stimulus and making it his own.
    • making it clear to him that he must not merely cultivate the negative
    • one-sided, can be seen as making the leader of their school positive in his
    • it can have an unhealthy, negative effect, making them weaker and
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 7: Error and Mental Disorder
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of error and start speaking of pathological mental
    • world, between going to sleep and waking up. And it also fails to recognise
    • that he extracts from there what he needs between waking up and going to
    • present in the outer human being in the waking states, but separates himself
    • astral body, not only fashioned but also separated from it. In the waking
    • connected with the physical body. That is why we are dependent on waking
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 8: Human Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • today. For when we say that conscience is a voice speaking out of a divine
    • willing. But it was pointed out also, that in ordinary waking consciousness
    • consider our soul-life, taking into account only our instincts, desires and
    • and this he could do only by making Orestes become clairvoyant at that
    • When conscience speaks, it is God speaking in the soul. The highest spiritual
    • speaking. And spiritual science brings out the connection between conscience
    • conscience speaks in him, it is a God speaking.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 9: The Mission of Art
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of human
    • speaking.” Thus the Homeric poems are directly connected with primeval
  • Title: Fifth Gospel, Part 2: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • and Matthew, I have already had the opportunity of speaking
    • condition to do so. Taking all these things, and more, into
    • taking possession of Jesus of Nazareth's soul. When you stand
    • John the Baptist, although strictly speaking neither were
    • him, for while speaking to them his eyes took on a very special
  • Title: Fifth Gospel, Part 2: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • thereby making them sound ridiculous or satanic.
    • when speaking of the spirit one goes even a little beyond
    • that because we are taking part in a consideration of the most
    • speaking to him, and he repulsed the attack. He defeated
    • speaking if he's the right or the wrong one. If we grab the
    • transformation of the earth was taking place, also in the
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • about whom I shall be speaking presently — these Chinese and
    • so in modern China. I am speaking of the regions where the Chinese
    • been gunpowder before. Berthold Schwarz, when making alchemistic
    • given to making fine distinctions, speak of the Chinese having a
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • way people are making far too simple a picture of man's evolution. To
    • that it was not they who were speaking but the spirit speaking
    • really succeed in making apes look after children, we shall be
    • discover the possibility of making paper from fibre coming from
    • needed for making this paper. But the same thing — except that
    • making nests. The wasps found out how to make paper thousands of
    • incapable of making anything had not imagination enabled them to do
    • be speaking about Wotan, for example: When you go over the mountain
    • intellectual way of talking, but what one says when speaking
    • These primitive men in general have gone on speaking in this way of
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • say that the life of the bees must be studied by making use of the soul.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • speaking.
    • very small quantities in which, relatively speaking, it is
    • the period of time during which the Sun, approximately speaking,
    • And so, you see, they feel themselves entirely akin to the Queen
    • Speaking
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • I say, that generally speaking, twilight surrounds the bees. But when the
    • the light in, suddenly making it light everywhere, this affects the bee
    • great a part in waking life, whereas the sense of smell for example,
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Money comes from the money-making force. Nothing is explained in this
    • saying that money comes from the money-making-force was a queer
    • this is well-known, and one should really insist on making these things
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • bee-master is primarily concerned with making a profit: it is the
    • one does not reckon on making a profit out of it, as with other
    • I found a hornets' nest in my bee-house. I was taking away the brood.
    • bee-keeping is entirely a matter of making it profitable).
    • take profit-making into account. He is simply driven to it by
    • substances. But this making of colours from various plant-substances
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • honey-making process of the bees. It is something so really wonderful
    • the wild figs. This is the method of improving the figs, of making
    • honey-making takes place. The bee is therefore a creature that
    • this whole wax and honey-making process is driven up into the figs,
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • him, wake him up, rouse him out of his faintness by making him
    • generally speaking, a man will have quite a good sound heart if he
    • is fed artificially. If anyone likes taking sugar with honey he can add
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • their modes of life are totally different. Taking our starting point
    • again, one cannot get very far by speaking of mere instinct, for you
    • formic acid must be there, but also what is closely akin to it, and later
    • where the bee sucks. While the bee is taking something from the
    • speaking, the flowers sicken through the life-substances, and the little
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • speaking of an especially interesting chapter of natural science, of the
    • if you knew how much, (of course, comparatively speaking,) how much formic
    • which I have been speaking to you, a knowledge completely lost to
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • people, a gossip session or the like. For I am not speaking
    • speaking of what should fill our souls, of what should live
    • speaking of the guiding line one needs to set one's self: Our
    • the rules for speaking with feeling, one will notice that his
    • sympathy and antipathy has the effect of making it seem that
    • art of lecturing. And it is chiefly a matter of taking in
    • start from an example, let us first take the teacher speaking
    • to children. As far as his speaking is concerned, actually
    • upon his speaking, depends upon what he has previously felt
    • a teacher is speaking about Jean Paul. The children start
    • purpose of making oneself a bit ridiculous. That inclines the
    • speaking, to an audience. At most, one will be able to insert
    • of one's speaking in ordinary life, is, as a rule, somewhat
    • one's words in the usual speaking, when addressing another
    • suddenly he starts declaiming, or speaking dialoguewise,
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • For if there is to be speaking about Anthroposophy which is
    • appropriate, then this speaking must be entirely different
    • traditions of speaking. One has often fallen into the habit
    • of speaking also about anthroposophical matters in the way
    • one has become used to speaking in the age of materialism;
    • to do with the concept of the threefold order. Our speaking
    • unconsciously, to approach speaking about things as if they
    • speak in the same sense of making the threefold social
    • lecturing which is truly taking on new forms.
    • expression when one still learned speaking from the
    • speaking in the times when elocution had to be taken
    • on the special element in regard to speaking which was
    • speaking resulted, and language with its whole organization.
    • transpired that the human being when speaking to others about
    • old way of speaking. There was beautiful speaking. And
    • speaking beautifully is definitely a gift which comes to man
    • from the Orient. It might be said: There was speaking
    • the singing of language, as the ideal of speaking. Preaching
    • is only a form of beautiful speaking stripped of much of the
    • beautiful speaking. For, wholely beautiful speaking is cultic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • speaking. The first is to convert to one's own use the
    • one sets about speaking. One ought already to transpose
    • when he had cut off something with his scissors, would say, taking
    • a matter of speaking well in the sense of what I said yesterday, and
    • of making it clear to people of the middle-class that they are the
    • the same manner as the workman by making use of his language, and at
    • making use of his terminology. But then, after having developed these
    • speaking to people in such as way that gradually a comprehension can
    • Speaking cannot
    • be learned by means of external instructions. Speaking must
    • must be prepared so as to be dealt with in speaking. What I
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • part it will be a matter of making it even comprehensible to
    • realize that he is speaking to an audience that, according to the
    • about the relationship of speaking and the economic elements.
    • become a good speaker if he enjoys speaking, likes to hear himself
    • to speaking himself.
    • speakers. But one's own speaking must by no means be included among
    • speaker. A certain fluency is acquired by speaking but this has to
    • acquires a strong feeling of distaste for one's own speaking. And
    • speaking in the spirit of the aims of this speech-course if I would
    • that theoretical, pedantic speaking affects the digestion, one can
    • continuous fun-making. The jokes of yesterday are not yet digested
    • dimension of speaking fits into the world of actions. The most untrue
    • expression concerning speaking, born of a false sentimentality that
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • sense, a speech taking its course only in inward thoughts;
    • sozialen Frage (the threefold social order). By making it
    • evident that on one hand we are speaking from the other
    • So it is dramatic speaking, very strongly modulated, dramatic
    • that is the manner we should employ in speaking about the
    • facility of speaking freely, a speaking that only contains
    • should make the speech-organs pliable and adroit; but making
    • speaking. In the seminar courses that I held over two years
    • sounds? — then one makes oneself independent of speaking
    • pliable and fit for public speaking.
    • speaking of the sounds. I have tried to give an example of
    • speaking and singing, but actually, all of those are no good,
    • speaking. This implies that one should learn to speak in such
    • should only learn breathing during speech — in speaking
    • into the sounds, into the mode of speaking, the how
    • the speaking of one version you will not be confused by the
    • of mind in speaking, the following two examples can be placed
    • position, in speaking, to slap somebody down in a discussion
    • speaking!):
    • speaking loose from ourselves, actually manage to separate it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • aspect of speaking is, in general, something that must be
    • speaking, it is also most important for listening. If the
    • with the formal aspect of speaking, you could learn a great
    • namely, sheer logic. Logic is for thought, not for speaking;
    • the speaking that is heard. The rest is much more merely an
    • taking such good care of our children!
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 1
    Matching lines:
    • the voice of objective truth, not that of subjective feeling, is speaking.
    • speaking quite generally this trust in the spirit was simply non-existent.
    • men of his day — he is speaking of the beginning of the nineteenth
    • but my object in speaking of it is to give an example of how Spiritual
    • old communal life is superseded by a system of commerce akin to that
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 2
    Matching lines:
    • always associated with places), when they describe their half-waking,
    • towns. That life of picture-like waking dreams which I have described
    • still other streams entered into what was taking place at that time.
    • above as the inner experience of the riddle, told in waking dreams,
    • conquering the external world, but thought itself is making no
    • to what is taking place in the world around one politically and socially
    • musical dreams, the latter suffers through what is taking place in the
    • but by making it capable of discovering the new in the depths of existence.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • chapters and some special questions by speaking of the
    • process of making mental pictures of the outwardly perceived
    • lectures I will be speaking of a comparison, that to begin
    • just taking spiritual science out of thin air with the
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • is extended over the whole organism, making the whole human
    • function of making the invisible aspects of speech visible.
    • body. Roughly speaking, what we actually do in this case is
    • pictures representing them during our waking hours. In this
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • first place, making his consciousness easily suppressible. In
    • ordinary mathematics are in the face of what is taking place
    • waking consciousness, then truly a deep longing can arise
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • memory to what took place in our waking life, back to a
    • life. If we want to be honest about what is really taking
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • — if one is honest — that the processes taking
    • achieved through years of painstaking, conscientious, and
    • configuration. This gives us the possibility of taking a
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • making, although in their content they are not of our making.
    • go further than simply taking the outer phenomena of the
    • punches, taking him by the ear, cuffing him, and so on. When
    • eye by taking hold of visual sense-perception and the
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • a sort of self-deception, taking what he knows of external
    • significance of waking up and falling asleep, and the
    • discover the experience of waking up. Between these two is
    • have just been speaking of. At one time or another you may
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • speaking for the coworkers of these courses we have truly
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • distinct when speaking in this way. One does not ask: whence shall come
    • with a waking soul. We need all this in order to remain human in the
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • in this way and then, taking the strict methodology, the scientific
    • which otherwise remains purely intellectual and, metaphorically speaking,
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • has grasped universal being at one point in making oneself exclusively
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • knows that throughout the entire night, from falling asleep until waking,
    • falling asleep and waking. Everyone who returns from the theater actually
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • By taking this faculty
    • this place to all the corners of the earth, taking with them such ideas
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • guides us in speaking — for this is also called a sense —
    • but not any outward authority — fundamentally speaking, what we
    • speaking here among adults — he washed himself with his own urine,
    • a path of ascent and not of decline. Generally speaking, however, it
    • in speaking it is more possible to turn language this way and that and
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • without thinking about them but still perceiving them. In ordinary waking
    • for their descriptions, but they are speaking only of how one can touch,
    • touched before breaking through into the actual inner realm. Truth is
    • consciously means taking part in something that persists when we have
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • process taking place in the entire universe. This process
    • processes taking place outside in the universe. Look outside
    • essential kinship to the process taking place in the physical
    • described when speaking about the actual physical head is
    • process in a way akin to the relationship of the silica
    • obtained. To a certain extent a struggle is taking place in
    • the ego, and what the processes are taking place outside the
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • consider the matter in this way. Let us say we are breaking
    • those realms about which we are now speaking.
    • same time necessarily communicate the art of making someone
    • work back again: the process of nutrition taking place in the
    • with human sleeping and waking. In the waking state the
    • ego and astral body than in waking. This is a transposition,
    • waking.
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • becoming plant-like is taking place here, and this must be
    • taking place in the head and on the other hand by everything
    • taking place in the metabolism. Hence we must look for the
    • course in the human being, the rhythm of waking and sleeping.
    • point of disturbing the rhythmic organism, making it
    • system, making it irregular and producing illness. This
    • its surface. There is a profound process taking place between
    • earth where the process taking place between the
    • diagnostic significance, of the moments of waking and falling
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • and etheric organs continue to function as in the waking
    • phenomena in the waking state that accompany this inadequate
    • these are waking concomitants of not falling asleep properly.
    • find something accompanying the waking process, what might be
    • the process of cooking when making use of what is dynamically
    • It is here, taking into account the ego especially in its
    • In taking up
    • metabolism, already in the taking up of substances and then
    • weakness when the ego ought to be taking hold outwardly.
    • that this is not taking place in the right way, that the
    • you have pictures of something that is taking place in the
    • and forces from below, one can see especially what is taking
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • is continually taking place in the human being and is
    • especially strong at the moment of waking. We must realize
    • such research must be done in the right way, taking all the
    • him the radiating force of magnesium, taking the whole
    • is taking place in his breathing organism, something also
    • taking place simultaneously below that especially interests
    • that a truly occult process is taking place there. Everything
    • the ego does not exhaust its phosphorizing activity in making
    • process of making static what is dynamic. I have frequently
    • speaking about here has to do with extraordinarily delicate
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • pay enough attention to it. Without taking into account what
    • lung, making it suitable for breathing, develop further, they
    • thinking organ, taking up too strongly the forces properly
    • breathing and, instead of taking in air, takes in etheric
    • perceptions — that is, taking in food and working it
    • of the human being. The latter is, relatively speaking,
    • organ), everything taking place in the lungs and liver, and
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • it is possible really to describe what is taking place in the
    • In taking a
    • the ego. Taking all this together, you have everything
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • it is often a matter of taking the effect you evoke on one
    • of the ego into the physical organism and, while making the
    • what is really taking place in the human being.
    • study all these processes taking place in earthly
    • taking place here.” And if the activity you find here
    • principle: “Can a human being, without taking anything,
    • sulfate would do as well will be making a mistake. This is
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • that we are taking hold of man as he shapes himself out of
    • the form is working centrifugally and making the head big,
    • inner, silent speaking joins what is done there externally in
  • Title: Dear Children: Lecture I: Address at the Christmas Assembly
    Matching lines:
    • mood was resting on all the serious teaching that was taking place,
  • Title: Dear Children: Lecture III: Address at the Assembly at the End of the First School Year
    Matching lines:
    • above all, that there are people who are taking great pains to guide
    • also contribute something to making you a good and capable person in
    • speaking to the teachers, but you children can also hear it and can
  • Title: Colour: Part One: Colour-Experience (Erlebnis)
    Matching lines:
    • must, of course, speak comparatively when speaking of experiences in
    • greenness is, indeed, in its physical body, making green peculiar to
    • dividing it abstractly, taking the greenness from the plant, it is
    • but this colour, speaking generally, is that of the human skin. Let us
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Luminous and Pictorial Nature of Colours
    Matching lines:
    • speaking. So that we can get this colour only in a roundabout way, and
    • Taking the colours we found yesterday, we may say as follows: By its
    • image” are akin.
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Phenomenon of Colour in Material Nature
    Matching lines:
    • generally speaking an inartistic element has been introduced into
    • you the breaking away of the moon, as you find it described in my
    • with the sun. But, generally speaking, if we look simply at the earth,
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Thought and Will as Light and Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • is constructed in such a way as to be specially capable of taking in
    • life on earth. Roughly speaking, we have our head because our limbs
    • see the thought-element as light. So that in speaking of the whole
    • Thus it is a question not merely of making for oneself a picture of
    • the world through speculation, but of taking in the world with the
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: The Connection of the Natural with the Moral-Psychical. Living in Light and Weight.
    Matching lines:
    • that the phenomenon of sleeping and waking means that man is released
    • consciousness. Think of the moment of waking: what is it? When
    • awaking, we say: In going to sleep, man passes out from the field of
    • feeling of being possessed again by weight on awaking, as a personal
    • You note, we are speaking of several different weights, issuing from
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Dimension, Number and Weight
    Matching lines:
    • for the greater part of the time between falling asleep and awaking.
    • between awaking and going to sleep. Animal “wakefulness” is
    • You see, when a man is in the state between going to sleep and waking
    • Man with his waking consciousness sees only the outside of minerals
    • beauty. But there is no sense in speaking of goodness among these
    • Waking Consciousness:
    • want to have the idea of goodness, we must turn to the state of waking
    • gave their pictures the luster of gold, making it irradiate them from
    • We see how in all provinces it is a question of making an effort, of
    • mankind waking up. It is this we ought to take up — this impulse to
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • speaking thus, but we have to approach this future with an eye
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: Artistic and Moral Experience
    Matching lines:
    • into the fleeing red. We shall then be taking part with our whole soul
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: Colours as Revelations of the Psychic in the World
    Matching lines:
    • we can say, making the thought living and not abstract: Whiteness is
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Hierarchies and the Nature of the Rainbow
    Matching lines:
    • And now comes the Fourth Hierarchy. I am speaking now with the thought
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • day or two? Are we not justified in making a start with such
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, what has come about since the dawn of the Fourth
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • have for centuries been gathered together, making it
    • please, that in these lectures I am not speaking specifically
    • Voltaire, one can feel what is meant by speaking of the
    • so can one survey, calmly and dispassionately, what is taking
    • and also of everything that is taking place around us, seems
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • matter of indicating the principles involved, not of making
    • the more complicated. Thus if we are speaking of Danish
    • when we speak of our Building we are truly not speaking of
    • to say can be explained by taking a particular motif of four
    • quite involuntarily when he is speaking belongs to what is
    • always do this; when he is speaking he more often brings the
    • recognition and taking the place of those that are current
    • what is now taking place on the surface runs its course.
    • temptation of what was taking place above the catacombs!
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • other that of colour, Fundamentally speaking, there are these
    • something that, fundamentally speaking, is not present in
    • in itself; for if a painter is concerned with making a
    • fundamentally speaking, anyone who might try, in the colour
    • Occult Hearing”. I said there that even in the waking
    • I described yesterday in speaking of the inner experience of
    • mocks himself and knows not how! He is speaking the truth and
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture I: The Acanthus Leaf
    Matching lines:
    • in the jugdment of man. An undertaking like this can of
    • days of which I am speaking it was almost forbidden to speak
    • somewhere made by man taking a leaf of a weed, an acanthus
    • when it was a question of taking hold of something or of
    • negative forms of the baking mould. We should feel the walls
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture II: The House of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • ' speaking ' relief proceeding from the earth herself in the
    • the Spirits of the Universe are speaking to you’
    • spiritual worlds are speaking through the forms in the
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture III: The New Conception of Architecture
    Matching lines:
    • circle can also be understood by taking two points and
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture IV: True Aesthetic Laws of Form
    Matching lines:
    • myself what it really is,’ something is taking place in
    • Fundamentally speaking, of course, one can dispute about
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture V: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • very days one cannot help speaking of things spiritual with a
    • drawing on the blackboard while he was speaking. The
  • Title: Goethe As Founder of a New Science of Aesthetics: Steiner's First Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • are in Goethe, and, making this our starting-point,
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • people, a gossip session or the like. For I am not speaking
    • speaking of what should fill our souls, of what should live
    • speaking of the guiding line one needs to set one's self: Our
    • the rules for speaking with feeling, one will notice that his
    • sympathy and antipathy has the effect of making it seem that
    • art of lecturing. And it is chiefly a matter of taking in
    • start from an example, let us first take the teacher speaking
    • to children. As far as his speaking is concerned, actually
    • upon his speaking, depends upon what he has previously felt
    • a teacher is speaking about Jean Paul. The children start
    • purpose of making oneself a bit ridiculous. That inclines the
    • speaking, to an audience. At most, one will be able to insert
    • of one's speaking in ordinary life, is, as a rule, somewhat
    • one's words in the usual speaking, when addressing another
    • suddenly he starts declaiming, or speaking dialogue-wise,
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • speaking, correct speaking, and good speaking.
    • For if there is to be speaking about Anthroposophy which is
    • appropriate, then this speaking must be entirely different
    • traditions of speaking. One has often fallen into the habit
    • of speaking also about anthroposophical matters in the way
    • one has become used to speaking in the age of materialism;
    • to do with the concept of the threefold order. Our speaking
    • unconsciously, to approach speaking about things as if they
    • speak in the same sense of making the threefold social
    • lecturing which is truly taking on new forms.
    • expression when one still learned speaking from the
    • speaking in the times when elocution had to be taken
    • on the special element in regard to speaking which was
    • speaking resulted, and language with its whole organization.
    • transpired that the human being when speaking to others about
    • old way of speaking. There was beautiful speaking. And
    • speaking beautifully is definitely a gift which comes to man
    • from the Orient. It might be said: There was speaking
    • the singing of language, as the ideal of speaking. Preaching
    • is only a form of beautiful speaking stripped of much of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • speaking. The first is to convert to one's own use the
    • one sets about speaking. One ought already to transpose
    • Speaking cannot
    • be learned by means of external instructions. Speaking must
    • must be prepared so as to be dealt with in speaking. What I
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • he is speaking to an audience that, according to the mood of
    • “economic elements” in speaking.
    • talk, and attaches special importance to his own speaking. A
    • speaker, even the worst, to speaking himself.
    • speaking oneself ought not to belong to these other greater
    • speaking oneself. A certain fluency is acquired through
    • speaking, but this has to proceed instinctively. What makes
    • speaking. And this distaste for one's own speaking is
    • yet manage to view their own speaking with antipathy, it is
    • one's own speaking is something that ought to be refrained
    • not be speaking about lecturing in the sense of the task of
    • this course if I were to enumerate rules of speaking to you,
    • hits back at the archer. In a debate it is a matter of taking
    • a matter of taking up immediately what the speaker says, and
    • pedantic, theoretical, abstract, Marxist speaking one
    • nowadays in public is a continuous whirl of fun-making. The
    • fun-making of today makes its appearance. With that, the
    • be known how the realm of speaking takes its place within the
    • vis-a-vis speaking is: “Der Worte sind genug
    • correct, but also goodspeaking. Otherwise we lead
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Lyrical speaking for spiritual life; dramatic
    • speaking for rights-relationships; epic speaking for economic
    • sense, a speech taking its course only in inward thoughts;
    • sozialen Frage (the threefold social order). By making it
    • evident that on one hand we are speaking from the other
    • So it is dramatic speaking, very strongly modulated, dramatic
    • that is the manner we should employ in speaking about the
    • facility of speaking freely, a speaking that only contains
    • should make the speech-organs pliable and adroit; but making
    • speaking. In the seminar courses that I held over two years
    • sounds? — then one makes oneself independent of speaking
    • pliable and fit for public speaking.
    • speaking of the sounds. I have tried to give an example of
    • speaking and singing, but actually, all of those are no good,
    • speaking. This implies that one should learn to speak in such
    • should only learn breathing during speech — in speaking
    • into the sounds, into the mode of speaking, the how
    • the speaking of one version you will not be confused by the
    • of mind in speaking, the following two examples can be placed
    • position, in speaking, to slap somebody down in a discussion
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • aspect of speaking is, in general, something that must be
    • speaking, it is also most important for listening. If the
    • with the formal aspect of speaking, you could learn a great
    • namely, sheer logic. Logic is for thought, not for speaking;
    • the speaking that is heard. The rest is much more merely an
    • taking such good care of our children!
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 1: Introduction to the Eurythmy Performance
    Matching lines:
    • undertaking I should like to introduce this performance with
    • has emerged, the situation we have been speaking about today
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 3: Rudolf Steiner's Opening Lecture and Reading of the Statutes
    Matching lines:
    • point in believing that the result can be improved by taking
    • to fulfil this task by making the anthroposophical
    • and about which I shall be speaking shortly.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 5: The Foundation Meeting, 25 December, 11.15 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • who will also be speaking as the General Secretary of the
    • express deep gratitude to Dr. Steiner for taking on the heavy
    • Steiner for taking upon himself the leadership of the
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 6: Meeting of the Vorstand and the General Secretaries
    Matching lines:
    • will of course be the matter of making contact not only with
    • Italy and the direction it is taking be given now, or are we
    • is taking in general.
    • of any undertaking or initiative arising out of our Movement
    • say. They know that this is something new making its
    • appearance in the world. If you avoid speaking clearly, all
    • avoid speaking about the etheric body and so on, even if we
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 8: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 27 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • them, then these sayings can be felt to be the speaking of
    • Society, will in future be taking up the function of
    • to fulfil this task by making the anthroposophical
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 9: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 28 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • start by taking the activities that are already going on and
    • whole, while also taking on the leadership of the general
    • speaking. I shall carry out all that needs to be done here by
    • speaking of Platonic instruction and not spiritual-scientific
    • attach great value to the meeting taking place at Christmas
    • time when this Christmas Conference itself is taking
    • speaking countries, that is America, England, France, Spain,
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 11: Meeting of the Vorstand of the General Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • Grosheintz meant this in a statutory way. He was speaking of
    • standard at the level that seems to us necessary after making
    • than that of paying interest. We shall be speaking about the
    • van Emmichoven declares that taking Holland as a whole, the
    • sum to the German Section by making up any shortfall out of
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 12: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 29 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
    • exceptionally reliable. Chiefly it will be a matter of taking
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 13: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 30 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • long, are in general breaking down. In this situation younger
    • purpose of this correspondence will best be served by taking
    • others taking shape yet.
    • day, I shall take the liberty of speaking briefly on the idea
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 15: The Idea of the Future Building in Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • for those taking part in the rehearsals, where they may wait
    • so on. There will also be entrances at the sides. By making
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 16: Open Discussion of Swiss Delegates
    Matching lines:
    • DR STEINER: Now that we are making a new
    • particular meeting nevertheless know that it is taking place.
    • making this proposal? The proposal is that the small groups
    • such as is appropriate when speaking in public.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 17: The Envy of the Gods - The Envy of Human Beings
    Matching lines:
    • ago, let me begin by speaking about that to which the link
    • human hearts, especially when they can be seen taking shape
    • comprehend the language of the gods speaking out of gently
    • the heavens speaking out of gently shining physical eyes. In
    • physical body, by taking in and transforming the mineral
    • kingdom, by taking in the human realm and working on it, you
    • speaking, then, yes then he could say to his teacher: I now
    • more to human beings. And this spiritual way of speaking is
    • mankind, such a way of speaking existed indeed in the forms
    • to have been making themselves free of this unfreedom. An
    • also, in making that vow before whatever forces are the best
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 18: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 1 January, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 20: On the Right Entry into the Spiritual World: The Responsibility Incumbent on Us
    Matching lines:
    • going to sleep and waking up, were often to be seen
    • waking state but who approach him instead while they are
    • which so far as the waking state is concerned remains
    • spiritual world, then, waking up on their return, waking up
    • civilization to endure for a while. During their waking
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
    • Speaking:
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • rather addresses itself to the great task of the age: that of taking
    • it. This means that it is capable of making whatever springs from its
    • not referring to such appropriate undertakings as Der Kommende Tag,
    • undertakings that came into being in close connection with the
    • reflecting in the least on the standing of such undertakings in the
    • speaking exclusively of effects on the Society. The enterprises that
    • persons concerned are professionally competent. Speaking radically, I
    • universally human undertaking. He can carry on his work as a Waldorf
    • question (and I beg you not to misunderstand my speaking of these
    • completely withdrawn from them, making a patching up of relationships
    • I am speaking a bit
    • scientific endeavor. I am truly speaking with the greatest inner and
    • to limit itself to speaking to people from its innermost heart, as
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • So, taking my style
    • involved in speaking of ethics in the sense required by the Spirit of
    • do, taking the greatest care to leave the reader free, even in
    • spiritual-scientific judgment is arrived at. I am speaking now of
    • later, one comes to the point of undertaking the first re-casting of
    • imbues us with a feeling for what we are as human beings, making us
    • only attacking anthroposophy, but making me and those close to me its
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • judgments in these decisive days. To this end I shall be speaking
    • awake and making the thinker inwardly active.
    • like waking up out of sleep in the morning. The feeling one should
    • who lies asleep. Now I am waking up.” It is like knowing at the
    • should experience something like this waking moment of transition from
    • in them. I am reminded of waking up in the morning and relating my sense
    • here just to the external fact of awaking.) One begins to experience
    • improve the present state of things by speaking briefly about the
    • by anyone really desirous of taking that path.
    • elsewhere, these undertakings were good things in themselves. But
    • was taking place alongside this one, my dear friends. In the third
    • which is based on taking man's eternal as well as temporal nature
    • just been saying in the interests of frank speaking and without the
    • offense at my speaking to you as I have today, my dear friends. I had
    • illusions, making compromises in adjustments between one movement and
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • called its better days, something was taking place that almost
    • can only be developed by rising above suffering and making it a
    • escape from the direction the will is taking that it enters the
    • sectarian group thought it a most praiseworthy undertaking to meet
    • breaking his legs. It is much harder to pour good thoughts so
    • thus exerted one's humanness. Many an undertaking has suffered
    • making one dissatisfied. But that attitude doesn't last. In the long
    • practice. That means making one single whole again of the person
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • in the direction of making a new life in the Anthroposophical
    • not the poet speaking; it was, he felt, the Muse speaking in him, and
    • from shining heights above was felt by the Greeks to be speaking
    • Instead, it was thought of as taking place on the level on which the
    • tragedy was being enacted, making it possible to experience in every
    • the gods were speaking to him in ideas and thoughts. He already had
    • impressions. This meant that he no longer experienced the speaking of
    • speaking. Whereas the Oriental still heard that speaking, the Greek
    • and feel about nature's creations as a result of making use of our
    • and welled over and submerged them, speaking much more eloquently
    • a manner so akin to it that every line and color becomes nature's
    • the sun to waking human beings.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • plastic forms. If one stood on the podium speaking from the heart in
    • want to add these comments to those I will be making in connection
    • listened to here I will go home unable to continue speaking of
    • should be making its appearance in our day. It is the product of a
    • is increasingly taking over the religious field has had the effect of
    • taking place, with the countless details of what these companions
    • effect of making him forget the spiritual world, forget it even in
    • the same inner life another wakes to. In waking out of the isolation
    • understanding of anthroposophy on what can be called a waking up in
    • our life of feeling by taking care to imbue everything we do for
    • of so and so many individuals taking in what is being read or spoken
    • must so attune our speaking, our feeling, our thinking, our impulses
    • But taking the whole man into consideration, you will find that
    • course were to be pursued. Taking life's ordinary concerns as a
    • what it is to feel concern for our anthroposophical undertaking and
    • is: What should have happened, anthroposophically speaking, after all
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • the opposite side of the matters discussed yesterday, I am taking as
    • day-waking state of consciousness involved in a common life with
    • causes him to project into his waking consciousness a world of
    • speaking of the physical, etheric and astral bodies and the ego, of
    • share a life with others in an ordinary state of waking, so must
    • worlds there is little sense in making objections to anything. A
    • read or even study it, but with the usual approach and making the
    • noticed that a representative of anthroposophy was speaking. Such a
    • person would simply have thought him to be a man speaking about
    • Now I am not making
    • life into situations of everyday waking consciousness nevertheless
    • ordinary waking consciousness.
    • projects a dreamer's orientation into ordinary waking consciousness.
    • is an intrusion of the dream state into the reality of waking
    • abnormal when he introduces dream concerns into his waking
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • how things developed. You know from comments I have been making these
    • be taken as deprecating these undertakings, but nothing of the sort
    • have been making here in the past several weeks to round out the
    • undertakings to grow out of the soil of the Anthroposophical Movement
    • making their first appearance on the stage of human evolution. This
    • when it came to taking part in the life of his time, he became not
    • flunked. At that time — I am speaking of the 1850's —
    • In spite of this, he performed one of the most epoch-making feats in
    • undertakings was the “Union for the Threefold Membering of the
    • Society and the committee speaking for it; the other is made up of
    • who carry on their separate undertakings in exemplary fashion and do
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • has come increasingly to the fore, has recently been making itself
    • could be achieved only by making the Christ impulse very much alive
    • suited to the present. To do this meant taking very seriously indeed
    • revelation is taking place. There had to be an ongoing evolution from
    • feeling level in people of our time. Ideas are a device for making
    • When members of a group speaking the same language come, in the
    • cultus is based on speaking words in the physical world in a way that
    • purposes of illustration, I have just described as taking place when
    • person and someone in a state of ordinary waking consciousness.
    • everyday waking experience. But he is experiencing it in complete
    • shared world when he leaves dreams behind and enters a day-waking
    • that rouse him to the ordinary day-waking state, and other people are
    • all previous ages people woke up from the dream state to day-waking
    • waking life one awakens only in meeting another's natural aspects.
    • kind is taking in concepts. They are, of course, rather different
    • beholding higher worlds — of waking up in the encounter with
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • waking life, that of dreams, and finally that of dreamless sleep.
    • physical world where he finds himself during his waking life.
    • and those of waking. A dreamer is isolated in his dream experiences.
    • day-waking state, into situations on the physical plane. There are
    • fellowman making assertions about things to which the other can have
    • danger can be avoided by undertaking to transform one's soul
    • pouring into one's ears, waking one out of the self-begotten pictures
    • breaking through it, so can someone who knows the danger of
    • include taking an interest in problems occasioned by a constantly
    • — in other words, of making them the common concern of the
    • reproached for taking no interest in something launched before their
    • right to do so, without taking the least interest in the
    • the Society must do its part in making this possible. As we face this
    • together in it are interested first and foremost in making
  • Title: Hegel, Schopenhauer, Thought, Will
    Matching lines:
    • from the breaking of waves of cosmic will. Schopenhauer, who
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: I: A Retrospect
    Matching lines:
    • of the example that we cannot depict a tree graphically by making a
    • bodies, making us conscious — that is thinking and feeling
    • in hand on waking by what is securely bound to our physical and
    • qualities of which we have been speaking and towards which we must
    • In speaking of the
    • a more general way. When speaking here or elsewhere of the conditions
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: II: Some Practical Points of View
    Matching lines:
    • defining man, by speaking of his being or nature. If you study my
    • The breaking of a tumbler is a matter of small interest to you, but
    • making what use we can of it in life, but should be as distrustful as
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • speaking in this vital picture-language which came whenever they had
    • such a conception, and for this, when speaking of cause and effect,
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • forces (Schnittkräfte) caused by the breaking up of world
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • therefore when in speaking of this in spiritual science we say: The
    • threshold acts beneficently towards us, making us unaware of our own
    • Speaking of this
    • world. This sinking down, this breaking through the sheaths of the
    • (I am not speaking now of the “individuality” of
    • had grown up should work within this human being making use of the
    • revealed, in spite of so great a Being making use of such a child
    • being at a moment of awaking. When the soul is able to experience the
    • in which the leaders of mankind arose. In speaking of it we have
    • breaking through this inner being he enters the Spiritual World. The
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • “individuality” of separate men. And when speaking of the
    • leader is called an Archangel. In speaking of these exalted Beings we
    • do not influence man by making use of the forces of nature, but they
    • new was speaking to them; that through this man who had appeared
    • time of which we have been speaking.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • ideals.” We must therefore acknowledge when speaking strictly:
    • possibility of making use of the instrument which gives them
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • human nature. For what, among much else, is taking place in the
    • the infallibility of each. In speaking of such things we mention what
    • his soul and he believes he is capable of making his ideal actual. He
    • of egoism to desire to communicate immediately what is taking place
    • about and said: “In speaking thus Peter, thou givest
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking of
    • Speaking scientifically what meets us in Arabism is a synthesis of
    • other hand, we see it taking a more southernly route which, leaving
    • speaking thus, these people refer to a teaching suited to a time long
    • things of which we are speaking.
    • of which I have been speaking a union of the Jahve-religion with
    • Christianity is taking place. Test this by accepting all that the
    • they are incapable as yet of accepting and making use of other lines
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: IV: The Path of Theosophy from Former Ages until Now
    Matching lines:
    • more. Taking together these separate facts one sees that a need and a
    • making progress — and you are all in this position — is
    • ideas, but that they impart life to our whole mental outlook, making
    • waking time. But thou must go still further to another mountain,
    • speaking of theosophy in 1847 at Heidelberg, says: —
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I - Lecture I: The Eternal and the Transient in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • the physical heredity. Goethe himself felt in such a way speaking in
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture III: The Nature of God from the Theosophical Standpoint
    Matching lines:
    • opinions of it only and of taking care that they become more and more
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I - Lecture IV: Theosophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • made the table yourself. You admit calmly to be a layman of making tables. However,
    • as we know as laymen of making tables if a table is good how we have to use
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III - Lecture II: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part II: Soul and Human Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • if we see anything taking place in a machine we can say to ourselves that these
    • removed by this law. We hear these naturalists speaking in such a way that somebody
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III - Lecture III: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part III: Soul and Mind
    Matching lines:
    • inside, so that we hear the spirit speaking in our inside?
    • like of the physical laws, then these shadow-images start speaking the living
    • the sensuous sense. Then he hears self-consciousness in his inside speaking
    • is concentrated in particular, or also by simply speaking to the person concerned
    • this condition of hypnosis, a kind of sleep, in which the everyday waking consciousness
    • a tickle, we want to say, to him under other circumstances, with waking consciousness.
    • the human being is also in the normal, in the everyday waking state in a state
    • in the waking consciousness to that state which I have described in the first
    • ears are active in the same way as before; we have our waking consciousness,
    • but we do not allow to be touched by the everyday objects within this waking
    • to have such sensitivity of the environment with waking consciousness it is
    • with full waking consciousness. We lead the spirit in the right thinking if
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture I: Theosophy and Spiritism
    Matching lines:
    • rightly to this age as one of the most epoch-making of humankind. One has pointed
    • move in our brain and which were made clear to us by science in such an epoch-making
    • or subconsciousness, but to those who tell truth from full waking consciousness.
    • truth has investigated truth in no other way as maintaining the full waking
    • being in trance more than somebody who speaks from his clear waking consciousness?
    • waking consciousness was not yet developed, but because he ascends to times
    • waking consciousness has developed gradually. With the rise to the spiritual
    • in English-speaking countries. Steiner uses the latter terms for the opposite
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture II: Theosophy and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • as somnambulism any soul activity without full activity of the everyday waking
    • effacement and elimination of the usual waking consciousness. We know that only
    • completely by themselves to such a condition where their usual waking consciousness
    • feel, perceive in a kind of waking dream, in a kind of sleep which is, however,
    • are in their usual waking state. These are only indications of such states at
    • prevails that we deal mostly only with snatches of the waking consciousness,
    • The most usual dream action is speaking
    • dream speaking to the dream actions as I already said in my introduction. The
    • waking consciousness? A light impression is caused because oscillations of the
    • our bright, waking consciousness which offers resistance of own accord, as it
    • not into mental pictures, is not taken up into the waking consciousness. Thus
    • to us to be linked with the others as just this is the case in the waking consciousness.
    • our waking consciousness is eliminated. One attains that with somnambulists
    • Because we have such clear, waking
    • of the stars, it is the same with our bright waking consciousness. What exists
    • bright waking consciousness drowns out. If we extinguish this, it will become
    • all these states once, and now we are in the period of the bright waking consciousness.
    • waking consciousness that the human being had in former times but without the
    • waking consciousness, because it was not yet developed.
    • with full waking consciousness. Some among us who have developed their inner
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture III: The History of Spiritism
    Matching lines:
    • of the spiritistic movement without taking sides, because no human opinion is
    • basically starts taking on a certain form that one can rightly call spiritism
    • speak about things about which they can never speak in the waking consciousness
    • always only Swedenborg speaking; he did not hear answering. The case became
    • even more noticeable to him when he heard the discussion taking place in wonderful
    • many other works appeared epoch-making for the western education in different
    • the English speaking world to distinguish spiritism and spiritualism (Spiritualismus).
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture IV: The History of Hypnotism and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • — I would almost like to say — painful word must be said speaking
    • show in the waking consciousness and also not in the usual sleep. You can sting
    • are fulfilled, he knows nothing about the experiment after waking up; but tomorrow
    • taking hold of the case. Thick books are written which are cannibalised by journalism,
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture I: What Does the Modern Human Being Find in Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • and antipathy. The human being hears the spirit speaking from his soul; he perceives
    • because the spirit becomes more and more speaking. However, we only recognise
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture II: What Do Our Scholars Know about Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • — This speaking of proofs is something that appears over and over again
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture III: Is Theosophy Unscientific?
    Matching lines:
    • Just as you digest and speak, you feel, wish and desire. Digesting and speaking
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture IV: Is Theosophy Buddhist Propaganda?
    Matching lines:
    • depend on speaking about karma and about reincarnation, but on that: to make
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse in Historical Development - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • is taking an independent individual stand with regard to the world.
    • body of its leaden heaviness and by some means making it lighter. A
    • intensification of the intellectual element is making itself felt, on
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse in Historical Development - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • I am very happy to be speaking to you today — among these
    • It is wrong to say nature makes no leaps. Nature is perpetually making
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Rosicrucian Christianity - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • which gives me the opportunity for the first time of speaking
    • Strictly speaking the rosicrucian movement began in the thirteenth
    • We shall be speaking, then, of twelve outstanding individualities. The
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Rosicrucian Christianity - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • combustion, he told himself: gods are now making a sacrifice to the
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Jeshu ben Pandira - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • we possess it on the physical plane, persists from our waking till our
    • conceptual life — which engrosses us fully from our waking till
    • which our waking life of day impart to us do not appear in dreams,
    • remorse, we shall sense upon awaking the next morning that we have
    • the moment of waking, we note that we experience again in its
    • occult science is in speaking of the three worlds. And, when we take
    • than in a physical body, in our age the forces are actually awaking
    • The next three millennia will be devoted to making visible the
    • the task of Spiritual Science shares in making this preparation.
    • devouring him, making him so small and feeble that he will become
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Jeshu ben Pandira - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • of soul in the presence of one's destiny, than by making karma an
    • law. For making premature use of the bodily organs is contrary
    • of man alternates between sleeping and waking; and, while the human
    • for each of his illnesses, and he promised to do everything, making
    • making the person morose, sullen, hypochondriacal about everything,
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse as Living Reality - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • to what is also taking place in the super-sensible world in our time.
    • branch of it which, strictly speaking, likes drawing its knowledge by
    • without taking the other known material sciences into account. But,
    • monistic meeting could be mistaken for a mad theosophist, making the
    • believes itself capable of making general definitions.
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse as Living Reality - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • embarks upon some undertaking; he spares no effort to make it
    • ruthlessly making his way in the world (he may be a thorough
    • death would have come to him had he persisted in his undertaking. This
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Dawn of Occultism in the Modern Age - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • stages, but speaking generally these are the three categories.
    • generally speaking the pain will have greatly diminished after this
    • were saved by something akin to chance, and since then a second life
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The True Attitude To Karma
    Matching lines:
    • world; in the earlier period we were taking something from the
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Intimate Workings of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • undertakings which may either be successful or the reverse. In many
    • roughly speaking not quite seven hundred years ago. Conditions were
    • been said to be that of a person of renown. In speaking of previous
    • happens to be speaking.
    • him. It was as though a higher spirit were speaking in him. Something
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Mission of Christian Rosenkreutz
    Matching lines:
    • later. We are speaking, therefore, of a physical personality who
    • speaking incorrectly when one says that between two incarnations on
  • Title: Novalis: On his Hymns to the Night
    Matching lines:
    • the possibility to see that waking everyday awareness is only a
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 2: The Contrast Between Cain and Abel
    Matching lines:
    • still remained of the Abel line were Sons of God, they remained akin
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 4: The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • take place of such Manus as are akin to ourselves; who have risen, as
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 5: The Mystery Known to Rosicrucians
    Matching lines:
    • epochs, thus making manifest the entire development of world history
    • desires. She is the representative of the true human soul, taking her
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 6: Manicheism
    Matching lines:
    • with him since the middle of Lemuria. What is really taking place
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 7: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 1
    Matching lines:
    • handclasp to be used when shaking hands. These handclasps are
    • meaning behind the first part of the ceremony — the taking away of
    • by making calculations, but instead, definite intuitions were
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 8: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 2
    Matching lines:
    • instance I should stress to you that I am speaking to you as a non-mason
    • responsibility for taking another Freemason through these
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 9: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 3
    Matching lines:
    • we have been speaking about here, what
    • Moscow a disaster which he had caused was taking place. And nobody at
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 10: Evolution and Involution as they are Interpreted by Occult Societies [The Atom as Congealed Electricity]
    Matching lines:
    • series of lectures I have been speaking about occult schools and secret
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 11: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 1
    Matching lines:
    • which has to be rebuilt, we are speaking about everyday
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 13: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 3
    Matching lines:
    • other hand similarly akin to the earth. Earth and sun are the two
    • plant, while set against each other, are mutually akin; whereas the
    • Pauline doctrine lies in its making a distinction between law and
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 14: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 4
    Matching lines:
    • keep speaking of Races. There were other forms that manifested
    • the earth, essentially speaking, developed itself in these four types
    • making. Now it was indicated to him how he could act on his etheric
    • religion, making a stage by stage recapitulation.
    • man which is akin to this Spirit which has taken it up.
    • akin to that Spirit which was thrust down, which is indeed embodied
    • Word comes, that is akin to the holy divine Word, and that sinks down
    • astral bodies so that they would become ripe for making their etheric
    • celebrates Pentecost best by making it clear to himself what deep
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 15: Atoms and the Logos in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • [continual] change is taking place. An outer expression of these
    • first. Then first the Sun separated itself, taking with it all those
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 16: The Relationship of Occultism to the Theosophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • universe. Once again he descends into the ocean of the past, taking
    • the world forces with him. Then, taking the ascending curve, he can
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 17: Freemasonry and Human Evolution I
    Matching lines:
    • are living in the theosophical movement are in fact akin, in a
    • receiving, listening, watching — to taking in from the surroundings.
    • than contenting ourselves with merely taking this over [conquering
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 18: Freemasonry and Human Evolution II
    Matching lines:
    • taking to speak about these things to you. However, particular occult
    • culture, is, spiritually speaking, primarily connected, not with the
    • Freemasons set themselves the ideal, therefore, of taking up this
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 19: The Relationship Between Occult Knowledge and Everyday Life
    Matching lines:
    • substance. This process is still taking place every day. When two
    • remodelling of the astral body is actually taking place, and that
    • be continually making himself better. To the extent that he becomes
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 20: The Royal Art in a New Form
    Matching lines:
    • way, making them certainly more gruesome than secret. This book
    • of which I am speaking, to be a Freemason meant to stand in vehement
    • other, because then spirit will be speaking to spirit, not sensuality
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • waking we should be able to see our astral being and our
    • waves of the air; so that while we are speaking, astral
    • are not said for the purpose of making moral judgments into
    • self-enjoyment — even when speaking does not consist
    • and waking life it is playing into the human soul. You will
    • of speaking merely of a piece of literature but of speaking
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • is contained the will that is taking shape; this
    • good reasons for speaking quite differently in each of the
    • question of speaking at the cremation of a dear friend
    • took a form as if the soul itself were speaking:
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • oneself and betaking oneself into other individuals. If one
    • One must, if one has a strong predilection for speaking a
    • oneself, conquer this tendency; since this much speaking of
    • struggle to stand our ground in the consciousness breaking
    • of artistic labour, the opposite is taking place. In our
    • catastrophe taking place before his eyes as the subject of
    • objectively out of this deep sympathy, making us love them
    • it only seemed that he was speaking of himself in
    • said. It is natural for an elder person when he is speaking
    • impurity of speaking about himself. It was this that was so
    • be present for the purpose of taking in spiritual Science;
  • Title: The Bridge between Morality and Nature
    Matching lines:
    • death and a new birth. Taking this line as characteristic
  • Title: Spiritual Science, History, Reincarnation, Culture, Examples
    Matching lines:
    • Relatively speaking it is not the greatest number of the
    • physically inherited features. Taking this as the total
    • which they can feel called into making a choice to the one or
  • Title: Opponents to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophical movement, despite speaking to the hearts and
    • seen from the outside, so many discussions are taking place
    • for example the Evangelists, without taking on the
    • God's depths. Speaking of people — who of you know the
    • matter. No mystery is created by taking ideas of ghosts or
    • any sectarian signs and then taking things simply as they are
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 1 (Summary): Effects of Modern Agnosticism
    Matching lines:
    • out the human side of man and making him into a machine.
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 5: From Sense Perception to Spirit Imaging
    Matching lines:
    • by making full use of the insights gained with the rational mind, while
    • point of view. Taking the negative approach, it is possible to say what
    • taking harm morally and psychologically, an element of megalomania,
    • case speaking of the pathological condition).
    • of the person making such judgements. Otherwise there is no sound foundation
    • satisfaction when making a new discovery, but the pleasure felt in what
    • knowledge. We can have those in our normal experience of making discoveries,
    • an example that will at the same time also — figuratively speaking — take
    • today, when speaking on the basis of Anthroposophy.) Dr Unger repeatedly
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 6: From Imaginative Knowledge to Inspirational Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • up again from that subconscious when suitable efforts are made are taking
    • It could be said, taking care
    • to arrive at anything at all when making the forming of ideas, thinking
    • us cold, making few waves in our emotions.
    • concrete. Making ourselves really conscious of this process, we are
    • the way we enter into our ideas, into ideas that strictly speaking appear
    • process of respiration altogether. That process consists in our taking
    • without making too great a jump. This stops when we approach the essential
    • Unger and I were using yesterday — of inversion or involution, speaking
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 7: The Gulf Between a Causal Explanation of Nature and the Moral World Order
    Matching lines:
    • not be appreciated to its full extent by many people; but taking a fairly
    • by not merely-taking the process of forgetting so far that we rid ourselves
    • to go through an inner metamorphosis and transformation by taking it
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 8: The Social Question
    Matching lines:
    • to do so by making the findings of spiritual science our own. That is
    • to Imagination, taking hold of something objective and coming to expression
    • to something that fundamentally speaking changes into something else
    • science of the kind I am speaking of to do more that establish that
    • will not be speaking of a Christ other than the Christ who has gone
  • Title: Natural Science; the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • tremendously. Instead of shaking up the will and saying to
  • Title: Et Incarnatus Est
    Matching lines:
    • also established each year by taking a certain celestial
    • nature of events taking place upon earth. But at that moment in
    • real significance of any event that is taking place today
    • being held, and other events of a like nature were taking place
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture I: Where and How Does One Find the Spirit?
    Matching lines:
    • would be a mere quibble speaking of an astral body. However,
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture II: Goethe's Secret Revelation - Exoteric
    Matching lines:
    • will-o'-the-wisps are still shaking and throwing away what they
    • the strength or the will. Now we see a symbolic act taking
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture III: Goethe's Secret Revelation - Esoteric
    Matching lines:
    • of initiation, if he stops making a worldview from
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture V: Bible and Wisdom II
    Matching lines:
    • speaking in the fourth verse of the second chapter of the
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VI: Superstition from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • of making gold is informed. However, what you read there
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VII: Issues of Nutrition in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • a more versatile, more independent being just by taking up the
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VIII: Issues of Health in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • making the soul happy. Who works on his thoughts in such a way
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture IX: Tolstoy and Carnegie
    Matching lines:
    • soldier. However, we see now a more specified feeling taking
    • see a kind of interregnum taking place, where in certain way
    • whole night which he turned taking care of turning it in the
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XIII: The Riddles in Goethe's Faust - Exoteric
    Matching lines:
    • The Seven Planetary Conditions in the Waking Day, Homer's Golden Chain or Golden Thread Sutra);
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XIV: Riddles in Goethe's Faust - Esoteric
    Matching lines:
    • There we see something taking action round him that comes from
    • making themselves noticeable in whose actions the human beings
    • spiritual world. Then we see Goethe making his profession, so
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 1: The Experience of Major and Minor
    Matching lines:
    • will arise of speaking about this understanding at least in an introductory
    • all, that in eurythmy we should get beyond the mere making of gestures
    • is to be true. The making of signs is not the essential thing, but the
    • when, in making the gesture, you feel: ‘I too am here confronting
    • In making the gesture for o, you form a circle with both arms.
    • I am going with my astral body out of my physical body, I am speaking
    • spiritual being too, while forsaking my physical body), this is just
    • I am speaking in musical terms.
    • In speaking of the experience
    • but in speaking this process takes place on a higher level — the
    • in the direction of the foot taking the step. Now you have made a second
    • gesture by making a light movement of the left arm, touching the right
    • your backward step with the left arm, taking care to hold the palm of
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 2: Experience and Gesture; the Intervals
    Matching lines:
    • the human being sings or speaks, the experience of the singing or speaking
    • warmth. Let us suppose that someone is singing or speaking. Imagine
    • the stream of singing or speaking the element of warmth. The ego lives
    • themselves to the air and warmth. Singing and speaking do in fact entail
    • aware of how the human being perceives what is taking place here. We
    • saying this we are already speaking in gesture. There is not the least
    • seventh there is the feeling of breaking through the skin and going
    • with a major third. Then you will show inwardness by making the arm
    • out the arm, turning the hand while shaking it). The natural expression
    • of closing off, of giving it form, of making so to speak an enclosing
    • you do speaking and singing. You must accustom yourselves, however,
    • the musical sound, taking hold of it, being able to hear it, and living
    • the senses or larynx have to do in singing and speaking.
    • speaking, Wagner's music is unmusical. [13] And it is really necessary
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 3: Melodic Movement; the Ensouling of the Three Dimensions through Pitch, Rhythm and Beat
    Matching lines:
    • upon the forming and shaping of the actual language, upon making speech
    • you actually lead it over into Melos, making three movements for the
    • thing is not in the making of poses, but in the movement.
    • into these three different directions. He has to find some way of making
    • up-down and down-up (also taking into account what I have said about
    • downwards movement of the legs or head. When making pitch visible, we
    • A differentiation may also be shown simply by taking a strong step with
    • Fundamentally speaking,
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 4: The Progression of Musical Phrases; Swinging Over; the Bar Line
    Matching lines:
    • of what I have been speaking about. The phrase starts with a G and progresses
    • it on. Fundamentally speaking, everything else does not add the spirit
    • i [‘ee’]. When speaking this sound i, you
    • i. When speaking dialect ‘Dörfl’
    • indeed world-shaking, importance. He went on to tell us what these world-shaking
    • tone eurythmy. Why is this? Fundamentally speaking, a large number of
  • Title: Eurthmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 5: Choral Eurythmy
    Matching lines:
    • it is this power of making things manifest which constitutes the most
    • in the intervals, constituting that which we do not hear. In speaking
    • speaking of sounds is an art that in fact can only indicate a sounding
    • more than simply making or copying movements.
    • Taking
    • When making use of a chorus,
    • we approach very near to making this invisible element musical, very
    • with the third, making those presenting the tonic have larger movements,
    • as an instrument. Only think of all that goes into the making of an
    • means of making your inner bodily nature flexible, inwardly supple,
    • else (either singing or speaking in a reciting or declamatory way) to
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 6: The Sustained Note; the Rest; Discords
    Matching lines:
    • a lot of modern music-making [1924] tends to lay special stress upon
    • more unmusical in the course of centuries. (I am speaking now of the
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 7: Musical Physiology; the Point of Departure; Intervals; Cadences
    Matching lines:
    • And because movement depends upon making use of these muscles and bones,
    • with the human middle system, and at the other end (after making the
    • He is not looking upon it as an autonomous art, but is making use of
    • be as though a spirit were perched on the singer's shoulders, making
    • and in everything concerned with speaking and singing right out as far
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 8: Pitch (ethos and pathos), Note Values, Dynamics, Changes of Tempo
    Matching lines:
    • Generally speaking, the whole mental attitude should be suited to the
    • to someone accompanying his speaking with grimaces.
    • movements lower in space (making each movement lower than the one preceding),
    • us to activity, this is akin to the feeling- experience underlying short
    • expression of which I have been speaking, it will be necessary to engage
  • Title: Preparing for a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • aspect to what does enter into clear, waking awareness: our
    • bodies, taking with them from normal life only the will and a
    • going to sleep and waking up takes place in a completely
    • between falling asleep and waking up. The experience stays
    • through everything we just experienced between our last waking
    • though in waking life we may only see this linking of cause and
    • waking life. As we step through the gates of death, we submerge
    • It is not a question of our making theoretical thoughts for
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 1: Probability and Chance
    Matching lines:
    • occupy us in the next lecture. I will be speaking then about the important
    • on it “And it would be like going back to childhood and taking
    • by chance is like becoming a child again and taking out of a magic package
    • one were to keep on making God responsible, as Spinoza, Hume, Kant,
    • example of Spinoza, Hume, Kant, and Schopenhauer in making Schopenhauer's
    • taking into account all the factors involved in developing a sound train
    • Now you would have to spend years making a really thorough study of
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 2: Consciousness in Sleeping and Waking States
    Matching lines:
    • Consciousness in Sleeping and Waking States
    • Consciousness in Sleeping and Waking States
    • states of waking and sleeping in human beings. I have repeatedly
    • the wear and tear of work and of our other activities during waking
    • products, which are then formed anew in the following period of waking
    • are really secreted during day-waking consciousness and destroyed again
    • and waking the development of a viewpoint from which to study these
    • of waking and sleeping, to concern ourselves with questions of the difference
    • waking and the sleeping states.
    • be able to say that when we are in the day- waking state, we cannot
    • studied during ordinary waking consciousness. Even what a person comes
    • on the subject of sleeping and waking were all that could be said about
    • his day- waking interest on it, is perhaps not particularly interested
    • matter if one studies the alternation between sleeping and waking with
    • between sleeping and waking to another cause, and say that we live in
    • little sense to say that sleep is the cause of waking, and waking the
    • sleeping and waking. This means asking what sort of consciousness we
    • waking than one possesses in the case of a full and an empty beer glass;
    • compact matter, that what seems to day-waking consciousness to be substantial
    • naturally appears in the shape he has when looked at with day-waking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 3: Necessity and Chance in Historical Events
    Matching lines:
    • of sleeping and waking. But we recognize that waking consciousness too
    • again, our waking consciousness takes in nothing but objects in the
    • day-waking consciousness we must say that we experience what is around
    • a heightening of waking consciousness. In addition to experience of
    • here; we can call it a subconscious looking. Day-waking consciousness
    • “Consciousness looking into the world around us” = day-waking
    • is actually a deepened and more concentrated form of waking consciousness.
    • And spiritual science teaches us too that whereas our ordinary day-waking
    • its evolution; it must go on and on developing. Metaphorically speaking,
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 4: Necessity as Past Subjectivity
    Matching lines:
    • from taking the prevailing modern outlook seriously. Mauthner arrives at
    • in addition to sleeping and waking. Remembering is still in its infancy;
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 5: Necessity and Past, Chance and Present
    Matching lines:
    • strengthening our minds and thinking by taking in and thoroughly mastering
    • human perception during ordinary waking consciousness. Human beings
    • wise man.” He was speaking about the growth process of humanity,
    • “thus making itself the master of the element of chance.”
    • higher worlds by taking in, in the form of sharply defined concepts, the
    • deal we participate in goes on around us as we are speaking, without
    • But speaking of these matters brings us to
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 6: Imaginative Cognition Leaves Insights of Natural Science Behind
    Matching lines:
    • sleeping and waking and related matters. I spoke of how the whole nature
    • alternating states of sleeping and waking. We tried to understand how
    • differently consciousness functions in the waking and the sleeping states.
    • insights by any other means than the most painstaking comparisons. First
    • and perceptions, making these into a fifth wheel on the wagon.
    • their realm. Speaking euphemistically of course, but in a way corresponding
    • the laws involved in watch-making.
    • by taking a state of consciousness into consideration. Then we will
    • by looking at them and making a one-time image of them analogous to
    • fluid. We are speaking here not of what it actually weighs, but of its
    • inner processes of the “earth-creature” taking place in
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 7: The Physical Body Binds Us to the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • from using the physical body to making use of the etheric body.
    • making use of our etheric bodies, except when we are sleeping, but we
    • not yet grown young. If we are speaking of physical human beings we
    • can say that they are growing old, but in speaking of the etheric body
    • grows, physically speaking, the more pronounced is this moment of wisdom.
    • taking place in them (see drawing, mauve); then, in red, the etheric
    • bodies of deceased young people, with various things taking place in
    • instead of taking an abstract approach to spiritual science, it becomes
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 8: Death, Physical Body and Etheric Body
    Matching lines:
    • Human beings spend all of their waking life
    • in the course of these lectures. Generally speaking, however, we can
    • answer to a certain question, namely, what were the heavens (taking
    • establish contact with a being of the angelic hierarchy by taking its
    • be aware of the dead really coming closer to us. It is a matter of making
    • again just this moment. An event, such as the breaking of a vase five
    • say that this picture is not another soul. Still, taking the entire
    • from it. Otherwise we would have had to keep on picturing the breaking
    • of the vase every minute of our waking life during the past five days.
    • spirit, for the breaking of the vase is neither of the spirit nor of
    • in alternating periods of sleep and waking dependent on the sun,
    • make life by taking their membership in the Society with utmost unconcern.
    • a holy undertaking. We cannot make any progress if we continue to look
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture I: The Spiritual World and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Colours, tones, and smells stop making impressions on us.
    • spiritual science; and one can hear someone speaking who has
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture II: Theosophy and Antisophy
    Matching lines:
    • strictly speaking —
    • usual science that induces him making his statements. It is no
    • speaking, any barrenness of the soul, any pessimism, any
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture III: Spiritual Science and Denomination
    Matching lines:
    • sleep and is inside during the waking state: We called this
    • proceeds in the sensory world in the waking state. However, if
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture IV: On Death
    Matching lines:
    • not only feel something sneaking that destroys the outer
    • Indeed, you feel a transformation taking
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture V: The Meaning of Immortality of the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • meaning of immortality of the human soul taking up the
    • pains, all memories strictly speaking; we are in them, are one
    • However, someone who hears speaking about the meaning of
    • be an epoch-making invention; it can also be something that
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VII: The Moral Basis of Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • of such a world of which Kant was still speaking.
    • being is speaking through him by which he has made himself
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VIII: Voltaire
    Matching lines:
    • development. Thereby one can really speak taking up the idea of
    • world against himself strictly speaking. Voltaire searched a
    • 6256). Strictly speaking, these
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture IX: Between Death and Rebirth of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • the soul forces applies, strictly speaking, only to the life
    • with breaking free gradually from the last life, from the
    • state like a kind of breaking off the connection with the
    • With the regularity as sleeping and waking
    • with necessity for the soul as in the usual life waking and
    • speaking of the soul's immortality than that which a mere
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture X: Homunculus
    Matching lines:
    • contradiction from some researchers taking action a little more
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture XI: Spiritual Science as a Treasure for Life
    Matching lines:
    • course of 24 hours, waking and sleeping. I have partly
    • taking the forces of judging from the own soul. This is the one
    • someone speaking about spiritual science.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • not use the cane. Speaking of this other teacher, Tagore
    • the slightest inkling that the activity of speaking could thus
    • introduced to anatomy. Fundamentally speaking, this procedure
    • calculate the length of time of certain processes taking place
    • three hundred years from now. Technically speaking, this method
    • speaking the calculation is correct, it has no relationship to
    • little droplets of oil will shoot off at a tangent, making
    • unconsciously, “body geometry” as an activity akin
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • called walking, speaking, and thinking.
    • speaking is thinking, which should gradually become more and
    • through speaking. In its early stages, speaking is an imitation
    • comprehension of the processes taking place when a child is
    • capable of using them for speaking, they are there
    • Though incapable of making use of these organs for speech, the
    • several languages. It has had the effect of making such people
    • child's times of sleeping and waking. This means that we have
    • that a child sleeps too much, relatively speaking. In this case
    • are taking place throughout the entire being of the child.
    • speaking, from those close to the person in his or her early
    • when speaking about soft ground into which footmarks were
    • and speaking imprint what is received from the surrounding
    • But the faculty of speaking, which is developed earlier,
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • In speaking we still remain within a smaller circle of life. In
    • speaking, and thinking. And through discrimination one will
    • taking hold of a person's thinking and ideation.
    • meet in the child's threefold activity of walking, speaking,
    • When taking in the spoken word, a refined inner habit is formed
    • speaking, and thinking exert their separate influences, these
    • days. But, generally speaking, it is good if educators realize
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • existing school is something very different from making demands
    • that, ideally speaking, are justified. Here one does not have
    • of pedagogy. Generally speaking, education has followed in the
    • method of making words by adding single letters — a
    • outer things. Simply by making these sounds, one is copying
    • directions in order to capture their personalities while t